TW201235419A - Coloring composition for color filter and color filter - Google Patents

Abstract

Provided is a coloring composition for color filter, containg a coloring agent, a binder resin and an organic solvent. The coloring agent contains a phthalocyanine compound represented by formula (1) (wherein, X1 to X4, Y1 to Y4 represent a substitute, M represents Al, Z represents -OP(=O)R1R2, m1, m2, m3, m4, n1, n2, n3 and n4 represent an inenger of 0 to 4.)

Description

201235419 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a coloring composition for color filters and color filtering. [Prior Art] A liquid crystal display device is controlled by a liquid crystal layer held by two polarizing plates. A display device that displays the degree of polarization of the light of the first polarizing plate and controls the amount of light passing through the second polarizing plate. Such a device is mainly in the type using a twisted nematic (TN) type liquid crystal. The liquid crystal display device can display a color by providing a color filter between two polarizing plates. Since such a liquid crystal display device has been used in televisions or personal computer displays in recent years, high contrast of color filters has been achieved. The requirements for high brightness and high color reproducibility are increasing. There are also other ways of representing liquid crystal display devices. For example, an IPS (In-Plane Switching) method in which a pair of electrodes are provided on a single-sided substrate and an electric field is applied in a direction parallel to the substrate, and a negative dielectric anisotropy (negative dielectric anisotropy) may be cited. Nematic liquid crystal vertical alignment (VA; Vertical Alignment) or optical axis of uniaxial retardation film orthogonal to each other for optical compensation of optically compensated curved liquid crystal (0CB; Optically Compensated Bend) way. These methods are being put into practical use. The color filter is a filter section 4 323841 E in which two or more types of different hue are arranged in parallel or alternately with the surface of a transparent substrate such as glass; 201235419 (fi 1 ter segment) 'Or consisting of arranging the fine trowel segments as an arrangement of vertical and horizontal fixation. In general, it is formed by a section of the light beam of three colors of red, green and blue. Each segment is fine to several hundreds of μm, and each hue is configured in a predetermined arrangement. In general, in a color liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode for driving a liquid crystal is formed by vapor deposition or sputtering on a color filter. Further, an alignment film for orienting the liquid crystal in a fixed direction is formed thereon. In order to sufficiently obtain the performance of the transparent electrode and the alignment film, the formation thereof is usually performed at a temperature higher than 20 (TC or higher, preferably at a temperature higher than 230 ° C. Therefore, the current method for producing a color filter is to have light resistance. A method of "pigment dispersion method" in which a pigment having excellent heat resistance is used as a coloring agent is mainly used. The method of producing a coloring sheet of a light-receiving sheet is as follows. First, a photosensitive material is applied to a glass substrate or the like. Drying to remove excess solvent. Thereafter, the active energy ray is irradiated by proximity φ exposure (exposure to ultraviolet light source) through a photomask for forming a halogen to perform hardening (negative Negative type or increase the solubility of the base (Positive type). Next, the portion dissolved by the alkali solution or the like is removed, and post-baking (p〇st_bake) of heating of 230 C or more is performed. A color filter is produced by repeating these steps for, for example, red, green, and blue colors. In the manufacture of a green filter, as a coloring agent, various anthraquinone-based compounds are generally used. A proposal for a plurality of compositions for color filters containing such anthraquinone-based compounds. 323841 5 201235419 proposes a composition for a color filter, which is an atom-substituted anthraquinone compound as a green patent Document 2 proposal - the color filter, the light rib rib, which contains the copper chloroanthin pigment and the center metal is selected from m

A green colorant composed of Tl, V, Mn, Fe, C〇, Ni, Zn, (^Sn^^^^, a toothed heterogeneous metal anthraquinone pigment.

However, although these astaxanthin compounds are all materials which can be used to make high-brightness shirts, the requirements for high brightness have been increased in recent years, and the use of the coloring composition in the brightness of these (4) is insufficient. Patent Document 3 discloses a pigment composition which maintains a vivid hue, a south light resistance, and a high heat resistance by using a tooth-free neonin pigment and a halogen-containing green pigment.

At least four colorants are used in Patent Document 1. (4) Green color-π meter W coloring composition, disclosed in Patent Document 4, which uses (4) a pigment pigment as a main pigment, and can have a high chroma color density and color even with a small content. The technology of purity. Ma is also disclosed in Patent Document 5 and Patent Document 6 - You are not aware of a monomeric aluminum pigment, the axis material of which is a phosphate compound or a glycoside; in Patent Document 7, it is disclosed that眚1 & ηο1) is a bis (aluminum phthalocyanine, oxirane pigment or a dimerization using phenylphosphonic acid) by dimerization of a pigment of a compound I pigment. Miao acid ester pigment (aluminum indigo)

And 'there are the Yankee grades containing aluminum anthraquinone compounds; ... 323841 6 201235419 color; 23 required for the use of the light sheet (r heat resistance above rc, and long time, light! Therefore, there is a problem that the shape of the spectroscopic changes. Moreover, the high viscosity of the colored composition or the foreign matter generated on the coating film due to poor dispersibility (mainly due to crystallization of the anthraquinone) ) and other issues. In addition, because the surface of the pigments of these sardocyanin pigments is neutral, when using _ cents type of recording agent) riding points (four), pigment dispersion • Qi Yue 曰 type knife owing agent) on the pigment surface The adsorption is not sufficient. Therefore, it is difficult to obtain a pigment dispersion (coloring composition) having a sufficiently high contrast. Further, it is difficult to obtain a pigment dispersion excellent in dispersion stability due to an increase in viscosity or the like over time. Further, in recent years, with respect to color calendering sheets, it is required to further increase the degree of coloration, and it is necessary to increase the concentration of the coloring agent in the colored composition. = because the concentration of the coloring agent that raises the coloring composition relatively causes the solubility in the image of the Lu-luminescence to be related to the characteristic of the contour of the image, and, in other words, the non-contour portion of the image. The solubility is deteriorated, and the colored composition of the non-round temple line is dissolved and remains, or β ΐ is not dissipated and directly becomes a release sheet and remains on the substrate. Because of luxury, it is the cause of color shift (colorshift). As a result, the quality of the filter is lowered and the yield at the time of production is lowered. The ancient household is a quality item required for the I color filter. As mentioned above, it can be cited that the color filter with low brightness is used, and the light transmittance is low. Bright 'the number of backlights that need to increase the money. Therefore, from the viewpoint of suppressing the increase in power consumption, it is apt to use the color filter 323841 7 201235419. Further, since the color liquid crystal device as described above is used for a television or a computer screen, it is required to have high luminance and high reliability (heat resistance and light resistance) for the color light guide sheet. Further, the voltage maintenance ratio can be cited as an index for presenting the display performance of the liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal is a material having extremely high insulating properties, and if a polar compound remaining in the coloring composition for a color filter is eluted to the liquid crystal single +, (4) "Electricity (4) is low, and the voltage dimension causes display of a color unevenness, and a defective orientation occurs. The reason for the performance degradation of the liquid crystal display device. Therefore, the coloring composition for color a light beam sought is insoluble to the liquid crystal system. In the past, as a coloring agent for forming a green light-emitting sheet section (alkaline), a copper chlorohalide pigment (for example, c.丨.pigment) is generally used.

Green36 or C. I. Pigment Green?), but limited to the use of toothed copper erythromycin, it is difficult to balance rain contrast and high brightness. Therefore, a green coloring composition containing a color filter containing anthocyanin pigment was proposed. However, since the zinc anthraquinone pigment has a high acidity and is easily extracted from the liquid crystal phase laminated on the color light-receiving sheet layer, the voltage maintenance ratio is lowered, display color spots are generated, and orientation defects are generated. As a problem of performance degradation of the liquid crystal display element. (Patent Document 8) In order to solve these problems, a color containing an anthocyanin pigment and a yellow pigment, a green coloring composition for a light-sensitive sheet (Patent Document 4), or an anthraquinone pigment and quinine having various structures are proposed. A green coloring composition (Patent Documents 9 to 11) or the like is used for a color filter of a Quin〇phthal〇ne pigment. However, 323841 8 201235419 and the green coloring composition of these shirt color calenders have a problem of insufficient brightness. Further, when used as a green colored material, since the absorption of the coloring material in the ultraviolet region is large, the material used as the material for curing can be restricted. In addition, when a component such as a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerizable monomer is added in order to improve photocurability, yellowing may occur during the baking step after 230 C or more, and the green region may be made into a green region. The main factor of the 7 degree reduction of the segment. CITATION LIST Patent Literature Patent Literature 1: JP-A-2002-131521 (Patent Document 3: JP-A-2002-250812) Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2, No. Hei. [Patent Document No. 8] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Publication No. 2009-51896 [Description of the Invention] The subject matter of this manual is as follows: Japan's special request 2011-015873, 2〇ik, May 27, 2011, Japan's special offer 2〇1 Bu 323841 9 201235419 118727 Japan's special offer 2011-118728, which was applied for on May 27, 2011, Japan's special offer 2011-118729, which was applied for on May 27, 2011, and Japan's special offer 2〇11-ι1873〇, 2, which was applied for on May 27, 2011 Japan's special wish 2011_219021, and 2〇11年1〇 applied for on the 3rd of January The Japanese Patent Application No. 2011-231307, filed on Jan. 21, is hereby incorporated by reference. (Problems to be Solved by the Invention) Embodiments of the present invention relate to (1) to (15) described below. (1) A coloring composition for a color filter, comprising a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent; and the coloring agent contains an anthraquinone compound represented by the following formula (1).

In the formula (1), each of the formulas 1 to L independently represents an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and may have The alkoxy group of the substituent, the aryloxy group which may have a substituent, the alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or the aryl group 'Yl to Y4 which may have a substituent, each independently represent a halogen atom, a county, may have a substituent An imine methyl group or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent, 323841 201235419 Μ represents A1, z represents -OPOOW^, 匕 and Rz each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent An aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent; 匕 and R2^ may be bonded to each other to form a ring; nh, ok, ms, nu, m, m, m and m are each independently representing an integer from 〇 to 4, and 1111 + 111, 1112 + 112, 1113 + 113, 1114 + 114 are each 〇 to 4, which may be the same or different. (2) The colored composition for a color filter according to (1), which further comprises a resin type dispersant. (3) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (1), wherein the coloring agent further comprises a selected from the group consisting of ci Pigment yell〇w 138, C I. Pigment yellow 139, CI Pigment yeU〇w 15〇, and c· L Pigment yellow 185 The yellow pigment in the group. (4) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (1), which contains a component selected from the group consisting of a photopolymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator. (5) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (1), wherein the coloring agent further contains a pigment having an acid group content of from 1 Å to 600/zmol/g2. (6) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (5), wherein the pigment having an acid group content of 100 to 600 々m〇i/g is selected from the group consisting of c.

Greer^c". Pigmentyellowl50 and C I. 仏 hidden with (10) 139 of the pigments in groups. (A coloring composition for a color filter according to (1), wherein the compound 201235419 contains an acrylic resin type dispersing agent having an amine value of 10 to 3 〇〇mg ΚΟΗ / g. (8) as in (1) In the coloring composition for a color filter, the above-mentioned binder resin is an ethylene-based resin in which an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is introduced by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group, and The following ratio includes the ethylene resin [B1] constituting the unit (bl) and the constituent unit (b2); (bl): the constituent unit having a carboxyl group is based on the weight of the total constituent unit of the vinyl resin [B1], and is 2 To 60% by weight (b2): the constituent unit having the aromatic ring group represented by the formula (5) or the formula (6) is based on the weight of the total constituent unit of the vinyl resin [B1], and is 2 to 80% by weight.

R 4 Formula (5) Formula (6) Here, in the formulae (5) and (6), r4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a benzene ring. (9) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (8), wherein the vinyl resin [B1]' is such that the precursor of the constituent unit (b2) and the ethyl group having an epoxy group are not The saturated monomer is reacted to obtain a copolymer 323841 12 201235419 (il-l) 'Next' The obtained copolymer (U_D is reacted with money and a monobasic acid to obtain a copolymer (u_2), and the obtained copolymer is copolymerized. a resin obtained by reacting the compound (ll-2) with a polybasic acid liver; or reacting a precursor of the constituent unit (10) with a precursor of the constituent unit (10) to obtain a copolymer (12_1), and then obtaining the obtained a resin obtained by reacting a copolymer (i2-l) with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a bad rolling base. (1) A coloring composition for a light sheet as described in (4), wherein The photopolymerizable single system contains a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group. (11) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (1G), wherein the acid group is an enemy group. (12) (1) The colored (4) coloring composition for the light sheet further contains an antioxidant. (13) The color as described in (12) The coloring composition for a calendering sheet, wherein the antioxidant is selected from the group consisting of a sulphate (hiudered pheno 1) antioxidant, a hindered amine antioxidant, (10) an antioxidant, and a sulfur antioxidant. The coloring composition for a color filter according to (1), wherein the indocyanin compound represented by the above formula (1) is selected from the group consisting of the following indocyanins (I) to (IV).酜月素(A) · As shown in the following formula (12), and the cu-ray diffraction pattern of the cuKa ray is at the Bragg angle 20 (soil 0.2) = 7.7, 8.4, 9.3 , 12.7, 15. 〇, 15.9, 16.7, 18 8, 2〇1, 21·7, 23·1 '2 4°, 26.5°, 28.2° anthocyanin compounds with peaks 323841 13 201235419 丑月素 (B): as shown in the following formula (12), and the X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray is at the Bragg angle 20 (10) · 2) = 7.3. 8.6. 14.4. , 16.6 '18·2 '19.4°, 23.2°, 24.4°, 26.7° Eosin compounds with peaks. The element (c) is as shown in the following formula (13), and the X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray is at a Bragg angle of 2 Θ (±0.2) = 5.0. 7.1. 8.6, 9·8, 11·7°, 14·7, 16 5. 25 〇. An anthraquinone compound having a peak. Erythroin (D): as shown in the following formula (13), and the X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray is at a Bragg angle of 2 θ (〇. 2) = 7.2. 8.5. 11.7. ,

(13) (15) - A color filter having a light-receiving area formed by a coloring composition of any of the color filters from 〇) to 〇4) 323841 14 201235419 on a substrate. Further, the present invention relates to the embodiment I. In addition, the problem of the aspect I is to provide a colored material for the coloring (10) light sheet, which is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance, and is not in use, and the other aspect of the aspect I is to provide = Yes. It is possible to have a higher brightness and a wider color reproduction field than the color composition using the above colored composition. In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the inventors of the present invention have continually elaborated on the heat-resistant and light-resistant properties of a coloring and coloring composition containing a compound having a specific structure of a compound, and having completed the knowledge based on this knowledge. invention. For the π redundancy, the specific example of the embodiment I is as follows: 7 (b) is composed of at least a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, and the coloring composition for the color filter is characterized by (1) the pure compound shown;

[wherein ' Χι to X4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent of 323841 15 201235419, An alkoxy group having a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Hey! Each of Y4 independently represents a halogen atom, a nitro group, an anthracene fluorenylene group which may have a substituent, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. Μ indicates A1. Ζ denotes -ΟΡΟΟ^β2, after which the oxime and the I series independently represent an argon atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or An aryloxy group which may have a substituent, and R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The mi, m2, m3, nk, m, m, m, and m series respectively represent the integers of 〇 to 4 ' mi + m, m2 + n2, m3 + ri3, nu + m each of 〇 to 4, which may be the same Or different. (1-2) A colored composition for a color filter according to (1-1), which further comprises a resin-type dispersant. (1-3) A coloring composition for a color calender sheet according to (1-1) or (1-2), which contains a yellow pigment. (1-4) A coloring composition for a color filter according to (1-3), wherein the yellow pigment is selected from the group consisting of C. I_ Pigment yellow 138, C. I.

Pigment yellow 139, C. I. Pigment yell〇w 150 and C. Ι·

At least 1 of the Pigment yellow 185. (1-5) The coloring composition for color filters according to any one of (1-1) to (1-4), wherein the photopolymerizable monomer and/or photopolymerization start are further contained Agent. (1-6) is a color filter having a color filter having at least one red filter 323841 16 201235419 segment, at least one green filter segment, and at least one blue filter segment In the light sheet, at least one of the green filter segments is formed of the coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of (1-1) to (1-5). According to the first aspect of the invention, by using the coloring composition for a color filter or a light sheet containing the anthraquinone compound represented by the above formula (1), it is possible to provide excellent heat resistance and richness, and also to prevent foreign matter from being formed on the coating film. The color filter is a coloring composition. Further, by using the photosensitive coloring composition for the color filter of the above colored composition, a color calender sheet which can be reproduced in the field of high brightness and wide color can be provided. Moreover, the present invention relates to Embodiment II. The object of the second aspect of the invention is to provide a coloring composition for a color filter, a photosensitive coloring composition, and a use which are excellent in dispersibility, have dispersion stability, and which do not cause a decrease in contrast over time when a color filter is used. The color of the person is in the light. As a result of intensive research by the inventors of the present invention, it has been found that the above problems can be solved by containing a scutellarin pigment having a specific structure and a pigment having an acid group content of 100 to 600 / / mol / g, and the implementation is completed. Aspect II. Specific examples of the embodiment II are as follows. (11-1) is a coloring composition for a color filter containing a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, and the coloring agent contains an anthraquinone pigment and an acid represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3). A pigment having a basis weight of 100 to 600 # mol/g. 323841 17 201235419 (Y4)m4 (xjj^

In the formula (2), X1 to X4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, and a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent A cyclic group, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Υι to Y4 each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an anthracene fluorenylene group which may have a substituent or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. Z represents -OPGO^R2 or _〇_SiR3R4R5. Here, Ri to each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an oxy group which may have a substituent 'R can also be bonded to each other to form a ring. The mi to 脱, ηι to m, respectively, independently represent an integer from 〇 to 4, and mi + ηι, crisp + ηζ, 灿+, and s + m are each 〇 to 4, which may be the same or different. ] 323841 18 201235419

An aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a cyclylene group, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, may have a substituent The alkylthio group is an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Ys to Yi2 each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an enantiomer methyl group which may have a substituent, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. L represents -〇-SiR6R7-〇-, -〇-SiR6R7-〇_SiR8R9-〇- or -〇-p(=〇) Rio-0-, Re to R!. Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy φ group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent. Ms to mu, ns to η 2 respectively represent integers 0 to 4 Π 15 + Π 5, Π 16 + Π 6, Π 17 + Π 7, me + 118, Π 19 + n9, mi 〇 + ni, respectively. , mn + nu, m12+ni2 are each 〇 to 4, which may be the same or different. (11-2) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (II-1), wherein the pigment having an acid group content of 100 to 6 〇〇 ym 〇 / g is selected from C. I.

Pigment Green 58, C.I. Pigment yellow 150 and C. I.

At least 1 of the Pigment yellow 139. (11-3) Coloring for color filters described in (11-1) or (11-2) 323841

B 19 201235419 The composition 'in which' contains an acrylic resin type dispersant having an amine price of from 1 to 3 〇〇 mg K 〇 H / g. (II-4) The colored composition for a color filter according to any one of (II-1) to (π-3), which further comprises a dye derivative. (II-5) The coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of (II-1) to (4), wherein a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerization initiator are further contained . (II-6) A color filter comprising a color filter formed of a coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of (ii-1) to (II-5) Slice section. (II-7) is a method for producing a coloring composition for a color filter, which comprises an aluminum anthrain pigment represented by formula (2) or formula (3) and an acid group amount of 100 to 600 # A coloring agent of a mol/g pigment is used in a pigment carrier to carry out co-dispersion using a medium wet disperser.

[In the formula (2), the meanings of 1 to 4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and Alkoxy group having a substituent, ruthenium having a substituent 323841 20 201235419

An aryloxy group, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. L ; , L Υι to Y4 each independently represent a _ atom, a nitro group, an anthracene fluorenylene group which may have a substituent or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. Z represents -〇Ρ(=〇)Μζ or -O-SiHR5. Here, it is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, and R also They can be bonded to each other to form a ring. Mi to m, ηι to η4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and nu + ni, me + m, m3 + η3, nu + ru each of 0 to 4' may be the same or different. ]

[In the formula (3), Xs to χ12 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and may have The alkoxy group of the substituent, the aryloxy group which may have a substituent, the alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or the arylthio group which may have a substituent. ? 5 to Ylz each independently represent a halogen atom, a nitro group, an anthracene fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, or an amine thiol group which may have a substituent. L represents -〇-SiR6R7-〇-, _〇_SiR6R7-〇-SiR8R9-〇- or -0-Ρ(=0) R10-〇- 'Re to the heart independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and may have 323841 21 201235419 Alkyl group, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent. Ms to mi2, n5 to m2 independently represent integers from 0 to 4, m5 + n5, m6 + ne, ship + (1), motion +, yang + m, miQ + ni(), mil + nil, mi2 + ni2 Each is Q to 4 and can be the same or

According to the second aspect of the invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition for a color filter, a photosensitive coloring composition, and a color filter using the same, which are excellent in dispersion stability and which do not cause a decrease in contrast over time when a color filter is used. . Further, although the description method of the substituent of the formula (2) is different, it is the same as the formula (d). The present invention relates to the embodiment I. The object of the aspect III is to provide a high contrast. A coloring composition for a color filter having good heat resistance and a color filter using the same, and a filter segment which is excellent in pattern shape, resolution, and the like when used as a photosensitive coloring composition is provided. The color filter composition for the color filter which is required to be balanced in terms of performance, and the color filter and the light sheet which are excellent in contrast and high in use, and the color filter and the light sheet of the color are used. Specific examples of the embodiment III are as follows. (U μ) is a coloring composition for a color filter containing a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent; the coloring agent contains a cerium, a pigment represented by the following formula (4); and the binder resin is a vinyl resin. Further, an ethylenically unsaturated double bond having an ethylenically unsaturated monomer derived from a human group is introduced, and 3 has a vinyl resin [B1] containing the following structural units (b1) and (b2). 323841 22 201235419

In the formula (4), Αι to Ah each independently represent a ruthenium atom, a halogen atom, a schlossyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. 1 and R2 each independently represent a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or -Oh' Ri and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R3 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. (bl); a constituent unit having a carboxyl group: 2 to 60% by weight (b2) based on the total weight of the structural unit of the vinyl resin [B1]; having the formula (5) or the formula (6) The constituent unit of the aromatic ring group: 2 to 80% by weight based on the total weight of the structural unit of the vinyl resin [B1]

Formula (5) R4 Formula (6) R4 323841 23 201235419 [In the formulae (5) and (6), R4 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a benzene ring of 1 to 2 carbon atoms. (III-2) The coloring composition for a color filter according to (III-1), wherein the 'ethylene resin [B1] is a precursor of the constituent unit (b2) and has an epoxy group. The ethylenically unsaturated monomer is reacted to obtain a copolymer (il-Ι), and then the obtained copolymer (i1-1) is reacted with an unsaturated monobasic acid to obtain a copolymer.

♦ (ll~2) 'The obtained copolymer (il-2) is reacted with a polybasic acid anhydride to obtain a resin; or the precursor of the constituent unit (bl) and the precursor of the constituent unit (b2) The butyl group is reacted to obtain a copolymer (i2-l), followed by reacting the obtained copolymer 1 丨) with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group to obtain a resin. ^ (111~3) is a color filter user grade product as described in (III-1) or (III-2), wherein the vinyl resin [B1] further contains the following constituent unit (b3). The composition of the aliphatic ring group represented by the formula (8) or the formula (9) is 2 to 60% by weight based on the total weight of the structural unit of the vinyl resin [B1].

(8) 323841 24 201235419 Formula (9) "(ΠΗ)(()) to (ίΙί_3) towel coloring composition for a color filter, which contains a photopolymerizable monomer and/or Photopolymerization initiator. 5) a color filter that is provided on the substrate

The shape of the filter formed by the color-staining composition described in the item - 4). = The color filter composition for the color filter of the sample (1) has good patterning suitability for the patterning, and the pattern-shaped light sheet 'b' can provide high contrast and heat resistance conscience: the substituent of the formula (4) Although the method of recording is different, it is the formula (1)

Further, the present invention relates to Embodiment IV. The purpose of the embodiment (IV) is to shake the photosensitive coloring composition of the A & sheet material and to: the c-like image and the image rim line formation property c == not in the non-pixel portion In the present invention, the inventors of the present invention have been intensively researching and researching, and found that 323841 25 201235419 ugly pigment pigment having a specific structure is found in the smear or the smear. The photosensitive coloring composition for a color light-emitting sheet having an acid group-containing polyfunctional monomer can solve the above problems, and the present invention has been completed. The specific form of the form I v is as follows. (IV-1) is a coloring composition for a color calender sheet containing a coloring agent, a binder resin, and a photopolymerizable monomer, and a photopolymerizable monomer, and the coloring agent contains the following formula (4). A phthalocyanine dye, and the photopolymerizable monomer contains a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group.

In the formula (4), A1 to A16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a burnt group which may have a substituent, or an aryl group which may have a substituent. R1 and R2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyclyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent or -OR3, and R1 and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R3 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. (IV-2) The photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter according to (IV-1) wherein the acid group of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is a carboxyl group. (IV-3) The photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter according to (IV-1) or (IV-2), wherein the photopolymerization initiator contains an oxime ester compound 323841 26 201235419 or Acetophenone-based compound. (IV4) A color filter sheet comprising a filter segment formed of the photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of (1) to (IV) According to the embodiment IV, a photosensitive coloring composition suitable as a high-productivity color filter material and a color light-sensitive sheet formed using the same can be provided, which is a developing image and an image rim line. The formability is good, and on the substrate of the image #, there is no coloring composition residue in the non-paraffin portion (development residue) or no defect in the element portion and/or peeling of the element. The object of the embodiment is to provide a colored group of colored calenders and a color light-emitting sheet using the same, which is good in heat, light resistance and electric maintenance. Suppresses the brightness in the step of forming the airfoil

= Inventor's heart research, silk found that a color filter (4) containing a specific structure, a pigment, and a color filter for an antioxidant can be used in the above-mentioned problems, and the present embodiment is completed. Specific examples of the embodiment V are as follows. 1) A coloring agent, a binder resin, an antioxidant, a photopolymerization, and a photopolymerizable monomer, and a color-sensitive composition for color rendition, which contains an indigo represented by the following formula (4) Plain pigment. 323841 27 201235419 type (4)

In the formula (4), A1 to A16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. R and R each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, or -0R3, and RZ may also form a ring. R is an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. (V-2) is a coloring composition according to (V-1), a photosensitive coloring composition for a light sheet, wherein the antioxidant is selected from a hindered phenol-based antioxidant and a hindered amine-based compound.

At least one or more of antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants. #(V-3) is a photosensitive coloring composition for a color calender sheet according to (V-1) or (V_2), wherein the content of the antioxidant is a solid coloring composition for a color filter. The basis weight is 〇. 5 to 5. 〇 by weight. (V-4) is a color filter comprising a filter formed of a photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter according to any one of (v_d to (V-3). By using the coloring composition for the color filter of the embodiment V, 323841 28 201235419 provides a coloring composition for a color filter and a color filter using the same, which is heat resistance The light resistance and the voltage maintenance ratio are good, and the brightness reduction in the color filter forming step can be suppressed. Further, the present invention relates to the embodiment VI. The object of the embodiment VI is to provide a coloring agent. Aluminum anthraquinone is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance when used as a coloring composition, and foreign matter is rarely generated in a coating film. Further, another object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition which can be made to have high brightness. The inventors of the present invention have continually studied intensively, and found that when anthocyanin having a specific chemical structure and an X-ray diffraction pattern is used as a coloring composition, it is resistant. The present invention is completed by the fact that it is excellent in heat and light resistance and has little coloring property of foreign matter in the coating film. Specific examples of the embodiment VI are as follows. (VI-1) is represented by the following formula (12) The X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray is 2 Θ (±0. 2) = 7. 3 °, 8.6, 14.4, 16.6, 18. 2, 19.4. , 23.2, 24.4, and 26.7° with peaks. 0

323841 29 201235419 (VI-2) is an anthocyanin represented by the above formula (12), and the X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray is at a Bragg angle of 2 β (±0.2) = 7. 7 °, 8.4. 9.3. , 12.7. , 15.0. 15.9. , 16.7. , 18.8. 20., 21. 7°, 23. Γ, 25.4°, 26.5°, 28.2° with peaks. (VI-3) is a process for producing a scutellarin of the above formula (12), which is obtained by reacting hydroxyaluminine with diphenylphosphonic acid in an organic solvent, followed by removal of the aforementioned organic solvent. (VI-4) is a method for producing a zeocyanine as shown in the above formula (12), which is an aluminum phthalocyanine produced by the production method described in (VI-3). Heat treatment at temperatures above °C. (VI-5) is a method for producing a zeocyanine according to (VI-4), wherein the scutellarin prepared by the method described in (VI-3) is X-rayed by a CuKa line. Shooting pattern, at Bragg angle 2 (9 (±0. 2) = 7. 7 °, 8.4 °, 9.3 °, 12.7 °, 15.0 °, 15.9 °, 16.7 °, 18.8 °, 20.1 °, 21.7 °, 23. 1°, 25.4°, 26.5°, 28.2° with a peak; and the aluminum anthraquinone prepared by the method described in (VI-4) φ, at a Bragg angle of 20 ( ±0. 2)= 7.3, 8.6, 14.4, 16.6, 18.2, 19.4, 23.2, 24.4°, 26.7° with peaks. (VI-6) is as above The scutellarin of the formula (12) is produced by the production method described in (VI-3) or (VI-4). (VI-7) - a coloring composition, at least It is composed of a binder resin and the inoculant as described in any one of (VI-1), (VI-2), and (VI-5). (VI-8) is as described in (VI-7). The coloring composition, which contains a yellow coloring agent. 323841 30 201235419 (VI-9) is a coloring composition as described in (VI-7) or (VI_8), which contains a photopolymerizable monomer. (VI-10) - species a color filter which is formed on the substrate and has a color filter formed by any of the coloring compositions described in the above - 8). In the embodiment VI, the image is displayed by using a specific ray diffraction. The aluminum anthraquinone which is not in the formula (12) can provide a coloring composition which is excellent in heat resistance and resistance, and which rarely produces foreign matter in the coating film. In the meantime, there is provided a color light-passing sheet which uses the above-described coloring composition to impart high brightness and broad color reproducibility. Moreover, the present invention relates to the embodiment νπ. The object of the embodiment VII is to provide a reduction in color as a coloring agent. When it is used as a coloring composition, it is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance, and extremely small foreign matter is generated in the coating. Further, another object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition which can produce a color filter having high brightness and wide color reproducibility. The inventors of the present invention have carefully studied and found that it is possible to use a specific chemical time & X-ray diffraction as a coloring composition. 2 It is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance, and it is rare that foreign matter is generated in the coating film. The nature of the colorant. Specific examples of the embodiment VII are as follows. Γ Μ Μ Μ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ Τ The ray diffraction pattern is at the Bragg angle 20 (±()·2) = 7 2 . , 323841 •, ^. ,... , ^. ,...,^. There are peaks. 31 201235419 Type (13)

。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。. , 7. 1 , 8.6. 9.8. , 11.7. , 14.7. , 16.5. , 25. 0. There are peaks. (VI1-3) is a method for producing an aluminum anthraquinone according to the above formula (13), which is obtained by reacting hydroxyaluminine with diphenyl phosphate in an organic solvent, and then removing the organic solvent.

(VI1-4) is a method for producing an aluminum anthraquinone prepared by the above formula (13), which is obtained by the production method described in (VI1-3), and further comprises 135t: The above temperature is heat treated. -~ You are a method of manufacturing aluminum bismuth, which is characterized by the method described in (VII-3). (4) Read the diffraction pattern at the Bragg angle 20 (±〇. 2)=5ί{Γ, 71, 8 6. , 9 11.7, 14.7 °, 16.5 °, 25.0. There is a peak at the place; and by the method described in (4), the button is fine. & ι at j 323841 (VII-6) The neodylin as shown in the above formula (13), which is produced by the production method described in (Πΐ~3) 32 201235419 or (VIII-4) . (VII-7) is a coloring composition 'which is at least ^-υ, σπ-2)' (ν„-6) in any of the terms of the bribe; prime: (VII-8) is as (VIi- 7) The colored composition described therein, which has a yellow colorant.

(VI1-9) is a coloring composition as described in (VI1-7) or (VI Bu 8), wherein a photopolymerizable monomer is further contained. (VII-1G) is a color filter or a light sheet which is formed on a substrate having a coloring composition formed of the colored composition of (VII-7) to (VII-9)h-. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, in this case, it is described as "(曱基)acryloyl group", "(meth) propylene (methacry 1)", "(曱基)acrylic acid", "(曱基)acrylic acid S" Or "in the case of (acrylic) propylene", unless otherwise specified, means "acrylic and/or methyl propyl", "acryl" and / or thiophene ( Methacryl), propionic acid and/or methacrylic acid, "acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid" or "acrylamide and/or methacrylic amine". Further, "C.I." as used in this specification means a color index (Colour Index; C.I.). In one embodiment of the coloring composition for a color filter or a light sheet, a coloring agent 'adhesive resin and an organic solvent are contained, and the coloring agent contains an anthraquinone compound represented by the following formula (1). 323841 33 201235419 type (1)

In the formula, 1! to χ4 each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and may have a substituent An alkoxy group, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylthio group which may have a substituent, or an arylthio group which may have a substituent. Υι to Υ4 each independently represent a halogen atom, a triazole group, an imide imine group which may have a substitution meaning, or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. Μ indicates A1. Ζ represents -OPOCOR^ or, in this case, independently, independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or may have a substitution The aryloxy group, R may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. Im, shame, m3, nu, η丨, n2, m, and m each independently represent an integer of 〇. 4 may be the same mi + ni, m2 + n2, m3_j_n3, muscle + each being 〇 to 4 or different β <Colorant> The colorant comprises the indigo compound represented by the above formula (1). 323841 34 201235419 From the viewpoint of sufficient color reproducibility, & h, textuality, color filter = coloring composition 四 (4) has a coloring agent content in a non-volatile component, preferably 0 f 9 〇 More preferably, it is from 15 to 85% by weight, most preferably from 20 to 80% by weight. When the content of the pigment is + or more, the color reproducibility is sufficient, and if it is 90% by weight or less, the content of the pigment carrier is sufficient, and the stability of the coloring composition is excellent. (anthraquinone compound represented by formula (1))

The formula (1) may be the same or different, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, and a substituent which may have a substituent A cyclic group, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, a thiol group which may have a silk-retaining group, a sulfur-burning group which may have a substituent, and an arylthio group which may have a substituent. In the case where the above Xd has a substituent, the substituents may be the same or different, and specific examples thereof include, for example, an alkyl group, a thiol group, and the like; A group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group or the like. Furthermore, the substituents may be plural. Examples of the "alkyl group" which may be an alkyl group which may have a substituent include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, n-hexyl group, and A straight or branched alkyl group such as octyl, stearyl or 2-ethylhexyl. Examples of the "alkyl group having a substituent" include trichloromethyl, trimethyl fluorenyl, 2, 2, 2-difluoroethyl, 2, 2--> odor ethyl, 2, 2, 3 , 3-tetrafluoropropyl, ethoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, benzyl, 4-methyl, 4-tert-butylbenzyl, 4-oxo Benzyl, 4-nitro-benzyl, 2,4-dibenzyl, and the like. a 201235419 Examples of the "aryl group" which may be an aryl group having a substituent include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthracenyl group 4. Examples of the "aryl group having a substituent" include p-methylphenyl, p-bromophenyl, p-nitrophenyl, p-oxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, 2-aminophenyl, 2-methyl-4-chlorophenyl, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl, 6-fluorenyl-2-naphthyl, 4, 5, 8-tris-2-naphthyl , fluorenyl, 2-amino fluorenyl and the like. The "cycloalkyl group" which is a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent may, for example, be a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or an adamantyl group. m is a "cycloalkyl group having a substituent", and examples thereof include a 2,5-difluorenylcyclopentyl group and a 4-tert-butylcyclohexyl group. Examples of the "heterocyclic group" which may have a heterocyclic group having a substituent include an acridinyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperidyl group, an N-morpholinyl group, an acridinyl group and the like. Examples of the "heterocyclic group having a substituent" include a 3-mercapto n-bite group, a fluorenyl-hydrazinopiperidinyl group, and an anthracene-fluorenylpyrrolyl group. Examples of the "alkoxy group" which may have an alkoxy group having a substituent include an oxime oxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, and a second butyl group. Linear or branched alkyl such as oxy, octyloxy, 2,3-dimethyl-3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-octyloxy, stearyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy Oxygen. Examples of the "alkoxy group having a substituent" include, for example, a trichloromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a 2, 2, 2-di-denyloxy group, and a 2, 2, 3, 3-tetrafluoropropoxy group. Base, 2, 2~ di(trifluoromethylpropoxy), 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-nitropropoxy, benzyloxy and the like. The "aryloxy group" which is an aryloxy group which may have a substituent may, for example, be an epoxy group, a naphthyloxy group or a decyloxy group. As the "aryloxy group having a substituent", 323841 36 201235419 may, for example, be p-methylphenoxy, p-nitrophenoxy, p-methoxyoxy, 1,4-chlorophenoxy, pentafluoro. Phenoxy, 2-methyl-4-chlorophenoxy and the like. Examples of the "alkylthio group" which may have an alkylthio group which may have a substituent include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, a propylthio group, a butylthio group, a pentylthio group, a hexylthio group, an octylthio group, and a thiol group. , dodecathio, octadecyl, and the like. Examples of the "alkylthio group having a substituent" include methoxyethylthio group, aminoethylthio group, benzylaminoethylthio group, methylcarbonylaminoethylthio group, and phenylcarbonylaminoethylsulfide. Base. The "arylthio group" which may be an arylthio group which may have a substituent may, for example, be a phenylthio group, a 1-naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group or a 9-fluorenylthio group. Examples of the "arylthio group having a substituent" include, for example, a chlorophenylthio group, a trifluorodecylphenylthio group, a cyanogenylthio group, a thiophenylthio group, a 2-aminophenylthio group, and a 2-perylene group. Stupid sulfur and so on. As a beggar! Specific examples of Y4 include a halogen atom, a nitro group, a fluorene imine methyl group (C6H4(C0)2N_CH2_) which may have a substituent, and an amine #醯 group (HzNSO2-) which may have a substituent. Further, the imine imine methyl group having a substituent represents a structure in which a hydrogen atom in the ugly imine methyl group is substituted with a substituent. The aminesulfonyl group having a substituent has a structure in which a hydrogen atom in the amine sulfhydryl group is substituted with a substituent, and is preferably a fluorinated atom and an amine sulfonyl group. It is also suitable to use a brewing auxin compound when the detachment is 0 (i.e., 'non- Υι to Y4). The halogen atom may, for example, be fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The "substituent" of the fluorene iminomethyl group which may have a substituent and the amine fluorenyl group which may have a substituent are synonymous with the substituent of 1, to X4. Z is represented by -0P(=0)RiR2 or . is -0_SiR3.R4R5. Here, each represents a hydrogen atom, a trans group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, and Alkoxy group having a substituent, aryl group which may have a substituent 323841 37 201235419 Oxygen 'R, R2 may also be bonded to each other to form a ring. Fluorine is used herein as a group of Ri and R2, and examples thereof include a methyl group, a decyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a positive 1 urnet n-octyl group, and a hard group. A direct bond or a branched alkyl group such as a lipid group or a 2-ethylhexyl group. When the alkyl group having a substituent is used, examples of the substituent include chlorine and soil.

Ii atom such as bromine; alkoxy group such as decyloxy group; aromatic hydrazine such as phenyl group or fluorenyl group; nitro group. Further, the substituents may be plural. As the alkyl group having a substituent, for example, trichloroindenyl, trifluoromethyl, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2-dibromoethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2 -butoxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, benzyl, 4-mercaptobenzyl, 4-secondbutylbenzyl, 4-oxobenzyl, 4-stone schylyl, 2, 4-di Chlorobenzyl and the like. Examples of the aryl group of Ri and R2 include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group and the like. In the case where the aryl group has a substituent, the substituent may, for example, be a tooth atom such as a gas, a fluorine or a bromine; an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amine group, a nitro group or the like. Further, the substituents may be plural. The aryl group having a substituent may, for example, be p-nonylphenyl, p-bromophenyl, p-nitrophenyl, p-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dichlorophenyl, pentafluoro-based, 2- Nonylaminophenyl, 2-mercapto-4-chlorophenyl, anthracene-1-naphthyl, 6-fluorenyl-2-naphthyl, 4,5, 8-trichloro-2-naphthyl,蒽醌基等. Examples of the alkoxy group of Ri and R2 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a third butoxy group, and a octyloxy group. a linear or branched alkoxy group such as 2, 3-dimercapto-3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-octyloxy, hard methoxyl or 2-ethylhexyloxy, having a substituent The substituent of the alkoxy group includes a halogen atom such as chlorine, fluorine or bromine; an alkoxy group; an aryl group such as phenyl phenyl or anthracenylphenyl group; 323841 38 201235419; Further, the substituent may be plural. The alkoxy group having a substituent may, for example, be trichloromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, 2, 2, 2-trifluoroethoxy, 2 2 3 , 3 -tetrafluoropropoxy, 2 '2-Di(trifluoromethyl)propoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy, 2-butoxyethoxy, 2-nitropropoxy, benzyloxy and the like. The aryloxy group has a phenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a decyloxy group, etc., and in the case where the aryloxy group has a substituent (IV), the ageing group has chlorine, I, etc.

323841 South atom; alkyl, alkoxy, amine, nitro, etc. Further, the substituents may be plural. The aryloxy group having a substituent is, for example, p-nonylphenoxy, phenoxyoxyphenoxy, 2,4-dichlorophenoxy, penta-gas phenoxy, 2-methyl-4 - Chlorophenoxy and the like. From the viewpoint of dispersibility or color characteristics, it is preferred to estimate an aryl group which may have a substituent or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent. Or a shirt base or an aryloxy group. More preferably, R1 and R2 are each a phenyl group, and R5 is a hydrogen atom, a meridine group, a substituent which may have a substitution i, a filament which may have a substituent, and an alkoxy ring which may have a substituent. The number t has an aryloxy group substituted for f. It is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 18 or an aromatic group having a ring number exceeding the following. The alkyl group has a carbon number of more than 18 or an aromatic group. =4 ' The molecular weight will increase and the absorbance per unit weight will be poor. Therefore, the pigment in the coloring composition can not be improved, and it can also be an alkyl group of 2 ^, ^ and oxime. In addition to the linear chain, it can also be branched, long, and the total number of hetero atoms is Within the range of 3 or less, it is also possible to have a functional group of 39 201235419. Illustrative examples include mercapto, ethyl, propyl, butyl, hexyl, octyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, t-butyl, 1-ethylpentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, phenacyl, 1-naphthylfluorenyl, 2-naphthylmethyl , 4-methylsulfonylphenyl fluorenyl, 4-phenylsulfonyl phenylhydrazine methyl, 4-dimethylaminophenylhydrazine methyl, 4-cyanobenzoquinone , 4-methylphenylhydrazine methyl, 2-methylphenylhydrazino, 3-fluorophenylhydrazinemethyl, 3-trifluorodecylphenylhydrazino and 3-nitrophenylhydrazine Base. The aromatic group of R3, R4 and R5 may contain a hetero atom in the aromatic ring, and the number of hetero atoms in each aromatic ring may be in the range of 2 or less, and may have a functional group. For example, phenyl, biphenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 9-fluorenyl, 9-phenanthryl, 1-fluorenyl, 5-fused tetraphenyl (5- Naphthacenyl), diphenyl, 2-foundation, 9-diyl, triphenyl, tetraphenyl, o-, m- and p-nonylphenyl, fluorenyl, o-, m-, and p-cumene , 2, 4, 6-trimethylphenyl (Mesityl), and cyclopentenyl pentenyl (Pentalenyl), binaphthyl, dinaphthyl, dinaphthyl, cycloheptatriene and cycloheptatriene (Heptalenyl), Biphenylenyl, Indacenyl, Fluoranthenyl, Acenaphthylenyl, Aceanthrylenyl, Phenalenyl , anthracene, anthryl, anthracene (Bianthracenyl), hydrazinyl, hydrazinyl, quinolinolyl, phenanthryl, triphenyl, fluorenyl, succinyl (Chrysenyl) ), fused tetraphenyl, heptadenyl (Pleiadenyi), sulfhydryl (Piceny 1), fluorenyl (Pery 1 eny 1), tetraphenylene and decyl (c〇roneny 1) 323841 40 201235419, and the like. It is more preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance/light resistance. The representative example of the phthalocyanine compound represented by the formula (1) is exemplified by the following examples, and examples thereof include the following examples of the anthraquinone compounds (a) to (v), but the invention is not limited thereto. For these examples.

CI 41 323841 201235419

Anthraquinone compound (g) anthraquinone compound (h)

323841 42 201235419 Ο

Anthraquinone compound (m)

Anthraquinone compound (ο) Diquat compound (ρ). 323841 43 201235419

Anthraquinone compound (s) anthraquinone compound ω

The anthraquinone compound represented by the formula (1) may be phthalocyanine (A) to (D) having a specific crystal form of 323841 44 201235419 or less. The anthocyanin (A): anthocyanin is represented by the formula (12), and the X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray is at a Bragg angle of 2 Θ (soil 0 2) = 7.7. 8.4. 9.3. , 12.7. , 15·0. , 15.9. , 16.7. 18.8. 20.1. 21.7. , 23.1. 25.4. 26.5. 28.2. 。 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 8.6. , 14· 4. 16.6. 18.2. , 19.4. , 23.2. 24.4. 26.7. In the case of a peak, the ugly pigment (C): I Lu ugly, as expressed by the formula (13), and the X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray at the Bragg angle 2 0 (±0.2) = 5.0. 7.1. , 8.6 °, 9.8 °, 11.7 °, 14.7 °, 16.5 °, 25.0 ° at the peak with the ugly anthocyanin (D): aluminum propanoid 'system as expressed by the formula (13), and cuKa ray X-ray winding The shot pattern is at the Bragg angle 20 (± 〇. 2) = 7.2. , 8 5. , 11.7°, 16.9°, 20.6°, 22·8°, 25· 具有 with peaks

Formula (12) 323841 45 201235419

Formula (13)

Anthracycline (A) can be reacted with diphenylphosphinic acid in an organic solvent by causing hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin (hereinafter referred to as hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin) represented by the following formula (14). Manufactured by removing organic solvents. Further, anthraquinone (C) can be produced by substituting diphenylphosphoric acid for the above-mentioned diphenylphosphinic acid in the same manner as in the case of indocyanin (A). The base phthalocyanine can be obtained by hydrolyzing the chlorhexidine anthraquinone represented by the formula (15), and the obtained commercial product can also be used. OH type (14)

CI

The diphenylphosphinic acid of the formula (15) may be a diphenylphosphinic acid obtained by hydrolyzing chlorodiphenylphosphine in dilute nitric acid, and a commercially available product may also be used. 323841 46 201235419 Diphenyl phosphate is a diphenyl phosphate obtained by hydrolyzing diphenyl chlorophosphate in dilute nitric acid or dilute sulfuric acid, and a commercially available product can also be used. The organic solvent may, for example, be a monohydric alcohol solvent represented by decyl alcohol, ethanol, isopropanol or tert-butanol; ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol (Thiodiglycol) ), dithiodiglycol, 2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol, acetylene glycol derivative, glycerin or a polyol represented by trishydroxypropylpropane Solvent; such as 1-nonyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dioxan-2-imidazolidinone, 2-pyrrolidone, ε-caprolactam, formamide, N-methyl Indoleamine, N,N-dimercaptomethylamine, acetamide, N-mercaptoacetamide, N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, N-mercaptopropylamine, hexamethylphosphoric acid Tritamine, urea or guanamine solvent such as tetradecyl urea; other ethylene glycol monodecyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monodecyl (or ethyl) ether or triethylene a lower monoalkyl ether solvent of a polyol such as an alcohol monoethyl (or butyl) ether; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (monoglycol dioxime ether), diethylene glycol dimethyl ether (diethylene glycol II) Methyl ether) or triethylene glycol didecyl ether • (Sangan a polyether solvent such as dimethyl ether); a sulfur-containing solvent such as sulfolane, disulfoxide or 3-sulfanone; a polyfunctional solvent such as diacetone or diethanolamine; Butic acid, docosahexaenoic acid, trichloroacetic acid or a carboxylic acid solvent such as trifluoroacetic acid; sulfonic acid or sulfonic acid solvent such as trifluorosulfonic acid; benzene, toluene, xylene, etc. An aromatic hydrocarbon solvent or the like. Since the dissolution of diphenylphosphinic acid and diphenyl phosphate is good, a monohydric alcohol solvent such as methanol, ethanol or isopropanol or dimethyl hydrazine, N,N-dimercaptomethylamine, 1- An aprotic polar solvent such as mercapto-2-pyrrolidone is preferred. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. 323841 47 201235419 As a method of removing the organic solvent after completion of the reaction, a method known in the art can be used. It is preferred to carry out drying and removal after being subjected to suction filtration or pressure filtration, followed by washing with an organic solvent having compatibility with an organic solvent to be used and having a low boiling point, followed by drying and removal. Further, since hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin has a property as a pigment, it is desirable to increase the reaction efficiency with diphenylphosphinic acid or diphenyl phosphate for use in pre-reduction before the reaction. Since the hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin is preliminarily refined, it is easy to obtain a fine one from the genus @太青素. Therefore, when it is used as a coloring composition, it is easy to obtain high brightness and High contrast effect. The method of miniaturization is a well-known method used in the case of miniaturization of a general coloring agent or pigment such as Acid pasting or Solvent salt milling. The acid-soluble method is a method in which a sulfuric acid solution is dropped into a large amount of water by adding a coloring agent to sulfuric acid to precipitate it, thereby obtaining a fine coloring agent. By optimizing the amount of water, temperature, and the like used for precipitation, it is possible to obtain a toner particle having a very small primary particle diameter, a narrow distribution range, and a sharp particle size distribution. / glutathion salt grinding treatment method - using a kneading machine (Knea (jer), 2-roll mill 3 grinder, ball mill, Attritor, sand mill, etc., coloring agent a mixture of a water-soluble inorganic salt and a water-soluble organic solvent, which is mechanically kneaded while being heated, and then washed with water to remove a water-soluble inorganic salt and a water-soluble residual agent. The function of the water-soluble inorganic salt is assisted. Grinding agent, used in salt mill (Salt mimng), 323841

K 48 201235419 The high hardness of the inorganic salt causes the colorant particles to be ground. By optimizing the conditions for the coloring agent to be subjected to the rubbing treatment, it is possible to obtain a coloring agent having a very small primary particle diameter, a narrow distribution range, and an accurate particle size distribution. As the water-soluble inorganic salt, a vaporized sodium, a gasification lock, potassium chloride or sodium sulfate can be used, but from the viewpoint of price, it is preferred to use a gasified sodium (salt). From the two aspects of processing efficiency and production efficiency, based on the total weight of the coloring (100% by weight), the water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of 50 to 2000% by weight, and is used in a weight of 300 to 1000. good. The water-soluble organic solvent is a method of wetting the coloring agent and the water-soluble inorganic salt, and is not particularly limited as long as it is dissolved (mixed) in water and the inorganic salt to be used is substantially not dissolved. However, since the temperature rises during salt milling and the solvent is easily evaporated, it is preferable from the viewpoint of safety that the boiling point is 120 Å. Examples of such a water-soluble organic solvent include 2-methoxyethanol, 2-butoxyethanol, 2-(isopentyloxy)ethanol, 2-(hexyloxy)ethanol, diethylene glycol, and diethylene glycol alone. Ethyl sulphate, di ♦ ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl sulphate, liquid polyethylene glycol, diterpene oxy-2-propanol, ethoxylated _2 _propanol, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monodecyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, liquid polypropylene glycol, and the like. The water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 5% by weight based on the total weight of the coloring agent, and preferably 5 to 5 % by weight. When the coloring agent is subjected to a salt milling treatment, a resin may be added as needed. ^This can be used to make the _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The resin which can be used is solid at room temperature, preferably water-insoluble, and more preferably partially soluble in the above-mentioned water-soluble organic solvent. The amount of the resin used is preferably in the range of 2 to 200% by weight, more preferably in the range of 5 to 200% by weight, based on the total weight of the coloring agent (100% by weight). The chloropelin (B) can be produced by heat-treating the phthalocyanine (A) obtained by the above production method at 80 °C or higher. The method of heat-treating at a temperature of 80 ° C or higher includes, for example, placing a wet cake (paste) of anthrain (A) in a constant temperature room at 80 ° C or higher; The indocyanin (A) is statically placed in a constant temperature chamber at 80 ° C or higher; or it is stirred and heated in an organic solvent at 80 ° C or higher. The indocyanin (D) can be produced by heat-treating the indocyanin (C) obtained by the above production method at 135 °C or higher. The method of heat-treating at 135 ° C or higher may, for example, be carried out by placing the dried cordierin (C) in a constant temperature chamber at 135 ° C or higher, φ or in an organic solvent at 135 ° C or higher. Stir the heating method. (Anthraquinone compound represented by formula (3)) An embodiment of a coloring composition for a color filter, which may contain the following formula (3) in addition to the indocyanin compound represented by the above formula (1) The indole compound shown or the indigo compound represented by the following formula (3) is substituted for the indigo compound represented by the above formula (1). 323841 50 201235419

Formula (3) The X5 to X1Z formula of the formula (3) is synonymous with the formula (1) to χ4. The γ5 to L system of the formula (3) is synonymous with 丫丨 to I of the formula (1). The ns to ηΐ2 of the formula (3) is synonymous with the ηι to η4 of the formula d) #. The ms of the formula (3) to the 2nd are synonymous with the mi to m4 of the formula (1). L represents -〇-SiR6R7-〇-, -〇-SiR6R7-〇-SiR8Rg-〇- or -0-p (=0)Ri〇-〇-. Heart to R!. It is synonymous with 仏 and r2 of formula (1). Wherein 'from the viewpoint of viscosity or color characteristics of the dispersion, preferably at least one of R6 to R" Re to R9, and Rifl is an aryl group which may have a substituent or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent More preferably, it is R?, 匕 to R9 and Ri. Both are aryl or aryloxy groups, and more preferably 匕 to r7, heart to Rg ^ and Ri. Both are phenyl or phenoxy. Hereinafter, in the present specification, all or a part of the indigo compound represented by the formula (1) is regarded as an anthraquinone compound represented by the formula (3), and the formula (3) can be used. (yellow pigment) The color filter is an embodiment of the coloring composition, and a yellow pigment may be further contained in a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention in order to adjust the chromaticity or the like. Although it is not particularly limited, generally, for example, a yellow dye or a yellow pigment can be cited. 323841 51 201235419 Examples of the yellow dye include azo dyes, azo metal stinky dyes, enamel dyes, and indigo. Dyes, Thioindigo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, diphenyl decane dyes a triphenyl decane dye, a xanthene dye, a tidal dye, a cationic dye, a cyanine dye, a nitro dye, a guanidine dye, a naphthalene dye, and a sputum dye. As a specific example of a yellow dye, For example, CI Ac id ye 11 ow 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 9: 1, 10, 11, 11: 1, 12, 13, 14 , 15 , 16 , 17 , 17 : Bu 18, 20, 2 Bu 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 40: Bu 4 Bu 42, 42: Bu 43, 44, 46, 48, 5, 53, 55, 56, 60, 63, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 72, 76, 82, 83, 84, 86, 87, 90, 94, 105, 115, 117, 122, 127, 13 卜 132, 136, 14 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 149, 153, 159, 166, 168, 169, 172, 174, 175, 178, 180, 183, 187, 188, 189, 190, 19, 192, 199, etc. In addition, CI Direct yellow 1, 2, 4, 5, 12, 13, 15, 20, 24, 25, 26, 32, 33, 34, 35, 4 Bu 42, 44, 44: Bu 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 61, 66, 67, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 8, 84, 86, 90, 9 and 92, 95, 107, 110, 117, 118, 119, 120, m, 126, 127, 129, 132, 133, 134, etc. Further, for example, CI Basic yel low 1, 2, 5, 11, 13, 14, 15, 19, 21, 24, 25, 28, 29, 37, 40, 45, 49, 5, 57, 79, 87 , 90, 96, 103, 105, 106, etc. 323841 52 201235419 In addition, CI Solvent yellow 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 25, 27, 28, 29, 30, 32, 33, 34, 40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 56, 62, 64, 68, 69, 71, 72, 73, 77, 79, 81, 82, 83, 85, 88, 89, 90, 93, 94, 98, 104, 107, 114, 116, 117, 124, 130, 13 133, 135, 138, 14 143, 145, 146, 147, 157, 160 162, 163, 167, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 190, 191, 192, 194, 195, etc. Further, for example, CI Disperse yellow 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 13, 13, 23, 27, 33, 34, 42, 45, 48, 5, 54, 56, 59, 60, 63, 64, 67, 70, 77, 79, 82, 85, 88, 93, 99, 114, 118, 119, 122, 123, 124, 126, 163, 184, 184: 1, 202, 21 229, 231, 232, 233, 24, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 251, and the like. • As a yellow pigment, organic or inorganic pigments can be used alone or in combination of two or more. As the yellow pigment, a pigment having high color rendering property and high heat resistance is preferable, and a pigment having high heat decomposition resistance is preferable, and an organic pigment can be generally used. As the organic pigment, a commercially available one can be used, and a natural pigment or an inorganic pigment can be used in combination with the hue of the desired filter segment. Specific examples of the yellow organic pigment which can be used for the above colored composition are as follows. As the yellow pigment, it can be exemplified by CI pigment yel low 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 323,841, 53, 2012, 354, 19, 3, 32, 34, 35, 35: Bu 36, 36: ;l, 37, 37: Bu 40, 42 , 43 , 53 , 55 , 60 , 61 , 62 , 63 , 65 , 73 , 74 , 77 , 81 , 83 , 93 , 94 , 95, 97, 98, 100, 1 (H, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138 , 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 16 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179 , 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 192, 193, 194, 196, * 198, 199, 213, 214, etc. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, light resistance and brightness of the filter segment, It is particularly preferable to use CI Pigment yellow 138, 139, 150, and 185. These yellow pigments may be used alone or in combination of two or more depending on the desired color characteristics. In the case where a yellow pigment is used in combination with the anthraquinone compound, the weight ratio of the yellow pigment/anthraquinone compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably in the range of 40/60 to 90/10 #. In the case of the color filter, one of the coloring compositions may be used, and the green coloring matter may be added for the purpose of the s color of the color phase. For example, the green coloring matter may be mentioned as 'c· I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37 and 58 green pigments. When the green pigment is used in combination with the anthraquinone compound, the weight ratio of the green pigment/anthraquinone compound represented by formula (1) is The range of 50/50 to 95/5 is preferred. If it is within the above range, the brightness and color reproducibility are good. 323841 54 201235419 (Pigment with an acid amount of 1〇0 to 60〇vmol/g) Color filter The light sheet may be in the form of one of the coloring compositions, and may also contain a pigment having an acid group content of 100 to 600 /zm〇1/g. From the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability; f' is preferably a pigment having an acid group amount of 15Q to the "pigment". As the pigment, as long as it is a pigment having an acid group content of 100 to 600 //moi/g That is, it is not particularly limited, but it is preferably a green pigment or a yellow pigment when used as a color filter for a green color component φ. Further, the acid amount of the pigment is selected by the type of the pigment and the primary particle of the pigment. However, even in the case of a pigment having a low acidity, in the case of using an acidic substance such as an acidic derivative for surface treatment, a pigment having a high amine adsorption amount on the surface may be used. Commercially available pigments for acid treatment. The amount of acid groups is determined by the method described in Colors, 67 [9], 547_554 (1994), using n-hexylamine as the adsorbed amine material, and the amine to be determined, The specification is incorporated herein by reference. The entire contents of the specification are hereby incorporated by reference, the content of the content of the content of the s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s For example, from the viewpoint of brightness, for example, αι·P Igment yell〇w 139, 150, C· I· Pigment Green58 ° From the point of view of dispersibility, it is better to use CI Pigment Green58. From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, relative to formula (丨) and (3) The total amount of the aluminum anthraquinone pigment shown is preferably 5/95 or more by weight of the pigment having an acid group amount of up to 6 Å #m〇i/g. 323841 55 201235419 (Micronization of colorant) As a coloring agent which can be used for a coloring composition for a color filter, in order to achieve high brightness and high contrast, the coloring agent particles can be refined by a salt grinding treatment or the like to be suitable as a color. The calendering sheet is used as a coloring agent. In order to increase the dispersibility of the coloring agent in the carrier, the primary particle diameter of the coloring agent is preferably 5 mn or more, more preferably 1 〇 nm or more, and still more preferably 2 〇 or more. In order to obtain a filter segment having a high contrast ratio, the primary particle diameter of the colorant is preferably 90 nm or less, more preferably 8 Å or less and still more preferably 7 J) mn or less. It may be, for example, 5 to 9 〇 nm, 1 〇 to 7 〇 、, 2 〇 to 6 〇 (10). The refinement of the coloring agent and the aforementioned miniaturization The same method. <Adhesive resin> Examples of the binder resin include a thermoplastic resin and a thermosetting resin. s is used as a color; and when a coloring composition for a light-sensitive sheet is used, a preferred resin is 400 in the visible light field. In the wavelength range up to 700 mn, the light transmittance is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more. In order to preferably disperse the colorant, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the adhesive resin is preferably 5, 〇〇〇 to 丨 00, 〇〇〇 range, more preferably 8, 〇〇〇 to 5 〇, 〇〇〇 range. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of 25 Å to 50' 000, and the value of Mw / Mn is preferably 1 Å or less. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Μη) at this time are the polystyrene-converted molecular weight measured under the following conditions: 4 in the gel permeation chromatography "HLC-8120GPC" manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd. The separation column is connected in series; in the filler, "TSK-GELSUPERH5000", "H4000", "H3000" and "H2000" manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd. 323841 56 201235419 are used in sequence; tetrahydrogen is used in the mobile phase system. Or, in order to preferably disperse the colorant, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the binder resin is preferably in the range of 5,000 to 80,000, more preferably 7, 〇〇〇 to 50'000. Further, the number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably in the range of &amp; to 40,000. The value of Mw/Mn is preferably 1 Torr or less. The weight average molecular weight (MW) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) at this time. In the polystyrene-converted molecular weight measured by the following conditions: HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd.) was used for the apparatus, two TSK-GEL SUPER HZM-N were used for the column system connection, and THF was used as the solvent. Adhesive resin as color When the color sheet is used as a coloring composition, it is a carboxyl group which acts as a coloring agent adsorbing group and a base which is soluble in a base during development, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, developability, and heat resistance. The balance of the aliphatic group and the aromatic group acting on the affinity of the organic solvent is important for dispersibility, development, and even durability. • From the viewpoint of forming a fine pattern well, to use A resin having an acid value of from 2 to 300 rog KOH/g is preferred. The binder resin may be used in an amount of from 2 to 5 % by weight based on the total weight of the coloring agent, and if it is 20% by weight or more, film formation is carried out. When the content is 500% by weight or less, the colorant concentration is appropriate, and the color characteristics are good. (The thermoplastic resin) Examples of the thermoplastic resin include acrylic resin, butyral resin, and benzene. Ethylene-maleic acid copolymer, chlorinated polyethylene, vaporized polypropylene 323841 57 201235419 olefin, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate I conjugated polyurethane resin, polyester resin, vinyl tree, Polyacetic acid Ester ester, vinyl resin, polyamide resin, rubber resin, alkyd resin, polyphenyl cellulose, polyethylene (HDPE, LDPE), polycapsule rubber resin, fat, etc. A butadiene and polyfluorene Imine tree -.... job paste exposure has the shape of the blocker

323841 Preferably, a more soluble vinyl resin is used when the ethylenically unsaturated monounsole having an acid group is used. Further, in order to obtain a base copolymerized alkali, it is also possible to use a resin having an ethylenically unsaturated activity. When the energy ray-curable amount ray-curable resin of the bond is used for exposure to form a coating film with an active energy ray of a double bond, the heat resistance of the tree is good, and the coloring agent can be suppressed from being discolored by heat (4) It is also possible to examine the aggregation of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an acid group by a copolymerization: a rare resin, for example, a tree having an acid group such as a base or a base; The alkali-soluble ethylene resin may, for example, be a resin, an olefin/cis-butan copolymer, a styrene-ethylene copolymer, a vinyl/(meth)acrylic copolymer or a butene/顺丁妇-acid field copolymer, etc., selected from the group consisting of acid group=acrylic resin and styrene/benzene (10) copolymer, at least i kind of tree, especially acrylic acid wax with acid group, because of its heat resistance , transparent 58 201235419 high, so it can be used. As the energy ray-curable resin having an ethylenically unsaturated active double bond, a (meth)acrylic compound or a cinnamic acid pair having a reactive substituent such as an isocyanato group, a county or an epoxy group can be used. A polymer which reacts with a reactive substituent such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amine group, and a resin having a photocrosslinkable group such as a (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile group or a phenethyl group is introduced into the polymer. Further, a polymer containing an anhydride such as a benzophenone-cis succinic acid needle copolymer or a Φ hydrocarbon-maleic anhydride copolymer or the like may be used. The (meth)acrylic compound is semi-acetated. The thermoplastic resin is preferably a photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter, which has both alkali solubility and energy ray hardening properties. The following may be mentioned as a monomer which comprises the said thermoplastic resin. For example, decyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) acrylate Isobutyl ester, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, stearic acid (mercapto) acrylate, ) lauryl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) vinegar vinegar, (mercapto) acrylic acid, a phenoxy diethylene glycol (meth) acrylate series, a decyloxy polypropylene glycol (mercapto) acrylate or an ethoxylated polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate (mercapto) acrylate; Or, for example, (meth)acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(fluorenyl)propene, dilute amine, N,N-diethyl(decyl)propenylamine, N-isopropyl (曱基)propyl decylamine, diacetone (fluorenyl) acrylamide or propylene hydrazine 323841 59 201235419 (eight (^丫1(^1111(^^11〇1丨) 1^) et al (meth) acrylamide; styrene such as styrene or fluorene: mercapto styrene; ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl A vinyl ether such as a vinyl ether or an isobutyl vinyl ether; a fatty acid vinyl ester such as vinyl acetate or vinyl propionate; or a cyclohexyl maleimide or a phenyl group; Maleimide, mercapto-maleimide, ethylmaleimide, 1,2-bismaleimide ethane, 1,6-bismaleimide hexane, 3- Maleic acid imine propionic acid, 6,7-methylenedioxy-4-mercapto-3-ma* quinoneimine coumarin, 4,4'-bismaleimide diphenyl Decane, bis(3-ethyl-5-mercapto-4-maleimidophenyl)decane, hydrazine, Ν'-1,3-phenylene dimaleimide, anthracene, N '-l,4-phenylene dimaleimide, N-(l-youji)maleimide, Ν-(2,4,6-trisylphenyl)maleimide, 4 -aminophenyl)maleimide, Ν-(4-nitrophenyl)maleimide, Ν-benzylmaleimide, Ν-bromoindolyl-2,3-dichloro Maleate Ν-Amber 醯imino-3-maleimide benzoate, Ν-amber 醯imino-3-ma φ imipenem propionate, Ν-amber 醯imino-4- Malayanurine butyrate, hydrazine-doprene imino-6-maleimide caproate, Ν-[4-(2-benzopyranido)phenyl]malaya a hydrazine-substituted maleimide such as an amine or a 9-maleimine acridine. Particularly preferably, it has a constituent unit derived from a fluorene-substituted maleimide, wherein the heat resistance is used. It is preferred to use cyclohexylmaleimide, methylmaleimide, ethylmaleimide, 1,2-bismamidine ethane, preferably cyclohexylmale. The imine is particularly good. The thermoplastic resin is preferably added in an amount of from 20 to 323841 60 201235419 500 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the colorant. When the amount is at least the weight, the image development property is good, and when it is 500 parts by weight or less, the colorant concentration is appropriate and the color characteristics are good. (thermosetting resin) Examples of the thermosetting resin include epoxy resin, benzoguanamine resin, rosin modified maleic acid resin, rosin modified fumaric acid, and dimerization. Melamine resin, urea tree, and resin. The colored composition for a color filter of the present invention preferably contains a thermosetting resin in terms of heat resistance. For example, an epoxy resin or a melamine resin is more preferable, and a melamine resin is particularly preferable, and among them, a melamine compound having a hydroxymethylimine group or a smaller one is more preferable. Preferably, the thermosetting resin is added in an amount of 5 to 6 parts by weight based on 1 part by weight of the coloring agent. When it is 1 part by weight or more, the heat resistance/light resistance is good, and when it is 60 parts by weight or less, the alkalinity in the case of alkali development is good. (Ethylene-based resin [B1]) An embodiment of a coloring composition for a color filter, wherein an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is introduced by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group. The vinyl resin is used as a binder resin, and may contain an ethylene resin [B1] containing the following structural units (b1) and (b2). (M): The constituent unit having a carboxyl group is based on the weight of the total constituent unit of the vinyl resin [B1], 323841 61 201235419 is 2 to 60% by weight (b2): having the formula (5) or the formula (6) The constituent unit of the aromatic ring group: 2 to 80% by weight based on the weight of the total constituent unit of the vinyl resin [B1]

(6) [In the formulae (5) and (6), R4 is a hydrogen atom or a group having a carbon number i to a benzene ring. Hereinafter, the constituent unit (Μ) and the constituent unit (b2), other constituent units, and a method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group will be described in order. % of each component is

In the present specification, each constituent unit contains the weight % of the precursor in the heavy vinyl resin [B1]. [Structural unit (bl)] The composition of the early 7G (bl) has a filament, and when it is developed, it is used as the weight of the total constituent unit which is soluble. From the viewpoint of the image, the constituent unit (10) is preferably 2 to 6 〇. If it is 2 galaxies, the removal of the unexposed part t by the ride-up imaging solution is sufficient; if it is 6 〇 "the following, the dissolution rate of the test solution is suitable for t, #光 part Will not dissolve. ., , 323841 62 201235419 ^The constituent unit (bi) is a method using a ruthenium-driven material having a carboxyl group (bl), and a method equivalent to being unusable in the ring by a method (b) described later The constituent unit of the radical addition reaction of the oxy group is a constituent unit (bl) in the ethylenic resin. Examples of the precursor of the structural unit (bi) having a carboxyl group include an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid (Cr0t0nicacid) or chloroacrylic acid; or maleic acid or fubutene; A compound containing a carboxyl group and having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond such as an unsaturated dirucarboxylic acid such as a diacid. Further, it is also possible to use a (meth)acrylic acid compound having a hydroxyl group such as an unsaturated diterpicous acid acid (hydroxy) hydroxyalkyl acrylate such as maleic anhydride. Among them, from the viewpoint of polymerizability (control of molecular weight or the like easily), it is more preferable that (mercapto)acrylic acid, particularly mercaptoacrylic acid, is preferable. These systems may be used alone or in combination of two or more. [Structural unit (b2)] The constituent unit (b2) has a ring structure formed by an aromatic ring group represented by the formulas (5) and (6), and a pigment or a pigment and a dispersant. The pigment composition formed functions as an affinity site. Based on the weight of the total structural unit of the vinyl resin [B1], the constituent unit (b2) is preferably 2 to 80% by weight from the viewpoints of developability, dispersion stability, and chemical resistance. good. For example, when it is 2% by weight or more, the development property, the dispersion stability, and the chemical resistance are good. Further, when the amount is 80% by weight or less, the dissolution rate to the alkali developing solution is appropriate, and the development time is short, and the productivity is good. (b2); a constituent unit having an aromatic ring group represented by formula (5) or formula (6): 323841 63 201235419 The weight of the total constituent unit of the ethylenic resin [B1] is used as a standard, 2 to 80 The % by weight of the constituent unit (b2) may, for example, be styrene, α-methylstyrene, divinylbenzene, indene, acetamidine, benzyl propyl acrylate or benzyl methacrylate. Monomer/oligomer such as bisphenol A diglycidyl ether bis(indenyl) acrylate, methylolated melamine (meth) acrylate or oxime (7) Unsaturated monomers, etc.

Formula (7) [In the formula (7), Re is a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group; a C 2 or 3 alkylene group; R 8 is an alkyl group having a benzene ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; n is 1 to An integer of 15. As an ethylenically unsaturated monomer which is not represented by the formula (7), for example, New Front i, manufactured by Dai-ichi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., CEA [EO modified propylene sulphate, Re: hydrogen Atom, R7: exoethyl, Rs: mercapto, n = 1 or 2], NP-2 [n-decylphenoxypolyethylene glycol acrylic acid S, Re: hydrogen atom, r7: exoethyl, R8 : n-decyl, n=2], N-177E [n-decylphenoxypolyethylene glycol acrylate vinegar, Re: nitrogen atom, R?: ethyl, Re. n-decyl, n=16 To 17] or PHE [acrylic acid phenoxyethyl S, Re: hydrogen atom, I: extended ethyl, Re: hydrogen atom, n = l]; Daicel (Daicel) company IRR169 [ethoxylated Propionate (EO lmol), Re: hydrogen atom, R7: ethyl, Rs: hydrogen atom, η=ι] 323841 64 201235419 or Ebecryl 110 [phenyl acrylate acrylate (E0 2mol), R6 : hydrogen atom, R7: ethyl group, Rs: hydrogen atom, n=2]; Aronix M-101A manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. [phenol E0 modified (η and 2) acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, R7: Base, R8: hydrogen atom, η and 2], Μ-102 [phenolphthalein 0 modified (η and 4) acrylate, R6: hydrogen atom, R?: extended ethyl group, Re : hydrogen atom, η and 4], M-110 [p-isopropylbenzene anti-E0 modified (η and 1) acrylate, Re · hydrogen atom, R7: extended ethyl, R8 · · p-isopropyl, η 隹 with 1], Μ-111 [n-decyl phenolphthalein 0 modified (η and 1) acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, R7 · ethyl group, R8: n-decyl group, η%1], M-113 [Positive base age E0 modified (η and 4) acrylate, R6: hydrogen atom, r7 • • ethyl, R8: n-decyl, 11 and 4] or 11{-117 [n-nonylphenol? 〇 Modification (11 and 2.5) Acrylic acid, Re. Wind atom, r7: propyl, r8: n-decyl, η = 2. 5]; Co., Ltd. Light acrylate Ρ0-Α[B-benzoate benzene Oxyethyl ester, hydrazine: hydrogen atom, R7: ethyl, r8: hydrogen atom, n=l], P-200A [phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, r6: hydrogen atom, r7: ethyl group, R8 : hydrogen • atom, η-2], NP-4EA [nonylphenol E0 adduct acrylic acid. vinegar 〇 R6: hydrogen atom, R7: exoethyl, Re: n-decyl, η and 4] or NP -8EA [[nonylphenol oxime 0 adduct acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, r7: exoethyl, Re • n-decyl, η and 8] or Light ester P0 [phenoxyethyl methacrylate, R6: fluorenyl group, R?: propyl group, r8: hydrogen atom, n=1]; Blemmer ANE-300 made of oyster sauce company, decyl phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R6: hydrogen atom, r7: Ethyl, R8:, fluorenyl, η and 5], ΑΝΡ-300 [nonylphenoxypolypropylene glycol acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, R7: propyl group, Re: n-decyl group, n% 5] , 43ANEp_5〇〇[Mercaptophenoxy-poly 323841 65 201235419 ethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, Rt: extension B And propyl, R8:-fluorenyl, n%5 + 5], 70ANEP-550 [mercaptophenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, R7: ethyl and Propyl, R8 ··N-decyl, n%9+3], 75ANEP-600[壬基笨oxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, R7: ethyl and Propyl, R8: n-decyl, η and 5 + 2], AAE-50 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R6: hydrogen atom, r7: ethyl, r8: hydrogen atom, n=i ], _ AAE-300 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, Re: hydrogen atom, r7: ethyl group, R8: hydrogen atom, 11 and 5.5], PAE-50 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol Acrylate, R6: methyl, r7: exoethyl, r8: hydrogen atom, n=1], PAE-100 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate, R6: mercapto, r7: exf Base, R8: hydrogen atom, n=2] or 43PAPE-600B [phenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-methacrylate, R6: methyl, R7: ethyl and propyl, Re .Hydrine atom, η and 6 + 6]; NK ESTER AMP-10G manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd. [phenoxyethylene glycol acrylate (E01m〇l), hydrazine: hydrogen atom, R?: Ethyl, R8: hydrogen atom, n=l] 'AMP-20G [phenoxyethylene glycol acrylate (E02m〇1), Re: hydrogen atom, R7: ethyl group, h: hydrogen atom, n% 2 ], AMp_6〇G [phenoxyethylene glycol acrylate (E〇6mol), R6: hydrogen atom, r7: ethyl, Re: hydrogen atom, η and 6], PHE_1G [phenoxy glycol Acrylate (EOlmol), R6: methyl group, R?: ethyl group, Re: hydrogen atom, n=1]; Viscoat#i92 [Phenyloxyethyl acrylate, r6: hydrogen atom, R7] manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd. : Ethyl, Rs: hydrogen atom, n = 1]; or, Sakamoto Chemicals, SR-339A [2-phenoxy glycol acrylate,: 323841 66 201235419 Hydrogen atom, R?: Ethyl, hydrazine: hydrogen atom, n=l], or SR-504 (ethoxylated acetoacetate, R6: hydrogen atom, h: ethylidene, n-decyl), etc. Two or more types may be used in combination for these. In the ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the formula (7), the alkyl group of Rs has a carbon number of 1 to 2 G', and more preferably 1 1 Å. The alkyl group includes not only a linear alkyl group but also a branched alkyl group and a filament having a substituent. When the carbon number of the hospital base of h is ii 1G, the chemical resistance of the IT0 (four) liquid and the metal surname liquid is suppressed by the burning base, and the chemical resistance is improved by more than 10, and the base is more than 10 The steric hindrance effect becomes higher and there is a tendency to appear. This tendency is to produce m with the carbon chain length of R8 (four): if the carbon number is too high, if it exceeds 20, the adhesion to the substrate will be the polar group - as the alkyl group having a benzene ring represented by Re, and it can be exemplified by benzyl, and resistant. ί (Λ) propyl and so on. The material is added to a side chain benzene ring, which is more improved, and the imaging performance is also improved. Among the whole 6 basic unsaturated monomers, η is preferably a viscosity of 4 1 to 15 gynecological resin [Β1], and the use of the ======: desired. - Point: the concept of co-polymerization and the concept of chemical resistance, and the composition of the soap (b2), which is based on benzene, or the formula (7) [called == = body =: These are particularly preferred because they are available in the (4) resin coat. Since the stupid ring is introduced into the side chain of the B-return resin 323841 !;: 67 201235419, the side chain benzene ring is oriented to the pigment. Therefore, the adsorption of the pigment by the resin is promoted, and the effect of inhibiting the aggregation of the pigment is inhibited. Further, from the viewpoints of development and dispersion stability, benzyl acrylate and/or benzyl methacrylate are preferred. [Other constituent units] 〇 As another constituent unit, the vinyl resin [Β1] may have constituent units other than the constituent unit (b1) constituent unit (b2).

The main function of the constituent elements of 323841 is to provide imaging, so it is resistant to drugs. It is preferable that the above-mentioned ring structure having a large side chain of the constituent unit (b2) of the mouth 1 and the living body b is preferable. Further, it is possible to take into consideration the characteristics of the constituent unit (10) having a large-structure side chain which can maintain the rhyme, and to impart image quality. Further, it is preferable that the t't yoke resin [B1] has a formula (8) and a formula (9). The constituent unit (10) of the ring-shaped structure formed by the group ring group is more beautiful; it is composed of the aliphatic ring structure of the formula (8) and (9)*, and its function is as a pair of pigments or a pigment fish. The affinity portion of the pigment composition, and the hydrophobic portion of the # = liquid. + test: "1 like the precursor of other constituent units, can be exemplified by methyl acrylate, (method, 〒, 〒) A (methyl acrylate acrylic acid, ethyl vinegar, (meth) acrylic acid酉 酉 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异 异</ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> , (decyl) lauryl acrylate, cetyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (decyl) acrylate, isostearyl (mercapto) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) Allyl acrylate or alkyl (meth) acrylate or alkenyl ester such as (mercapto) acrylate; 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (曱基) Acrylic acid - carboxyethyl ester, polyethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, hydrazine, 6-hexanediol bis(indenyl) acrylate, triethylene glycol di(曱) Acrylate, tri-propanol di(meth)acrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane tris(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tris(decyl)acrylate, 1,6-hexane Alcohol bicyclopropyl propyl sulfonate (mercapto) acrylate, neodecyl glycol diepoxy propyl di(decyl) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, (曱Various acrylates and methacrylates such as isodecyl acrylate, acrylate (Ester Acrylate), (fluorenyl) acrylate epoxy ester, amine ester acrylate; vinyl acetate, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, ethylene Alcohol divinyl ether, neopentyl alcohol divinyl ether, (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxy fluorenyl (decyl) propylene, decylamine, N-vinyl decylamine, acrylonitrile, dimethyl Base-2, 2,-[oxybis(methylene)]bis-2-propanoic acid@,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Acrylate, dicyclohexyl 2,2,-[oxybis(indenyl)]di_2_ acrylate, dibenzyl-2, 2,-[oxybis(indenyl)] bis-2 _Acrylate and other monomer / spring polymer However, depending on the purpose, it is not limited to these, and other ethylenically unsaturated monomers may be selected, and two or more kinds may be used in combination. As described above, methyl (meth)acrylate or ethyl (meth)acrylate can be suitably used from the viewpoint of development. As another ethylenically unsaturated monomer, for example, 323841 69 201235419 (meth)acrylic acid tetrahydroanthracene vinegar or (meth)acrylic acid group (meth) propylene _

Methoxy^^methyl)propazaki-I (or A-based) propyl rider and other alkoxy condensed diol (methyl) propyl sulfonamide (also known as "silk" Illustrative of acrylamide and acrylamide 目 目 ' 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 异 异 异 异 异A-class (earth soil: acrylamide, hydrazine-hydrazinyl phthalocyanine, etc. (methyl) propyl amide, etc. 〇 醯 醯 或是 或是 or propylene, in addition, as the aforementioned propylene monomer to ethyl 乙 county' The n-propyl (tetra) group is as follows: = B is an isobutylethylene group. Ethyl group: I B γ or propionic acid ethylene § is intended to be a succinyl acetate monomer, etc. The above monomer and pre-private, C (constituting unit (10))) 0 3 image and dispersion stability, to the chemical resistance, ^ B = resin [B1] total composition of 4 weight as the base: on: into the car Preferably, the element (10) has a color filter of 2 to 60% by weight. When the mass of the material of 2 parts by weight is sufficient for the pigment composition and the composition of the dispersion and the dispersion, a high-quality color filter can be obtained. Coloring group green 撼 撼 纽 纽 纽 纽 纽 纽 纽 纽 纽 纽The problem of pattern peeling or defect of the pixel portion is good, and if it is 60% by weight or less, the dissolution rate of the alkali developing solution is increased, the development time of 323841 70 201235419 is shortened, and the color filter is produced. It is better because it is good.

Formula (8) (9)

The precursor of the constituent unit (b3) may, for example, be an ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the formula (10) or an ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the formula (11).

Formula (10)

In the formula (10) and the formula (11), R9 is a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, Rlf1 is an alkylene group having a carbon number of 2 or 3, and m is an integer of 1 to 15. In the case of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer represented by the formula (10), for example, FANCRYL FA-513A manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. [Dicyclopentanyl acrylate] Rg: hydrogen atom, Rio: none, In=0] or FA-513M [dicyclopentyl methacrylate, R9: methyl group, R1Q: no, m=0], etc., but not limited thereto, two or more kinds may be used in combination. 323841 71 201235419

Examples of the unsaturated ethylenic monomer represented by the formula (11) include FANCRYL FA-511A (Dicyclopentenyl acrylate), R9: a hydrogen atom, and Ri, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. : none, m=〇], FA-512A [dicyclopentyloxyethyl acrylate, r9: hydrogen atom, ri〇: exoethyl, m=l], FA-512M [mercaptoacrylic acid II Cyclopentenyloxyethyl ester, R9: fluorenyl, Ru: ethyl, m=l] or FA, 512MT [dicyclopentenyloxy methacrylate, R9: methyl, Rl. : Ethyl group, m = 1]f, but it is not limited to these, and two or more types may be used together. [Importing of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds] On the other hand, LJJi"1 3 has a base of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds with an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. The ethyl hydrazine resin of the constituent unit (b4) of the unsaturated double bond. The ethylene wrong system has a double bond group as a function of patterning =. It is weight (4) based on the weight 乍 of the total constituent unit of the ethylene resin _, and the weight of the constituent units (b4) m to (9) of the ethylenically unsaturated double bond is excellent from the viewpoint of the shape of the pattern. When the weight is 2 or more, the shape of the pattern is good; and when it is less than or equal to 5%, the resolution is good, which is preferable. 6〇重^ is a method of an ethylenically unsaturated monomer-based unsaturated double bond having an epoxy group, and examples thereof include a stretching property having a carboxyl group: a saturated monomer, and a stretching group having an epoxy group. The basicity is not the same as the method (1)) or the method (10) shown below. The method can be exemplified by [method (il)] 323841 72 201235419 as a method of introducing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond having an epoxy group to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, for example, a method (il). By copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group with one or more other ethylenically unsaturated monomers, the ethylenically unsaturated double bond is unsaturated. The carboxyl group of the monobasic acid reacts with the side group of the obtained copolymer.

Further, the polybasic acid anhydride is reacted with the generated hydroxyl group, and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is introduced to impart a function as a photosensitive resin, and a carboxyl group having an alkali-soluble function is introduced. In other words, the precursor of the constituent unit (b2) is reacted with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group to obtain a copolymer (il-1), and secondly, the copolymer (11_1) and * are known. The saturated-monoacid is reacted to obtain a total of (il 2)', and the obtained copolymer (il-2) is reacted with a polybasic acid anhydride to obtain a resin, which is preferable because of a good pattern shape. In addition, since the carboxylic acid of the unsaturated monobasic acid used in the method (丨1) is in the anti-secret of the Weiji riding domain, it is not the constituent unit of the vinyl resin [B1] in the acid (5). Since multivariate two ===: Therefore, the person in this specification "[method (i2)] can cite one method (i2) == saturated monomer in the _ group 4 ==: bulk r copolymer... (4) and pro-county. ^ 仃 仃 , , 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 323 Further, the obtained copolymer (i2-i) is reacted with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group to obtain a resin, and is excellent in heat resistance. In this case, only A thiol group which cannot be used for the addition reaction with an epoxy group, and corresponds to a constituent unit (M) of the ethylene-based resin [B1] in the present specification.

Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group include, for example, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, and acid 2- Glycidyloxyethyl ester, (meth)acrylic acid 3,4_epoxy earth oxime and (mercapto)acrylic acid 3, epoxycyclohexanol; these systems can be used alone or in combination with 2 (four) . Epoxypropyl (meth) acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the unsaturated monobasic acid in the next step, and the nature of the catalyst. Examples of the unsaturated-acid acid include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid, (methyl)propionic acid, and activating alkyl groups. And cyano substituents, etc.; these systems may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid is preferred. Examples of the polybasic acid anhydride include a tetrahydrofurfuric acid needle, a phthalic anhydride, a hexahydrous acid needle, and an acid hexanic acid anhydride. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Depending on the number of A 私 私 私 私 私 A A A A A A A 嗜 嗜 嗜 嗜 嗜 嗜 嗜 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A , fresh search. In addition, as a polybasic acid anhydride, such as 323841 74 201235419, it has an ethylenic acid group; when it is an acid anhydride, it can be more thumb force: and a double bond of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or a maleic acid 9 sigma ethyl ether unsaturated double key. As the number of adhesive resins, the average number of equal weights [Β1] _ 4 is redundant, and the range of 5, 〇 00 | μ ηηη ♦ is preferred. υ υ 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 θ θ θ θ θ θ θ θ θ θ θ 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯 乙烯Aiming for a long time, right Feng does not weigh more than 1 part, then

Membrane! Health and various tolerances are good. If it is 5 〇 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( The coloring composition may further contain a dispersing aid. When the coloring agent is dispersed in the coloring agent carrier, a dispersing aid such as a pigment derivative, a resin type dispersing agent, or a surfactant may be suitably used. The dispersion is excellent, and the effect of preventing re-aggregation of the colorant after dispersion is large, so that the coloring agent prepared by dispersing the colorant in the colorant carrier using a dispersing aid has good brightness and viscosity stability. When a coloring composition prepared by dispersing a toner as a dispersing agent in a coloring agent carrier is used, a color filter having a high spectral transmittance can be obtained. (Pigment Derivative) Examples of the pigment derivative include For example, a compound in which an inert substituent, an acidic substituent or a sulfhydryl methyl group which may have a substituent may be introduced into an organic pigment, hydrazine, acridine _ or 疋D D well, for example, 曰本特开昭63 -305173, Japanese Patent Publication No. 57__1562, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-40172, Japanese Patent Publication No. 63_171〇2, Japanese Patent No. 323841 75 201235419, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-9469, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001_3357, Japanese Special Open 2003 Japanese Patent Publication No. 2008-094497 The above-mentioned ones may be used alone or in combination of two or more, as described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. In the case of the pigment derivative of the main structure (H〇st framew 2k), the copper phthalocyanine structure is preferable because the dispersibility of the coloring agent is improved and the heat resistance/light resistance of the coloring composition is improved. With respect to the coloring, it is preferable to add 1 to 40 parts by weight of a pigment derivative having a copper anthraquinone structure as a main structure in terms of a weight fraction of the ruthenium pigment. From the viewpoint of the nature, the amount of the pigment derivative is more than 1% by weight, more preferably 1% by weight or more, and more preferably 3% by weight, preferably 5% by weight, based on the weight of the coloring agent (1 GG weight (4). In addition, it is preferably 40% by weight or less, more preferably 35% by weight or less, and still more preferably 30% by weight or less based on the total amount of the coloring agent based on the heat and light properties. Ritter 0 is 25% by weight or less. '(Resin-type dispersant) The resin-type dispersant contains a site having an affinity for an agent adsorbed to a colorant, and has a reducing property with (4) _, 323841 76 201235419 The coloring agent carrier can be classified into a resin type dispersing agent for adsorbing to the coloring agent, and specifically, for example, a polystyrene, a poly-acid == 70 buffered acid vinegar, an unsaturated polyamine, a multi-dimensional Wei, a multi-component ( Part) an amine salt, a poly-Wei ammonium salt, a poly-lissamine salt, (IV) an oxygen-fired, a long-locked polyamine guanamine phosphate, a hydroxyl-containing polycarboxylic acid ester or a modified substance thereof; An alkylamine formed by the reaction of a polyester having a free carboxyl group or An oily dispersant such as a salt; (meth)acrylic acid_stupyl ethylene copolymer, (mercapto)acrylic acid-(meth)acrylate copolymer, styrene_cis-butanol copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, polyethylene A water-soluble resin such as a waxy ketone or a water-soluble polymer compound, a polyester-based, a modified polyacrylate-based compound, an ethylene oxide/propylene oxide addition compound, or a phosphate ester system. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds, but are not necessarily limited to those. ▲ Since the viscosity of the dispersion is low with a small amount of the above-mentioned dispersant, and high contrast is exhibited, the polymer K has an organic functional group, and graft copolymerization containing a nitrogen atom is preferred. The ytterbium-containing fluorene-segment copolymer containing a nitrogen atom containing a functional group such as a tertiary amino group, a quaternary ammonium salt group or a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, and an amine-based polymer dispersant are preferably used. . The resin type dispersant is preferably used in an amount of about 5 to 2% by weight based on the total amount of the pigment, and more preferably about 10 to 10% by weight, as seen from the film forming property. Alternatively, the content of the heavy resin-type dispersant is preferably from 0. U to 55 parts by weight, more preferably from 1 to 45 parts by weight, based on the coloring agent. When the content of the resin-type dispersant is 0.1 part by weight, 323841 77 201235419 or more, the effect of addition can be sufficiently obtained. When the content is 55 parts by weight or less, the dispersion is very good. As a commercially available resin type dispersant, for example, BYK-Chemie

Japan company Pisperbyk-101, 103, 107, 108, 110, 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 170, 17 174, 180, 18 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 20 (Π, 2020, 2025, 2050, 2070, 2095, • 2150, 2155, 2163, 2164 or Anti-Terra-U, 203, 204 or BYK- P104, P104S, 220S, 6919, 21324, 21407 or Lactimon, Lactimon-WS or Bykumen; etc.; SOLSPERSE 3000, 9000, 11200, 13000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 16000, 17000, 18000, manufactured by Lubrizol Japan. 20000, 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, 28000, 31845, 32000, 32500, 32550, 3300, 33500, 32600, 34750, 35100, 36600, 37500, 38500, 39000, 41000, 41090, 53095, 55000, 56000, 7100, 76500, etc. _ EFKA-46, 47, 48, 452, 4008, 4009, 4010, 4015, 4020, 4047, 4050, 4055, 4060, 4080, 4400, 44 (Π, 4402, 4403, 4406) manufactured by Ciba Japan , 4408, 4300, 4310, 4320, 4330, 4 340, 450, 45, 453, 4540, 4550, 4560, 4800, 5010, 5065, 5066, 5070, 7500, 7554, 11 (Π, 120, 150, 1501, 1502, 1503, etc.; manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Ajisper PAin, PB71, PB82, PB822, PB824, etc. (Acrylic Resin Dispersant) Among the resin type dispersants, the amine valence is 10 to 300 mg KOH/g 78 323841 E; 201235419 C = resin type dispersant is More preferably, it is preferably 5 () to 3 (^_. For the pigment type dispersant, it is difficult to use the pigment ==::== to become a specific absorbing material. For the pigment (10) of neutral pigment g to the surface of the pigment; ^ base = 1 to coffee ^ 01 / can obtain the resin type dispersant used in the eight = dispersion, and the color filter excellent in dispersibility and dispersion stability The number average molecular weight of the coloring composition 5_nonane resin type dispersing agent is usually preferably from 500 to _) 0, and particularly preferably from 3 to _. If the above-mentioned number average amount is _ or more, the ternary energy barrier ric repulsion of the pigment affinity group is less 'good compatibility with the pigment carrier' and in the case of using a solvent with a pigment carrier and a solvent The compatibility is good, so it will prevent agglomeration, and (4) the viscosity of the dispersion exceeds the average molecular weight of _ below', then the dispersion is sufficient, and the amount of the pigment in the coating film is not sufficient. The acrylic resin type dispersing agent of 10 to 30 〇 mg K 〇 H / g may be a resin type of a vinyl type, an amine type, a polyester type, a poly (tetra) or a polystyrene type, but is preferably easy to ride. The ethylene monomer copolymer type which is excellent in the resistance of the tree and which is excellent in resistance, specifically, is preferably an ethylene single unit having a disubstituted amino group, a (?) (tetra) acid hetero unit, and other B. Copolymer resin of monomer unit. 323841 79 201235419 The N,N-ethylidene monomer unit having a disubstituted amino group may, for example, be 〇-dimethylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate or N,N-ethyl (meth)acrylate. N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, N,N-diethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate, N,N_:methylaminoethyl (A) The base is acrylamide or N,N-diethylaminoethyl(meth)acrylamide or the like, but is not necessarily limited thereto. These monomer units are adsorbed to the pigment as a monomer unit containing a test group. ❿ As the alkyl (meth) acrylate monomer unit, for example, decyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate , n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate or A (meth) acrylate such as an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as lauryl methacrylate or an alkanol having 1 to 18 carbon atoms is obtained, but is not limited thereto. The function of these monomer units serves as a pigment carrier affinity group. Examples of other vinyl monomer units include ethylidene monomers containing nitro groups such as (meth)acrylonitrile; vinyl aromatic compounds such as benzophenone, methylstyrene or benzyl (meth)acrylate; a monomeric monomer; a hydroxyl group-containing vinyl monomer such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate or polyethylene glycol (fluorenyl) acrylate; (mercapto) propylene a vinyl-based monomer containing an amine group such as decylamine, hydrazine, fluorenyl hydrazide, hydrazine-isopropyl acrylamide or diacetone acrylamide; Acrylic amine or dipyridamole. Vinyl monomer such as benzyl (meth) acrylamide; fluorene-nonyloxymethyl (mercapto) acrylamide or hydrazine-butoxy fluorenyl (fluorenyl) propylene Ethylene or the like containing an alkoxyfluorenyl group 80 323841 !ί; 201235419 Rare monomer; furnaces such as ethylene, propylene or isoprene (iSOprene). Chloroprene or butadiene Diene; methyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl fluorene or isobutyl vinyl Speaking of vinyl ethers; fatty acid vinyl esters such as ethyl acrylate or vinyl propionate, etc., are suitably used depending on the purpose, but are not necessarily limited thereto. For example, a comb-shaped acrylic resin type dispersant may be used, which is a monomer unit polymer having a primary amino group such as a dilute propylamine or the like by a polyacetal resin, an acrylic resin or a polyether resin. It is modified by ethyleneimine, polyethylene polyamine, poly(fluorene-based) polyamine or poly(amino thiolated) epoxy resin. Commercial products of such a preferred acrylic resin type dispersant include, for example, DISPERBYK 161, 162, 163, 164, 166, 167, 168, 174, 182, 183, 184, 185, 2000 of BYK-Chemie Japan Co., Ltd. 2050, 2150, 2163, 2164, or BYK-LPN6919, 21324, 21407; #SOLSPERSE 11200, 13240, 13650, 13940, 24000, 26000, 28000, 32000, 32500, 32550, 32600, 33000, 34750, Lubrizol Japan 35100, 35200, 37500, 38500, 39000, 53095, 56000, 7100; EFKA 4300, 4330, 4046, 4060, 4080, etc. of Ciba Japan. The content of the basic resin-type dispersant in terms of dispersibility and film-forming property is preferably from 5 to 5% by weight, more preferably from 10 to 80 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the coloring agent. (Surfactant) 323841 81 201235419 The surfactant may, for example, be sodium lauryl sulfate, polyoxyethylene ethyl ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, alkali salt of styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, or hard fat. Sodium, sodium alkylnaphthalene sulfonate, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, lauryl sulfate, barium lactate monoethanolamine, benzophenone-acrylic acid copolymerization Anionic surfactants such as monoethanolamine and polyoxyethyl thioglycolate; polyoxyethylene ethyl oleyl ether, polyoxyethylidene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylidene Φ decyl phenyl Nonionic surfactants such as ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl ether phosphate, polyoxyethylene ethyl sorbitan monostearate, polyethylene glycol monolaurate, alkyl 4-grade ammonium or a cationic surfactant such as an ethylene oxide adduct; an alkyl betaine such as an alkyl dimethylaminoacetate betaine or an amphoteric surfactant such as an alkyl imidazoline, which may be used alone or in combination The above is used in combination, but it is not limited to such. The total amount of the resin-type dispersant and the surfactant is preferably from Q. 丨 to 55% by weight, more preferably from _1 to 45% by weight, based on the total amount of the coloring agent (10% by weight). When the amount of the resin-type dispersant or the surfactant is 0.14% by volume or more, the effect of addition can be sufficiently obtained, and when the amount is 55% by weight or less, the dispersion is good. Sodium &lt;Organic solvent&gt; The organic solvent is used to sufficiently disperse and penetrate the coloring agent in the carrier, so that the dried film thickness on the substrate such as the glass substrate is applied to the toner to 5 mM, and the filter is easily formed. Section. * υ* 2 As the organic solvent, for example, ethyl lactate, benzyl alcohol, trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol (u-butanedid), 13, 2, 3, ^--ol 323841 82 201235419 (1,3-butylene glycol), 1,3-butanediol diacetate, 1,4-dicycloparin, 2-heptanone, 2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol, 3, 5, 5- Tridecyl-2-cyclohexan-1-one, 3,3,5-tridecylcyclohexanone, 3-ethoxypropionic acid B, 3-methyl-1,3-butanediol , 3-decyloxy-3-mercapto-1-butanol, 3-decyloxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-decyloxybutanol, 3-oxime butyl acetate, 4-heptanone , m-diphenylbenzene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, -N,N-dimethyl-decylamine 'n-butanol, _正正丁Base benzene, n-propyl acetate, o-diphenylbenzene, phthalic acid, o-diethylbenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, p-benzoquinone, p-diethylbenzene, t-butylbenzene, third Benzobenzene, T-butyrolactone, isobutanol, Isophorone, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol single ethyl Ether, ethylene glycol mono-kethyl ether acetate, B Glycol mono 'tertiary butyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monoterpene ether , ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol didecyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, _ diethylene glycol single ethyl Ethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoterpene ether, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanol acetate, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol Mercapto ether, dipropylene glycol decyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, triacetin, tripropylene glycol Monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monoterpene ether, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monoterpene Ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, benzyl alcohol, methyl isobutyl ketone, 323841 83 201235419 Methylcyclohexanol, n-amyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, dibasic acid ester, and the like. Among them, since the dispersion of the anthraquinone compound is good, it is preferred to use ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, ethylene glycol single ethyl Glycol acetates such as phenyl ether acetate; aromatic alcohols such as benzyl alcohol or ketones such as cyclohexanone. When considering the dispersibility of the colorant, the permeability, and the coatability of the coloring composition, it is preferred to use ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, or ethylene glycol. Alcohol acetates such as monoterpene ether acetate and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; alcohols such as benzyl alcohol and diacetone alcohol or ketones such as cyclohexanone. The organic solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, in the case of adjusting the coloring composition to an appropriate viscosity and forming a uniform film thickness of the target, the amount of the organic solvent is used based on the total weight of the coloring agent (100% by weight). From 500 to 4,000% by weight is preferred. φ <Photopolymerizable monomer> An embodiment of the coloring composition for a color filter may further contain a photopolymerizable monomer. In the photopolymerizable monomer, a monomer or an oligomer which is cured by ultraviolet rays or heat, and which forms a transparent resin, may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably from 5 to 400% by weight based on the total weight of the coloring agent, and from 10 to 300% by weight from the viewpoint of photocurability and developability. % is a monomer which is hardened by ultraviolet rays or heat, and produces a transparent resin, and 323841 84 201235419 nutrient polymer ', for example, '(mercapto) decyl acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, ( Methyl) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(methyl) Acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol bis(indenyl) acrylate, triethylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris(methyl) Acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tris(fluorenyl) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetra(meth) acrylate, 1&gt;6_hexanediol rub epoxypropyl ether di(meth)acrylate , bisphenol A diglycidyl ether di(meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol diepoxypropyl ether II ( Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate, acrylate, methylolated melamine (Mercapto) acrylate, (mercapto) propionate epoxy ester, amine acrylate vinegar and other acrylates and methacrylates; (methyl) acrylic acid, styrene ethyl acetate acetate, Ethyl vinyl seam, ethylene glycol diethyl ketone ether, neopentyl alcohol trivinyl ether, (meth) acrylamide, N-hydroxy decyl (meth) decylamine, N-ethylene Base amine, acrylonitrile, modified bisphenol a di(meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol bis(indenyl) acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, neopentyl Diol (meth) acrylate, polyester (mercapto) acrylate, tris(propylene decyloxyethyl) triisocyanate, tris(mercaptopropyl methoxyethyl) triisocyanate, caprolactone Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, bis(trihydroxydecyl)propane tetrakis(meth) acrylate, neopentyl alcohol tetra (a) Acetate vinegar, ω _ 基 - 聚 聚 聚 聚 聚 ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω ω 、 , 2-mercaptopropenyloxyethyl bromide, 2-propene benzoate 323841 85 201235419 decyloxypropyl ester, 2-methylpropenyl propyl propyl succinate, oxime B Glycol acrylate, methoxyethylene decyl acrylate, decyl diethylene glycol acrylate, methoxy diethylene glycol methacrylate, methoxy triethylene glycol acrylate, decyl triethylene glycol Mercapto acrylate, propylene propylene glycol acrylate, methoxypropylene glycol methacrylate, decyl dipropylene glycol acrylate, decyl dipropylene glycol methacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, methacrylic acid 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl ester; or a commercially available product of 2-acryloxyethyl succinate (trade name: M-5300), etc., but is not necessarily limited to these. (Polyfunctional monomer having an acid group) The photopolymerizable monomer may also contain a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group. As such a monomer, for example, an ester of a poly(fluorenyl) acrylate and a dicarboxylic acid containing a free hydroxyl group of a polyhydric alcohol and (mercapto)acrylic acid; a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydroxyalkyl group (fluorenyl group) may be mentioned. Acetate esters and the like. Specific examples thereof include trihydroxydecyl propane diacrylate, trishydroxypropyl propane bis(indenyl) φ acrylate, neopentyl alcohol triacrylate, neopentyl alcohol tris(decyl) acrylate, dioxane Monohydroxy oligoacrylates or monohydroxy oligodecyl acrylates such as tetraol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(indenyl) acrylate and malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, p-citric acid a monoester of a dicarboxylic acid containing a free carboxyl group; propane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid (propane tridecanoic acid), butane-1,2,4-tribasic acid, benzene-1,2, 3-tert-acid, benzene-1,3,4-tri-rebel, tricarboxylic acid such as benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, A monohydroxyl monoacrylate or a monohydroxy acrylate monohydroxyl ester such as 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate or 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, which contains 323841 86 201235419 oligoesterification of a carboxyl group. These polyfunctional monomers may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as required. Further, a compound represented by the following formula (16) can also be suitably used. Formula (16): (H2C=C(R4)C00)mX-(0C0CH(R4)CH2S(R5)C00H)n [In the formula (16), R4 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R5 represents a carbon number of 1 to A hydrocarbon group of 12, X represents an organic group having a carbon number of 3 to 60 (m + n), m represents an integer of 2 to 18, and η represents an integer of 1 to 3. Here, the compound represented by the formula (16) can be easily obtained, for example, by the following method. (1) A method in which a compound having an organic group represented by X is esterified with acrylic acid to acrylize, and then the obtained compound is added to a mercapto compound. (2) The compound to which the organic group represented by X is modified with a polyvalent isocyanate φ compound, and then the obtained compound is propylene-substituted with an acrylate compound having a hydroxyl group, and then the thiol compound is added to the obtained compound. The method. (3) A method in which a compound having an organic group represented by X is esterified with acrylic acid and acrylized, and then modified with a polyvalent isocyanate compound to form a sulfhydryl compound. Examples of the compound to which the organic group represented by X are added include neodymetic tetraol, a caprolactone modification of neopentylol; a polyisocyanate modification of pentaerythritol; and dipentaerythritol and dipentyne. The caprolactone modification of tetraol; two 323841 87 201235419 a new isocyanate vinegar modified product of pentaerythritol. The sulfhydryl compound may, for example, be a sulfhydryl acid, a 2-sulfopropionic acid, a 3-cyanopropionic acid, an o-succinyl acid, a succinyl acid, a succinic acid or the like. The amount of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferably from 5 to 500 parts by weight, more preferably from 20 to 300 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the binder resin. When it is 5 parts by weight or more, the smoothness of the halogen intensity or the surface of the halogen is better in the spring. When the amount is less than 500 parts by weight, since the image is excellent in the image, the field of the material formed by the element is not The stained film is good. When a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is used in combination with other polyfunctional green bodies, 'the total amount of the photopolymerizable monomer is used as a reference (1 〇〇 by weight, and the content of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferably It is 1 G weight% or more, More preferably, it is 5% by weight or more. The content of the polyfunctional monomer (C1) having an acid group is 10% by weight or more or more, and image formation and image formation are obtained. Good, ♦ After development, there is no coloring composition residue (developing residue) on the non-paraffin portion or excellent filter segment without pattern defect and/or peeling in the halogen portion. Starting agent&gt; The photosensitive coloring composition for color filters and light sheets may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. When the composition is cured by ultraviolet rays and formed into a filter segment by photolithography, light may be added. The polymerization initiator or the like is prepared in the form of a solvent development type or an alkali development type coloring resist. The amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be used is preferably 2 to the total amount of the coloring agent. 200% by weight, 323841 88 201235419 by photohardenability and imaging In view of the above, it is more preferably 3 to 15 parts by weight, more preferably 5 to 150% by weight. As the photopolymerization initiator, there may be mentioned, for example, 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone and 4_t-butyl group. 2-diacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-diyl-2-mercaptopropan-1-3⁄4, 1-cyclohexylphenyl Ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(indolyl)phenyl]-2-morphin-propan-1-ol I, 2-(didecylamino)-2-[(4- Nonylphenyl)indenyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butan- fluorenyl or 2-ylindenylamino-1-(4-norridin Acetone-based compound such as butyl ketone-1 Benzene; Benzinin, Benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl a benzoin compound such as Benzyl Dimethylketal; diphenyl ketone, benzoquinone, benzoyl benzoate, 4-phenyl diphenyl ketone, Hydroxydiphenyl ketone, propylene diphenyl ketone, 4-benzylidene-4'-mercaptodiphenyl sulfide or 3,3',4,4'-tetra (t-butyl peroxyl) a diphenyl ketone compound such as carbonyl)diphenyl ketone; Thiophene such as ketone, 2-chlorothiazolone, 2-methylxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone or 2,4-diethylthioxanthone Ketone compounds; 2, 4,6-three gas-average three-plow, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloroindenyl)-average three-plow, 2-(p-oxophenyl)-4, 6-bis(trichloroindenyl)-average three-ploughing, 2-(p-phenylene)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-homo-trimium, 2-piperonyl-4, 6 - bis(tri-gasmethyl)-homo-trimium, 2,4-bis(trichloroindenyl)-6-styrene-s-tris-, 2-(naphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-double (three gas sulfhydryl)-average three-ploughing, 2-(4-decyloxy-naphthalene-buyl)-4,6-bis(trichloroindenyl)-average three-ploughing, 2,4-trichloroindenyl - (to the hollyhock base)-6-three tillage or 2,4-trichloroindenyl-(4'-methoxystyryl) 323841 89 201235419 -6-trientamine and other triterpenoid compounds; 2-octyl-(,phenylsulfanyl)-, 2-(0-stupyl), or 0-(ethenylphenyl-2-oxo-2-(4'-methoxy) -naphthyl)ethylene)hydroxylamine and other oxime ester compounds; oxidized bis(2,4,6-trimethylphenylhydrazino)phenylphosphine or oxidized 2,4,6-trimethyl benzhydryl a phosphine-based compound such as phenylphosphine; an anthraquinone compound such as ίο-phenanthrenequinone, anthracene or ethyl hydrazine; a borate-based compound; an oxazole-based compound; an imidazole-based compound; or a titanocene-based compound Wait. The photopolymerization initiator for producing a color filter or a light sheet having a good pattern shape or a linear shape preferably contains an acetophenone compound or an oxime ester compound. The oxime ester compound cleaves the N_〇 bond of ruthenium by absorbing ultraviolet rays to form an imine radical and a benzoquinone radical. Since these free radicals generate further active radicals by further decomposition, a pattern can be formed with less exposure. As the oxime ester photopolymerization initiator, ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylphenylhydrazino)-9H-carbazole-3-yl; (7)-•Ethyl hydrazide), hydrazine, 2-octanedione phenylthio)-, 2-(〇-benzoquinone)]. The acetophenone-based compound can reduce the surface of the coating film by reducing the influence of the oxygen barrier which causes the radical of the amine group which is cleaved to become the active oxime to cause problems in UV curing. As the acetophenone-based compound, 2-methyl-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morphin-propan-1-one, which is an α-aminoalkyl acetophenone-based compound, is preferred. 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morphinylphenyl)-butan-1-one, 2-(didecylamino)_2_[(4-methylphenyl) Methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-butanone. 323841 90 201235419 These photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as required. &lt;Sensitizer&gt; The embodiment of the coloring composition for a color filter may further contain a sensitizer. Examples of the sensitizer include unsaturated ketones such as Chalcone derivatives and dibenzylideneacetone; 1,2-dione derivatives represented by benzyl or hydrazine, and benzoin derivatives. , a derivative, a naphthoquinone derivative, an anthracene derivative, a dibenzopyran derivative, a thiodibenzothiopyran derivative, a xanthone derivative, a 9-oxothioxanthone (th i oxanthone ) a polymethine dye such as a derivative, a coumarin derivative, a coumarin derivative, an anthocyanin derivative, an phthalocyanine derivative, or an oxonol derivative; Derivatives, cultivating derivatives, thiophene derivatives, sorghum derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, azulene derivatives, azulenium derivatives, squarylium derivatives, lysine derivatives , tetraphenylphosphonium derivative φ organism, triaryl decane derivative, tetrabenzoporphyrin derivative, tetrapyrrolidine tetraazaporphyrin derivative, anthraquinone derivative, tetraazaporphyrin derivative , tetraquinoxaline and tetraazaporphyrin derivative, naphthalocyanin derivative, phthalocyanine derivative, pyran rust Biological, thiopyranium rust derivatives, Tetraphylline derivatives, Annulene derivatives, spiropyran derivatives, spiro ruthenium derivatives, thiospiropyran derivatives , metal aromatic hydrocarbon complex, organic hydrazine complex or Michler's ketone derivative, α-decyloxy ester, fluorenylphosphine oxide, nonylphenyl glyoxylate, diphenylethylenedione (benzil), 323841 91 201235419 9, 10-Philippine, thief, ethyl Wei, 4, 4, _diethyliso-diphenyl song, 3, 3' or 4, 4'-four (third Butyl peroxycarbonyl)diphenyl ketone, 4,4,2-diethylaminodiphenyl ketone, and the like. More specifically, it can be exemplified by the "Pigment Handbook" (Taiwan, 1986), and the "Chemistry of Functional Pigments" edited by Dahe Yuanxin ("CMC" in 1981 and Chisam Chung San-lang, etc." The sensitizer described in "Special Functional Materials" (1986, CMC) is not limited to these. Further, it may contain other sensitizers which exhibit absorption of light from the ultraviolet ray to the near-infrared region. The entire disclosure of the above references is incorporated herein by reference. The sensitizer may be used in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as needed. The weight of the photopolymerization initiator contained in the coloring composition is based on the total weight of the G 〇〇 heavy stem / 〇, and when the sensitizer is used, the sensitizing agent is preferably formulated in an amount of 3 to 6 〇 by weight; From the viewpoint of hardenability and development, it is more preferably 5 to 5 % by weight. φ <Antioxidant> An embodiment of the photosensitive coloring composition for a color filter may also contain an antioxidant. The color filter having a high coating film transmittance can be formed by including an anthraquinone dye and an antioxidant as shown in the formula (1). In the case of the antioxidant, in order to prevent the photopolymerization initiator or the thermosetting compound contained in the photosensitive coloring composition for the color calender sheet from being oxidized and yellowed by a thermal step in the case of thermal curing or ΙΤ0 annealing treatment, Improve the penetration rate of the coating film. Therefore, by containing an antioxidant, yellowing due to oxidation at the heating step can be prevented, and a high coating film transmittance can be obtained. 323841 92 201235419 Antioxidant can be any compound that has ultraviolet absorption function, free radical trapping function or peroxide decomposition function. Specific examples of the antioxidant include, for example, a hindered, hindered amine, phosphorus, sulfur, benzodiazepine, diphenyl-, an amine-based, salicylic acid, and triterpenoid CT. A known ultraviolet absorber, an antioxidant, or the like can be used.

Among these antioxidants, from the viewpoint of both the transmittance and the sensitivity of the coating film, preferred are, for example, a hindered antioxidant, a hindered amine-based anti-chemical agent, a scaly antioxidant or a sulfur-based anti-oxidant. Oxidizer. Further, it is more preferred to be an antioxidant, a hindered amine antioxidant or a scaly antioxidant. As the hindered (four) antioxidant, for example, 2,4_bis[(laurylsulfuryl):yl]methyl,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, Tributyl-3~transyl-2,6-dimethylbenzyl), further (n-octylthio)-6-(4,yl-1,5-di-tert-butylamino) ) 1,3,5-three tillage, pentaerythritol 肆 [3 soil) propionic acid i, 2, 6-di- 4/: 4, benzene = 6-dimethyl _), 4 , 4'-butylene = base: No.: Wide lattice bis | Ternyl group:) Di-7 戍 ― - gas *, 2, 2, diethyl bis (3, 5- bis - - - ' Its 4-pyrimidinylbutyl-tert-butylphenyl)-butane, 2,2, "work-based-5-yl", cresol), 2,4-dimethyl. (1: (6'(1~Methyl-cyclohexyl fluorenyl bis(3,5-di-third butyl 4 ^'cyclohexyl), ^- he can be listed as having a saki structure; Amine, etc., etc., and the like, and the type of the polymer 323841 93 201235419 As the hindered phenol-based antioxidant, specifically, for example, YOSHINOX ΒΗΤ 02, 6-di-t-butyl-4-fluorenyl group Phenol), Τ0ΜΙΝ0Χ ΤΤ(=肆-[methylene-3-(3,5'-di-t-butyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl)propionic acid Methane), YOSHINOX SR, YOSHINOX BB, Y0SHIN0X 2246G, Y0SHIN0X 425, YOSHINOX 250, YOSHINOX 930, TOINOOX SS, TOINOOX 917, GSY-314C and above are manufactured by API Corporation); IRGAN0X245, IRGAN0X259, IRGANOX565, IRGANOXIOIO, IRGANOX1035, IRGANOX1076, IRGANOX1098, IRGAN0X1135, IRGANOX1076, IRGAN0X1425WL, IRGAN0X1222, IRGANOX1330 (above is BASF Japan); Adekastab AO-70, Adekastab AO-50,

Adekastab AO-330, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30,

Adekastab A0-80 (above is manufactured by Asahi Denki Kogyo Co., Ltd.); SumilizerBBM, SumilizerGM, SumilizerGP, SumilizerGS, SumilizerGA-80, SumilizerBP-101, SumilizerBP-76,

Sumilizer BP-101 (above is Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.). As a hindered amine-based antioxidant, for example, bis(2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-4-indenyl) sebacate, bis(N-mercapto-2, 2, 6, 6 a tetradecyl _4_piperidinyl) azelaic acid vinegar, N,N,-bis(2,2,6,6-tetradecyl-4-piperidyl)-1, fluorene methylene diamine , 2-methyl-2-(2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)amino-indole-(2, 2, 6, 6-tetradecyl-4-piperidinyl Propylamine, hydrazine (2, 2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-pyridinyl) (1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylate, poly[{6-(1,1&gt) ;3,3,4-tetradecylbutyl)imino-1,3,5-trianth-2,4-diyl} {(2, 2, 6, 6-tetradecyl-4-piperidinyl) Imino}hexamethylene {(2, 2,6,6-tetradecyl-4-tridinyl)imine fluorene], poly[(6_morpholinyl-丨, 3, 5_3 Plough 323841 94 201235419 base) {(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl &amp;amino}hexamethine {(2, 2'6, 6-tetramethyl-4-anthracene) a polycondensate of amino}}, broken-dimethyl/, 1 (2-erythryl)-4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine; N,r-4,7 -肆[4,6,{N_butyl|(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl_=bite)amine K3,5-Sanchajing L,7_二气杂癸- 1,10-one material Other examples include compounds having a hindered amine structural polymer type and a polymer type, etc. • As a hindered amine-based antioxidant, specifically, for example, Sanol LS-770, Sanol LS-765, Sanol LS-622LD, Chi_〇rb Gang (above is Sankyo Co., Ltd.); CYAS0RB uv_3346 (above is Sun Chemical Co., Ltd.); N〇CRAC 224, N〇CRAccD, UvaSii 299-299LM (above is made by Ouchi Shinsei Chemical Co., Ltd.); MARK LA 63 MARKLA-68 (above is manufactured by Asahi Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.); TINUVIN 144, TINUVIN 312 (above, BASF Japan). Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include phosphite (isodecyl) phosphite, #亚Phosphate (trimethylene) ester, phenyl isooctyl phosphite, phenyl isophthalate, phenyl bis(tridecyl) phthalate, diphenylisobutyl phosphite Y-w acid-based bismuth-based, diphenyl trihydrazide, diphenyl phthalate, decyl phenyl phosphite, 4, 4' isopropylidene phosphite Diphenol alkyl ester, decyl phenyl phosphite, bis(nonylphenyl) phosphite, Pyromellitic acid (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) vinegar, sub-acid bismuth (biphenyl) vinegar, distearyl neopentyl glycol diphosphite vinegar, two (2, 4 -di-t-butylphenyl) pentaerythritol diphosphite, bis(nonylphenyl)neopentanol di-perylate, phenyl bis-A pentaerythritol di-alkali vinegar , tetrakis(tridecyl) 4 4,- 323841 95 201235419 butylene bis(3-mercapto-6-tert-butylphenol) diphosphite sulphate, hexa(tridecyl) 1,1,3-para ( 2-Mercapto-4-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)butanthene triacetate, diethyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-trabenzylidene phosphite, Bis(4-t-butylphenyl) sodium phosphite, sodium-2,2-methylene-bis(4,6-di-t-butylphenyl)-phosphite, 1,3- Bis(diphenoxyphosphoniumoxy)-benzene, ethyl bis(2,4-di-t-butyl-6-nonylphenyl) phosphite, and the like. Other examples include oligomer types having a squarate structure and compounds of a polymer type. Specific examples of the phosphorus-based antioxidant include, for example, IRGAG0S168, IRGAF0S12, IRGAFOS38, and IRGAF0SEPQC, which are manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.; Sumi 1 izerP-16 (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.); Adekastab PEP-4C, Adekastab PEP-8F, and Adekastab PEP- 8. Adekastab PEP-45, Adekastab PEP-11C, Adekastab PEP-24G,

Adekastab PEP-36, Adekastab HP-10, Adekastab P,

Adekastab C, Adekastab QL, Adekastab 135A, Adekastab Φ 1178 'Adekastab 1500 'Adekastab 2112 'Adekastab 3010 ' Adekastab 522A, Adekastab TPP (above is manufactured by Asahi Denki Kogyo Co., Ltd.); GSY-202C or above is manufactured by API Corporation); SANKOHCA (Sanguang) Co., Ltd.); JPH1200, JP302, JPM313, JP304, JP308, JPP100, JP333E, JP318E, JP312C and above are manufactured by API Corporation) ° As a sulfur-based antioxidant, for example, 2, 2-thio-diethylidene Bis[3-(3,5-di-t-butyl-4-phenylphenyl)propionic acid vinegar], 2,4-bis[(octylthio)methyl]-o-nonylphenol, 2,4 - bis[(laurylthio)indolyl]-o-nonylphenol 323841 96 201235419 and the like. Other examples include an oligomer type having a thioether structure, a compound of a polymer type, and the like. Specific examples of the sulfur-based antioxidant include IRGANOXPS800FD and IRGANOXPS802FDC, which are manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.; Adekastab AO-503 and Adekastab A0-412S (above, manufactured by Asahi Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.); Sumilizer TPL-R, Sumilizer TPM, Sumilizer TPS, Sumilizer TP- D, Sumilizer TL, Sumilizer MB (above is Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.); DLTP "Yoshitomi", DSTP "Y〇shitomi", DMTP "Yoshitomi", DTTP "Yoshitomi" (above, API Corporation). Examples of the stupid and antimony-based antioxidant include a compound having a benzotriolole structure and a polymer type.

Specific examples of the benzotriazole-based antioxidant include T〇MIS〇RB 600 (manufactured by Yoshitomi Fine Chemicals); TINUVIN326, TINUVIN327, TINUVIN P, TINUVIN328 (above, BASF Japan _ company); VI0S0RB583, VIOSORB590C co-pharmaceutical company system). The diphenyl ketone-based antioxidant may, for example, be an oligomer type or a polymer type compound having a dipyridyl ketone structure. Examples of the diphenyl ketone-based antioxidant include, for example, 2-monomethyl-4-indolyloxy-p-based ketone, 2,4-di-diphenylpyridinium, 2-pyridyl-4-n-octyloxy Phenyl ketone, 4-dodecyloxy-2-hydroxydiphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-octadecyloxy-based, 2,2-di-diyl-4-methoxydiphenyl ketone , 2, 2, di-based 4- 4, 4-methoxy-diphenyl ketone, 2, 2', 4, 4'-tetra-tetraphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-decyloxy- 5 sulfodiphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2,- 323841 97 201235419 Carboxydiphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-4-chlorodiphenyl ketone, la-51 (above is Solitary Industrial company system). Other examples thereof include an oligomer type having a diphenyl ketone structure, a compound of a polymer type, and the like. Specific examples of the diphenyl ketone-based antioxidants include (manufactured by API Corporation) and LA-51 (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Kogyo Co., Ltd.). Examples of the three-tillage antioxidant include, for example, 2,4-bis(allyl)-6_(2 via basic group) 1,3,5-dione. Other examples include a oligomer type having a triterpene structure, a compound of a polymer type, and the like. Specific examples of the π-well system antioxidant include cyasorb UV-1164 (manufactured by Sun Chemical Co., Ltd.). Specific examples of the hydroxylamine-based antioxidant include compounds such as irgastabfs 42 (above, BASF Japan). Examples of the salicylate-based antioxidant include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tert-butylphenyl salicylate. Other examples include an oligomer type having a salicylate structure and a compound type of a polymer type # and the like. &quot;Hai·# The antioxidant may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds at any ratio as required. Further, it is preferable that the content of the antioxidant is from 5% to 5% by weight, and the brightness and sensitivity are good, based on the solid content of the coloring composition for the color filter. &lt;Amine-based compound&gt; One of the coloring compositions for color filters and light-based sheets is an amine-based compound having a function of reducing dissolved oxygen. 323841 98 201235419 Examples of such an amine-based compound include triethanolamine, methyl #ethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid decyl ester, and 4-dimethylamino benzoate. Ester, isoamyl 4-dimercaptophenyl benzoate, 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, 2-ethylhexyl 4-didecylaminobenzoate, and N-dithiol Aniline and the like. 5%。 By weight, the content of the amine is preferably 0.5 to 5.0% by weight, based on the weight of the color component of the color of the color component of the color component (100% by weight). <Leveling agent> In one embodiment of the coloring composition for a color filter, in order to improve the leveling property of the composition on the transparent substrate, it is preferred to add a leveling agent. As the leveling agent, dimethyloxane having a polyether structure or a polyester structure in the main chain is preferred. Specific examples of the dimercaptooxyl having a polyether structure in the main chain include fz~~2122 manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd., and Βγκ-333 manufactured by BYK-Chemi e. Specific examples of the dimercaptononane having a polyester structure in the main chain include BYK 310 and BYK-370 manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd., and the like. The dimethyl oxalate having a polyscale structure in the main chain and the dimethyl wei (four) having a (four) structure in the main chain may be used in combination. The content of the leveling agent is preferably from 0.003 to 5% by weight based on the total weight of the coloring composition (10% by weight). As a particularly preferred leveling agent, it is a type of so-called surfactant having a hydrophobic group and a hydrophilic group in the molecule. Specifically, in the case of having a hydrophilic group and having little disintegration to water and being added to the coloring composition, it is preferred that the leveling agent has a low surface tension reducing ability, and even if the surface tension is lowered, 323841 99 201235419 The wettability of the knife low 蚵 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 仍 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 The oxygen-extended freshener may, for example, be a polyoxygen-extension material. As a unit. The dinonyl polyoxyalkylene may also have a ::, polyoxyl extended propyloxypropyl unit. Polyoxy-extension ethyl unit and polyoxyl extension single-it and H(tetra) oxygen-extension single (four) can be poly

(pendant) type, bonded to dimethyl: suspension type, and dimethyl polyoxygenation interlaced repeat key end modification type. The f-bond 4 linear block copolymerization, and the polyoxyl extension said that the dimethyl polyoxyl system of the marmot is sold by Dow Connng Toray Co., Ltd. For example, FZ-2110, FZ-2122, FZ-2130, FZ-2166, FZ-2191, FZ-2203, and FZ-2207 are exemplified, but are not limited thereto. An anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactant may be added to the leveling agent as an aid. Two or more kinds of surfactants may also be used in combination. Examples of the anionic surfactant include polyoxyethylidene ethyl ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, an alkali salt of a styrene-acrylic acid copolymer, sodium naphthylsulfonate, and alkyl diphenyl. Sodium ether disulfonate, monoethanolamine lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, monoethanolamine stearate, sodium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, styrene-propylene copolymer Monoethanolamine, polyoxyethylene ethyl ether phosphate, and the like. The cationic surfactant may, for example, be an alkyl 4-grade ammonium salt or 323841 100 201235419 or the like. As the nonionic surfactant, there may be mentioned, for example, polyoxyethylidene ether, polyoxyethylidene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylidene ether, and polyoxyethylidene ether phosphate. , polyoxyalkylene sorbitan monostearate, ester, polyethylene glycol monolaurate, etc.; alkyl decylamino acetic acid betaine and other alkyl betaine, alkyl imidazoline and other amphoteric interfacial activity Further, examples of the agent include a fluorine-based or polyoxo-based surfactant.

&lt;Reinforcing agent and hardening accelerator&gt; An embodiment of a coloring composition for a color filter, in order to assist the curing of the thermosetting resin, may contain a curing agent, a curing accelerator, or the like as needed. As a curing agent, it is effective to use a resin, an amine compound, a hydrazine, an active vinegar, a diterpenoid, a mouthful, an acid compound, etc., but it is not particularly limited to the above, and κ can be thermally hardened. It is possible to use one of the hardeners. Further, among these, an amine-based curing agent which is a compound having two or more I groups in one molecule is preferable. This type can be used alone or in combination with adenine #平他旦拉, f 2 or more. The content of the ruthenium relative to the thermosetting resin is preferably from 0 to 01% by weight. Amine, hard, 2-ing agent, for example, an amine compound (for example, dicyandiamide, dimethylamino), hydrazine-dimethyl (tetra), etc. , 4_Methyl-N,N-dimethyl benzylamine isocyanate compound (for example, gasified triethyl group, etc.), block oxime compound and material (.'-f base) , the derivative of the bicyclic formula J such as 'imidazole, 2-mercaptoimidazole, 2-ethylimidazole, 323841 101 201235419

2-ethyl-4-mercaptopurine, 2-phenylmeridene, 4-phenyl-sodium, 1-ylethylethyl-2-phenylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl) -2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, etc.), a compound (for example, triphenylphosphine, etc.), a guanamine compound (for example, '&gt; melamine, guanamine, acetamide, benzoguanamine And other three-cultivation derivatives (eg '2,4-diamino-6-mercaptopropenyloxyethyl-all three tillage, 2-vinyl-2,4-diamino--three Tillage, 2-vinyl-4,6-diamino-uniform tillage/isocyanuric acid adduct, 2,4-diamino-6-mercaptopropenyloxyethyl-all three Sakai / iso-cyanuric acid adduct, etc.). These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the hardening accelerator is preferably from 0.01 to 15% by weight based on the total amount of the thermosetting resin. &lt;Other additive components&gt; One embodiment of the coloring composition for a color filter may contain other additive components as needed. For example, it may contain a storage stabilizer for stabilizing the viscosity of the composition. Further, it may contain an adhesion promoter such as a decane coupling agent for improving the adhesion of the transparent substrate. = For the storage stabilizer, for example, ¥-trimethyl chloride, diethyl ether! 4, chlorinated money such as amine; organic acid such as lactic acid, oxalic acid and its methyl group; the first butyl group H tetraethyl phosphine, tetraphenyl lin and other organic phosphine; The amount is the reference (10) weight (four), storage stability (10) is set to 〇 · 1 to 10 weight 0 / 〇. (4) As a lifting agent, for example, it may be exemplified by the ethyl thiophene ethoxylate, the oxime ethoxy ethoxy group, the oxime oxime, the ethyl sulphate, and the other sulphuric acid, etc. Mercapto) acrylic acid-burning rhyme 4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxazole (3, 4 323841 102 201235419 epoxy cyclohexyl) decyl trioxane, 10,000 (3, 4 ring Oxycyclohexyl)ethyldiethoxydecane, /3-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)decyltriethoxydecane,

Epoxy decanes such as glycidoxypropyl trimethoxy decane, glycidoxypropyl triethoxy decane; N-no (aminoethyl) γ-aminopropyl trioxoxane, N-fluorene ( Aminoethyl) 7-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, N_p (aminoethyl) τ-aminopropyl decyl diethoxy decane, ^-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, hydrazine-amine Amino-based alkane such as propyl trioxane, Ν-phenyl-7-aminopropyltrioxoxanes, fluorenyl-phenyl-r-aminopropyltriethoxylate; a coupling agent such as r-mercaptopropyltrioxane 7-sinter, 7-heteropropyltriethoxy, etc. The amount of the adhesion promoter may be from 〇1 to 1% by weight, preferably from 0.05 to 5% by weight, based on the total amount of the coloring agent in the coloring composition (100% by weight). &lt;Manufacturing method of coloring composition&gt;

The following describes the preparation of the colored composition (hereinafter also referred to as the pigment dispersion). First, the preparation comprises mixing the anthraquinone compound represented by the formula (1) or (3), a binder resin, and an organic solvent. The producer is dispersed and manufactured using a disperser. Divided into 323841 as a dispersing machine, although it is not limited to the following examples, such as a man-made machine, a 2-roll mill, a 3-roll mill, a ball mill, a horizontal sand mixer: a sand mixer, a ring ball mill (Annular beads) Mi(1) and grinder. = Good for dispersing when dispersing, and adding 9 other ingredients as needed = When more than 2 kinds of coloring agents are included, when making pigments, you can Plain pigments and other coloring _ at the same time divided into 103 201235419 scatter, can also be mixed separately after mixing. Especially 着色 in the colorant contains the amount of the phthalocyanine pigment and the acid base is deleted to 6: / zm 〇 l / g In the case of a pigment, it is preferred to use a medium-type wet disperser for co-dispersion in a pigment carrier. A total of (four) (four) two or more types of pigments are mixed and mixed, and dispersed under the same conditions. The fine particles and the dispersion of the fine particles of the pigment can be satisfactorily obtained, and a coloring composition for a color (four) sheet excellent in dispersion stability after dispersion can be obtained. For the method of co-dispersion, for example, at least two kinds of pigments can be used. Premixed with the dispersant Pre-dispersed by homogenization, etc., various means of dispersion such as mouth, 2-roll mill, 3-roll mill, ball mill, horizontal sand mixer, sand mill, ring ball mill or grinder In the dispersion, it is preferred to carry out co-dispersion using a medium-type wet disperser. In this way, a dispersing machine is used to disperse the colorant in the binder resin, and as the dispersion progresses, the residual diameter becomes smaller, transparency increases, and contrast As the rise, the dispersed particle size becomes small, and generally, it is about 3 〇〇 nm = (4) good contrast. On the other hand, when dispersion, separation, and a small meal are small, dispersion can be observed. The viscosity of the object rises, and the shake densification _) tends to become larger. Since it is required to be applied as a color glazing sheet, it is required to be coated with a film and the surface of the coating film is smooth. Therefore, it is required to have a low viscosity and a Newtonian flow (Newt〇nian fl〇w). Therefore, in view of the preferred viscosity or shakeability which is usually used, it is preferred to control the particle size to about 1 〇〇 nm. In this way, by using the average one-human particle search for the following coloring agent', the average particle diameter of the dispersed particles is in the range of 323841 104 201235419 5 〇 nm to 15 〇 nm to control the degree of dispersion, and the sticky sound can be obtained. The rise and the shake are minimized, and a very high contrast can be obtained. In the case where the solubility of the coloring agent is high, in particular, if the solvent used is highly flexible, and the (four) mixed solution (four) does not confirm the state of the foreign matter, it is necessary to The ground is finely dispersed and manufactured. Shape &lt; removal of coarse particles&gt;

The obtained coloring composition is preferably subjected to filtration by centrifugation or using a sintered filter or a membrane filter to remove coarse particles of 5 μm or more, preferably coarse particles of 1 Ain or more, more preferably 〇. 5 or more coarse particles and mixed dust. Such a coloring composition is preferably such that particles having substantially no Q 5 //m or more are contained. More preferably, it is not 0.33/zm or less. <Photosensitization of color filter|Color composition> The coloring composition of the coarse particle is removed. The coloring composition is a solvent-based imaging type coloring composition. The solution-like or image-forming coloring composition can be selected from the pigment dispersion, f = com- ing monomer, photopolymerization initiator, solvent, dispersion, hydrazine and additives. And make adjustments. The photopolymerization initiator may be added at the stage of preparing the coloring composition, or may be added after the coloring composition is prepared. &lt;Color Filter&gt; Next, a color filter will be described. The color filter system is a filter section. The light-slicing section is formed by using an embodiment of a coloring composition for a color light-emitting sheet. 323841 105 201235419 As the color calender sheet, a red filter segment, a green light beam segment, and a blue filter segment are exemplified. In addition, the color, the Jingguang film may also be a magenta color filter segment, a cyan color filter segment and a yellow filter segment, the cyan filter segment, It may also be formed by the colored composition of the present invention. The filter segment is formed by applying a photosensitive colored pigment to a color filter by a spin coating method or a die coating method, and then irradiating an active energy ray such as an ultraviolet ray to become a calendering region. Part of the segment is hardened, and secondarily developed to be formed on the substrate. The color filter composition for color filters can be used to form a green filter segment, and the color filter segments of the color filter can be used in the conventional red photosensitive coloring composition and blue photosensitive coloring composition. And formed. The photosensitive coloring composition of each color other than the photosensitive coloring composition for the color filter other than the green color can be used by using various usual photosensitive coloring compositions φ such as the coloring agent, the resin, and the photopolymerizable composition. form. The red filter segments can be formed using a conventional red coloring composition comprising a red pigment and a pigment carrier. For the red coloring composition, for example, CI Pigment Red 7, 14, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 57: Bu 8 Bu 81: Bu 81: 2, 81: 3, 81: 4, 122, 146, 168, 169, 177, 178, 184, 185, 187, 200, 202, 208, 210, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 270, 272, 273, 274, Red pigments such as 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 28, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286 or 287. In addition, a salt-forming compound which exhibits red 323841 106 201235419 color and an acid dye can also be used. Specifically, red dyes such as dibenzopipelanes, azos, bisazos, and anthraquinones may be mentioned. More specifically, a salt-forming compound of a diphenanthroquinone acid dye such as c I acid Red 52, 87, 92, 289 or 338 may, for example, be mentioned. In addition, the red coloring composition may be c. L Pigment0range 43, 71 or 73 orange pigment and/or ci pigment yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, Xin 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65 , 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 1〇4, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119 , 120 , 123 , 126 , 127 , 128 , 129 , 138 , 139 , 147 , 150 , 151 , 152 , 153 , 154 , 155 , 156 , 161 , 162 , 164 , 166 , 167 , 168 , 169 , 170 , 17 Yellow pigments such as 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, m, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 198, 199, 213, 214, φ 218, 219, 220 or 221 And use it. Further, an orange dye such as a quinoline system, an azo system, a disazo system or a methine group, and/or a yellow dye may also be used. For the blue coloring composition, it is possible to use, for example, CI Pigment blue 15, 15 : Bu 15 : 2, 15 : 3, 15 : 4, 15 : 6, 16, 22, 60, 64, etc. , can use a combination of CI Pigment violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42, 50 and other purple pigments. Further, a salt-forming compound which exhibits a blue or violet basic dye or an acid dye can also be used. When a dye is used, it is preferably a tri-323841 107 201235419 aryl decane dye or a dibenzopyran dye in terms of brightness. As the transparent substrate, a sodium glass, a low boron, a glass plate such as a bismuth acid glass or an alkali-free aluminum boron phthalate glass, or a polycarbonate, a polymethyl methacrylate, a polyethylene terephthalate or the like can be used. Resin board. Further, in order to drive the panelized liquid crystal, a transparent electrode made of indium oxide, tin oxide or the like may be formed on the surface of the glass plate or the resin plate. &lt;Manufacturing method of color filter&gt;

An embodiment of the 323841 color calender can be manufactured by printing or optical engraving. The formation of the filter segments by the printing method can be patterned by simply repeating the printing and printing as the coloring composition of the printing ink. Therefore, in terms of the color filter manufacturing method, Low cost and excellent mass production. Moreover, with the development of printing technology, it is possible to perform printing of fine patterns with higher dimensional accuracy and smoothness. In order to carry out printing, it is preferable that the composition of the ink on the printing plate or on the Manket is not cured, and the liquidity of the ink on the printing machine is also controlled. It is also possible to observe the ink viscosity by dispersing the #丨 or the body y pigment material. When the modulation t-filament method is used to form the filter segment, the photoreceptor of the above-mentioned image forming type or the image-forming coloring resist material is formed on the transparent substrate by spray coating. Cloth or spin coating, slit coating, affinity coating, (4) 1 method, 'coating to dry film thickness G · 2 to 5 _. UV exposure will be carried out through a mask with a specific pattern as required, ^ Γ pattern H is not in contact with the film, heart 1 is collected in solvent or test liquid, or by spraying 108 201235419 A color filter is produced by spraying a developing solution such as a mist to remove a uncured portion to form a desired shape, and repeating the same operation for other colors: and, in order to promote polymerization of the colored resist material, Can also be applied as needed. By using the silking method, it is possible to manufacture a high-precision color enamel and light-developing image by the above-mentioned printing method, and an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide can be used as the alkali developing solution, and dimethyl benzylamine can also be used. Organic test such as triethanolamine: In addition to this, it is also possible to add an antifoaming agent or a surfactant to the developing solution. Further, in order to enhance the ultraviolet sensitivity, the water-soluble or water-soluble resin such as polyethyl propylene glycol or water-soluble acrylic resin may be coated and dried after the coating of the coloring agent is dried, and the formation of oxygen is prevented. After the polymerization inhibits the film, ultraviolet exposure is performed. In addition to the above methods, a color filter may be produced by an electrodeposition method, a transfer method, an inkjet method, or the like. The electrodeposition method is a method of manufacturing a color filter in which color filter segments are formed on a transparent conductive film by electrophoresis of colloidal particles by using a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate. The transfer method is a method in which a filter segment is formed in advance on the surface of the peelable transfer base film, and the filter segment is transferred to a desired substrate. A black matrix may be formed in advance before forming the color filter segments on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate. As the black matrix, a multilayer film of a complex or complex/acidified chromium, an inorganic film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a light shielding agent is dispersed can be used, but it is not limited thereto. Further, a thin film transistor (TFT) may be formed in advance on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate, and then color filter segments may be formed. Further, an overcoat film or a transparent conductive film or the like is formed on the color filter of the present invention in accordance with 323841 109 201235419. The color filter is bonded to the substrate in the opposite direction by using a sealant (sea ing agent), and the injection port is sealed after the liquid crystal is injected from the injection port provided in the sealing portion, and is adhered to the outside of the substrate. A liquid crystal display panel is manufactured by a polarizing film or a retardation film. The liquid crystal display panel can be used to adopt a twisted nematic (TN;

Twisted Nematic), super twisted nematic (STN; Super Twisted

Nematic), uni-piane switching (ips; ln-piane Switching), vertical orientation (VA; Vertical Alignment), optically compensated bend (〇cb; Optically Compensated Bend) and other color filters for colorization of the liquid crystal display mode. EXAMPLES Embodiments I to VII will be described below by way of examples, but the invention is not limited thereto. In addition, "parts" means "parts by weight" and "%" means "weight. In addition, "PGMAC" means propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. First, the embodiment I will be described by way of the following examples. In the following examples, the number average molecular weight and the weight average molecular weight of the gel permeation chromatography (Gpc) "HLC-8120GPC" manufactured by T0S0H Co., Ltd. are connected in series in series, and the filler is sequentially used T0S0H. "TSK-GEL· SUPER H5000", "H4000", "H3000" and "H2Q00" manufactured by the company, and the mobile phase is converted to polystyrene measured by tetrahydrofuran. In addition, the volume average primary particle diameter (My) of the colorant is measured by using a photo of a 323841 110 201235419 type electron microscope (TEM) to measure the minor axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles of 100 pigments, and the short axis diameter and The average of the major axis diameter is the particle diameter (d) of the colorant particles, and secondly, each coloring agent is assumed to be a sphere having a desired particle diameter, and the volume (V) of each particle is obtained, and 100 colorants are obtained. The particle performs this operation, and is calculated by using the following formula (1-1). Formula (1-1) MV=E (V · d)/Z (V) &lt;Manufacturing method of adhesive resin&gt; (Preparation of adhesive resin solution) Thermometer, cooling tube, nitrogen introduction tube, dropping tube, and stirring 233 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate were placed in a separable 4-necked flask of the apparatus, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. After nitrogen substitution in the flask, 20 parts of methacrylic acid was dropped by dropping the tube for 2 hours. 30 parts of isopropyl phenol oxidized ethyl modified acrylate (Aronix Ml 10 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 19 parts of benzyl methacrylate, 16 parts of decyl methacrylate, and 15 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate And a mixture of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile 1.33 parts. After the completion of the dropwise φ, the mixture was further heated and stirred at 80 ° C for 3 hours to obtain a binder resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 g of the adhesive resin solution was sampled, and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and the nonvolatile matter was measured, and propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was added to the previously synthesized resin solution to make the nonvolatile content 20 weight. %, modulating the binder resin solution. The adhesive resin solution was measured by GPC, and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 16,000. &lt;Manufacturing method of coloring agent&gt; (Production of anthraquinone compound (a) and blue coloring agent (I-PB-1)) 323841 111 201235419 225 parts of Phthalodinitrile and anhydrous in a reaction vessel 78 parts of aluminum chloride was added to 1250 parts of n-pentyl alcohol and stirred. After adding 266 parts of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene; l,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4. 0]undec-7-ene), the temperature is raised and It was refluxed at 136 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction solution which was cooled to 30 ° C while stirring was poured into a mixed solvent of 5000 parts of decyl alcohol and 10000 parts of water to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of decyl alcohol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of chlorinated anthraquinone. Next, 100 parts of chloroaluminium anthraquinone was gradually added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature in a reaction vessel. After stirring at 40 ° C for 3 hours, the sulfuric acid solution was poured into 24,000 parts of cold water at 3 °C. The blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 92 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine represented by the following formula (1-1).

Next, 100 parts of the obtained hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone and 49.5 parts of diphenyl phosphate were added to 1000 parts of decyl alcohol in a reaction vessel, and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C and reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol and dried to obtain 114 parts of the phthalocyanine compound (a). Further, the indocyanin represented by the formula (a) is as described in the embodiment. 323841 112 201235419 Next, the salt grinding treatment of the indocyanin compound (a) is carried out. 100 parts of the anthraquinone compound (a), 1200 parts of sodium carbonate, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1-gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 70 ° C for 6 hours. Next, this kneaded product was put into 3000 parts of warm water, stirred while heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour to form a slurry, and the filtration and washing with water were repeated to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol, and then 80°. C was dried overnight to obtain 98 parts of a blue colorant (I-PB-1). The resulting color former had a volume average primary particle diameter of 31 mn. (Production of anthraquinone compound (b) and blue coloring agent (I-PB-2)) In addition to using 43.2 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid in place of diphenyl phosphate in the synthesis of the above indocyanin compound (a) The anthraquinone compound (b) was obtained in the same manner. Next, a blue coloring agent (I-PB-2) was produced in the same manner as the blue coloring agent (I-PB-1). The volume average particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 29 nm. Further, the indigo compound represented by the formula (b) is as described in the embodiment. φ (Production of anthraquinone compound (c) and blue colorant (I-PB-3)) In addition to the above-mentioned synthesis of the indocyanin compound (a), 250 parts of 4-mercaptophthalonitrile is used instead of ruthenium The indigocylate compound (c) was obtained by the same operation except that the diphenyl nitrile was replaced with 20.0 parts of phenylphosphonic acid. Next, a blue coloring agent (I-PB-3) was produced in the same manner as the blue coloring agent (I-PB-1). The volume average primary particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 33 nm. Further, the hostile compound represented by the formula (c) is as described in the embodiment. (Production of anthraquinone compound (d) and blue colorant (I-PB-4)) In addition to the synthesis of the above indocyanin compound (a), 285 parts of 4-chloroindole 323841 113 201235419 dinitrile was used. The indigo-nitrile compound (d) was obtained by the same operation except that the diphenyl acid ester was used in an amount of 41.5 parts of diphenyl phosphate. Next, a blue coloring agent (I-PB-4) was produced in the same manner as the blue coloring agent (I-PB-1). The volume average primary particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 28 nm. Further, the indigo group represented by the formula (d) is as described in the embodiment. (Production of Blue Coloring Agent (I-PB-5)) The intermediate product formed in the synthesis of the above-mentioned indocyanin compound (a) is subjected to salt milling treatment with a serotonin, and a blue coloring agent (Ι_ρβ_1) The same method was used to produce a blue colorant (Ι-ΡΒ-5). The volume-average primary particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 30 nm. (Production of oxime aluminum phthalocyanin compound and blue colorant (I_pB_6)) In the synthesis of the above phthalocyanine compound (a), 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin and 54.6 parts of triphenyl decyl alcohol are added. To i000 parts of toluene, and heating under reflux for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 119 parts of an oxyaluminoxanthin compound represented by the following formula (1-2). Next, a blue coloring agent (PB_6) was produced in the same manner as the blue coloring agent g-pb-d. The volume-average primary particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 31 ηιη.

323841 114 201235419 (Manufacture of yellow coloring agent (Ι-ΡΥ-l)) 50 parts of C. I. Pigment Ye 1 low 150 ("E4GN" of LANXESS company), 250 parts of sodium chloride and 丄B 25 parts of the diol was placed in a stainless steel 1 addition kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 100 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded product was placed in 5 liters of warm water, stirred at 70 ° C for 1 hour while heating, and then slurried, and repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 80 ° C. Dry for a day and night, _ get a yellow colorant (Ι-ΡΥ-l). The volume average particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 28 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent (I-PY-2)) 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 138 ("Paliotol Yellow L 0962 HD" by BASF Corporation), 250 parts of sodium chloride and 25 parts of diethylene glycol The stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was placed in a 10 (TC kneaded for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was put into 5 liters of warm water, and the mixture was stirred while heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour. In the form of a slurry, it was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (I-PY-2). The volume of the obtained coloring agent was averaged once. The diameter is 35 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent (I-PY-3)) 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 139 ("Paliotol Yellow L 2140 HD" of BASF), 250 parts of sodium chloride and 2 25 parts of the diol was placed in a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 10 (TC for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was put into 5 liters of warm water, and 7 (TC - while heating while stirring 1) Hour becomes 323841 115 201235419 Serous, repeated After filtering and washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, it was dried at 80 C for one day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (I-PY-3). The volume average primary particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 26 nm. (Production of I-PY-4)) C_I· Pigment Yellow 185 ("Paliotol Yeli〇w L 1155") of BASF, 5 parts of sodium chloride, 250 parts of sodium chloride and 25 parts of diethylene glycol The mixture was placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.) to 100. (: kneading for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was put into 5 liters of warm water, and stirred at 7 (TC - while heating for 1 hour). In the form of a slurry, after repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, the volume average of the coloring agent obtained by drying the TC for a day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (ΐ-ργ-4) 8 The primary particle size is 33 nm. (Production of yellow colorant (I-PY-5)) 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 180 ("NovopermP-HG" by Clariant), 250 parts of sodium chloride and 2 parts of sodium chloride 25 parts of ethylene glycol was placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.) 10 (TC kneaded for 6 hours. Secondly, the kneaded material was put into 5 liters of warm water, and 7 (TC-mixed while stirring for 丨 hours to become a slurry, repeated filtration, water washing to remove sodium vaporized and two After ethylene glycol, it was dried at 8 (TC for one day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (bpYj). The obtained colorant had a volume average primary particle diameter of 30 nm. &lt;Preparation of yellow coloring composition&gt; (Production of yellow coloring composition (I-DY-1)) After stirring and mixing a mixture of the following composition, a zirconia bead of 323841 116 201235419 0.5 mm was used. After dispersing for 4 hours using an Eiger mill ("Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) of a medium-type wet disperser, the product was prepared to have a pigment content of 5 % by weight and a solid content of 2 % by weight to prepare a yellow colored composition ( I-DY-1). Yellow coloring agent (I-PY-1) 10. 0 parts of the adhesive resin solution 50. 0 parts PGMAC 40. 0 parts _ (production of yellow coloring composition (I-DY-2)) In addition to the above yellow coloring composition ( A yellow coloring composition (I-DY-2) was produced in the same manner except that the yellow coloring agent (I-PY-1) in the production of I-DY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (I-PY-2). (Production of Yellow Colored Composition (I-DY-3)) The yellow coloring agent (I-PY-1) in the production of the yellow colored composition (I-DY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (I). A yellow colored composition (I-DY-3) was produced in the same manner except for -PY-3). (Production of yellow coloring composition (I-DY-4)) The yellow coloring agent (I-PY-1) in the production of the yellow colored composition (I-DY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent ( A yellow colored composition (I-DY-4) was produced in the same manner except for I-PY-4). (Production of Yellow Colored Composition (I-DY-5)) The yellow coloring agent (I-PY-1) in the production of the yellow colored composition (I-DY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (Ι) A yellow colored composition (I-DY-5) was produced in the same manner except that -?.?-5). <Preparation of blue and green coloring composition> 323841 117 201235419 [Example I-1] (I-DB-1) Preparation A mixture of the following composition was stirred and mixed to be uniform, and then a zirconia having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used. The beads were dispersed for 4 hours using an Eiger mill ("Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) of a medium-type wet disperser to prepare a pigment component of 50% and a solid content of 20% to prepare a blue coloring composition ( I-DB-1). Blue coloring agent (I-PB-1) 10.0 parts I Resin type dispersing agent ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) 8.3 parts of adhesive resin solution 25. 0 parts PGMAC 56. 7 parts, The obtained blue coloring composition (I-DB-1) was applied onto a glass substrate having a thickness of 1 mm and a thickness of 1 mm using a spin coater to make the C light source y(c)=0. 294' The coated substrate having the chromaticity shown in Table 1-1 was obtained. Further, the measurement of the chromaticity was carried out by using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.). [Examples 1-2 to 1-7, Reference Examples 1-1 to i-3] (I-DB-2 to I-DB-10) The composition of the change was as shown in Table 1-1, and the above ( I-DB-1) The same operation was used to prepare a blue coloring composition. 323841 118 201235419

323841 Reference Example 1-3 I-DB-10 Butterfly 0.203 Oi CO o I-PB-6 ο ο CO od ο in C^I , 56.7 O oo Reference Example 1-2 I-DB-9 CO 〇Csl 〇0.294 I -PB-5 ο ο oom ο ο inch ooo Reference example 1-1 I-DB-8 steel 0.201 〇do L〇ώ a. ο CS CO 〇〇o in CQ Bu CO mooo Example 1-7 I-DB- 7 CSJ σ&gt; ο 呀cn CO o I-PB-4 ο ο CO od o in CM t- co mo C3 o Example 1-6 I-DB-6 0.218 I 03 CQ o I-PB-3 ο &lt; =ί CO oo o LT) (M t—CO ΙΛ C9 c=&gt; o Example 1-5 I-DB-5 0.209 呀σ> CM o CvJ i CQ CU 1 10. 0 8.3 〇in CO c— CO In o ◦ o . Example 1-4 I-DB-4 η 0.201 ι 0.294 1 CQ 1 ο oo oo in o 5 ooo Example 1-3 I-DB-3 03 σ» ο a&gt; Oi o I-PB -1 ο ο ο in o in (ΝΪ O 〇CO ooo Example 1-2 I-DB-2 0.207 丨0.294 I-PB-1 ο ο ο in 〇ΙΛ CSJ ooc〇ooo Example 1-1 I-DB -1 0.204 丨O) CO o I-PB-1 ο ο CO oo 〇in eq BU CO LO ooo Blue coloring composition color x(c) y(c) Blue colorant (type) Blue colorant ( Parts by weight) Resin type Powder (ΒΠ6919) Resin type dispersant (PB821) Resin type dispersion 剤 (SP41000) Adhesive resin solution PGMAC Total 119 201235419 The abbreviation in Table ii is as follows: • BYK6919; BYK-LPN6919 made by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd. • PB821; "PB-821" manufactured by Ajinomoto Finetechno Co., Ltd. • SP41000; "SP41000" manufactured by Lubrizol Co., Ltd. [Example I-8] (I-DG-1) was produced using the blue coloring composition produced by the above-mentioned ( I-DB-1) and yellow colored neo-products (I~DY-丨), by stirring and mixing, the c-light source when coating the substrate becomes x(c)=〇. 290, y(c)= 0. 600, a green pigment composition (I-DG-1). [Examples 9 to 1-11, Reference Examples 1-4 to I-6] (I-DG-2 to 7) were produced using the blue coloring composition and the yellow coloring composition shown in the table and changed to The chromaticity described in the same table was prepared in the same manner as (I-DG-1) to prepare a green coloring composition (I-DG-2 to 7). [Example 1-12 to Bu, Reference Example 1-7, Bu 8] (I-DG~8 to 12) • The blue coloring composition and the yellow coloring composition shown in Table 1-2 were used for the production. The green light-colored composition (I-DG-8 to 12) was produced by stirring and mixing the C light source to x(c)=〇.2l〇, y(c)=Ο.710. 323841 ): [ 120 201235419 [Table 2] Table I-2 Example 1-8 Example 1-9 Lean Example 1-10 Example 1-11, Reference Example 4 • Reference Example 1-5 Reference Example 1-6 Green coloring composition I-DG-1 I-DG-2 I-DG-3 I~DG-4 Bu DG-5 I~DG~6 I-DG-7 Color green green green green green green x(c) 0.290 0.290 0.290 0.290 0.290 0.290 0.290 y(c) 0. 600 0. 600 0.600 0.600 0.600 — 0.600 0.600 Blue coloring composition I-DB-1 I-DB-1 I-DB-1 ΙΌΒ-5 I-DB- 8 I-DB-8 I-DB-8 yellow coloring composition I-DY-1 I-DY-2 I-DY-5 I-DY-1 I I 1 I-DY-2 I-DY-5 green coloring Composition Examples 1-12 Examples 1-13 Examples 1-14 Reference Examples 1-7 Reference Examples 1-8 I-DG-8 I-DG-9 I-DG-10 I-DG-11 I-DG -12 color green green green green green x (c) 0.210 0.210 0,210 0.210 0.210 y (c) 0.710 0.710 0.710 1 0.710 0.710 blue coloring composition I-DB-1 I-DB-1 I-DB-5 I-DB-8 I-DB-8 yellow coloring composition I-DY-3 I-DY-4 I-DY-3 I meal 3 I-DY-4 Lu Table 1-2 (continued) &lt;heat resistance/light resistance evaluation&gt; The color filter for the color filter obtained in Examples 1-1 to 1-14 and Reference Example 1 to 丨 to u was used as a spin coater. It was applied onto a glass substrate of 1 mm×100 mm and a thickness of 1.mm to obtain a coated substrate of the chromaticity of the C light source shown in Table 12 and Table 12. Next, it was heated at 230 C for 7 hours in a dry column of 7 Å, and a coated substrate was prepared by cooling. The chromaticity of the obtained coating film was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.) [L*(丨), a*(i), b*(l)] 〇 (heat resistance) Evaluation 323841 121 201235419 The chromaticity [L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)] after the heat treatment for 23 hours by TC is measured by the following formula (1-2) Find the excellent difference ΔΕ*8ΐ3. Equation (1-2) AE*ab=[[L^(2)-L*(l)]2+[a*(2)-a^(l)]2+[b *(2)- b*(l)]2]1/2 (light resistance evaluation)

The same coating film substrate was formed, and an ultraviolet blocking filter ("COLORED OPTICAL GLASS L38" manufactured by Sigma Co., Ltd.) was attached to the substrate, and the chromaticity (2) after the ultraviolet light loo was irradiated with a 470 W/m2 xenon lamp was measured. a*(2), b*(2)]' The color difference ΔΕ * ab is obtained by the above formula (1-2).

323841 &lt;Initial viscosity evaluation&gt; ▲The degree of coloring composition is based on the adjustment of the day at 251: using the E-type 黍f meter (the "ELD Hybrid Meter" of Dongshiye Corporation 31) (initial viscosity). In the evaluation results below, ◎ is the force n is n Δ is the viscosity s, but there is no problem in money 3 degree 'X is the degree of use. Not up to 10. 0 [nipa . sj 1〇·〇 or more and less than 15.0 [mpa 15·〇 or more and less than 20.0 [mPa x ·· 20·0 or more [mPa. s] &lt; foreign matter evaluation &gt; foreign matter generation The evaluation of the test substrate coating film was carried out by counting 23 GC H, hour, and 4 sub-numbers. Evaluation system makes ◎ 〇 △ s]

S 122 201235419

Metal microscope made by Olympus system. The magnification was set to 500 times, and the number of particles observable in the superficial field of view through the gold I 6 〇") was counted. At === means 5 ◎ with. The number of foreign matter is small and is good, and Δ is that the number of foreign matter is not problematic, and X is a coating stain (spot) due to foreign matter, so it is equivalent to a state in which it cannot be used.

◎: The number of foreign objects is less than 5 〇. The number of foreign objects is 5 or more and less than 2 △. △ The number of foreign objects is 21 or more and less than 1 x x: The number of foreign objects is more than 100 color components. The blue and green results of the examples and reference examples are shown in Tables 1-3 and Table 4.

323841 123 201235419 I-1 3 Table I__ COII &lt; Reference Example 1-3 I-DB-10 10.2 CO 0 X Reference Example 1-2 I-DB-9 10.8 CO CO &lt;] &lt;] Reference Example 1-1 I-DB-8 03 Cvj LD* 〇〇Example 1-7 I-DB-7 CO 03 ◎ 〇Example 1-6 I-DB-6 m ο C- o ◎ 〇Example 1-5 I-DB -5 in ο CD o ◎ ◎ Example 1-4 I-DB-4 — Oi o &lt;&lt;&gt; Example 1-3 I-DB-3 CO o 〇〇 Example 1-2 I-DB-2 CO a&gt; o 〇 ◎ Example 1-1 I-DB-1 t- o 0.8 ◎ ◎ Thermal color fastness at the time of blue coloring composition Initial viscosity foreign matter evaluation 323841 124 201235419 As in Examples 1-1 to 1-7 a blue coloring composition used as a coloring agent for the anthraquinone compound represented by the formula (1), and a blue coloring composition using the hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone or the oxirane phthalocyanine compound represented by the formula (1-2) (Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-3) As a result, the color difference after evaluation of heat resistance and light resistance was small.

Further, as in the case of adding the resin type dispersant of Examples 1-1 to 1-3, the results of the evaluation of the viscosity and the foreign matter were compared with the blue coloring composition of Example 1-4 in which the resin type dispersing agent was not added. good. [Table 4] Table 1-4 Example 1-8 Example 1-9 Example 1-10 Example 1-11 Reference Example 4 Reference Example 1-5 Reference Example 1-6 Green coloring composition I-DG —1 I-DG-2 I-DG-3 I-DG-4 I-DG-5 I-DG-6 I-DG-7 Heat resistance 0.8 0.5 4.2 0.4 8,2 7.8 13.8 Light resistance 0.6 0.5 3.8 0.6 11.7 10.2 18.0 Initial viscosity ◎ 〇0 ◎ 〇〇Λ Foreign matter evaluation ◎ 〇〇 ◎ 〇 △ △

Example 1-12 Example Example 13 Example 丨-14 Reference Example 1-7 Reference Example 1-8 Green coloring composition I-DG-8 I-DG-9 I-DG-10 I-DG-11 I- DG-12 Heat resistance 1.2 1.5 0.9 8.8 9.6 Light resistance 0.9 1.1 0.9 13.5 14.0 Initial viscosity ◎ 〇 ◎ 〇 △ Foreign matter evaluation ◎ 〇 ◎ XX • Table 1-4 (continued) As in Examples 1-8 to 1-14 The green coloring composition used as the coloring agent for the anthraquinone compound and the yellow pigment represented by the formula (1) is small in color resistance after evaluation of heat resistance and light resistance, and at the same time, the point of generation of foreign matter and viscosity is 125 323841 201235419, The results are also good. Among them, CI Pigment yeiiow 138, CI Pigment yellow 139 'CI Pigment yell〇w ι5〇Λ CI Pigment yeii〇w 185 was used as a green coloring composition of yellow pigment (Examples I to 8, 1-9, Ι-Π to 1-14) The results were particularly high in heat resistance and light resistance as compared with Example M0 using other yellow pigments.

On the other hand, the green coloring composition using hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone and κ color pigment as a coloring agent as in Reference Examples 1-4 to 1-8 is inferior in heat resistance and light resistance. In addition, cl Pigmentyellowl 39, CI pigment yellow is used. As a result of 185 as a green coloring composition of yellow pigment (Reference Examples I-?, 1-8), foreign matter was generated. &lt;Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition&gt; [Example I-15] Preparation of (I-RB_1) A mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a filter of ruthenium to prepare a photosensitive blue. Coloring composition. 60. 0 parts of a portion of a portion of the present invention. 7") sensitizer ("EAB_F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 4 4 parts of cyclohexanone% 20. 4 parts [Examples 1 to 16, reference examples i to 9] (i_rb_2, RB _3) According to the composition shown in Table I-5, 323841 126 201235419 photosensitive blue coloring composition (I - RB-2, I - RB_3) was produced by the same operation as (I-RB-1). [Example 1 17 to 1-20, Reference Examples 1-10 to I-12] (I-RG-1 to RG-7) are produced according to the composition shown in Table 1-5, which is the same as (I-RB-1). The operation produces a photosensitive green coloring composition (I - RG_ 1 to I _RG_7). 323841 127 201235419 323841

I-_ 5 Table I_I

Lo-I^ Reference Example 1-12 I-RG-7 赍〇〇0.710 C&lt;J 1 g 1 ο ο CO 15. 0 ο CO CM ο ο eg ο ο ο Example 1-20 I-RG-6 ! HE 0.210 0. 710 ο» 1 ο 1 ο ο CO 15.0 ο CO CVJ ο inch ο CO 100.0 Reference Example 1-11 I-RG-5 赍0.290 〇◦ CO ο I-DG-6 ο ο CO 15. 0 ο CO CS3 0.4 inch ο eo ο ο ο Reference example 1-10 I-RG-4 fee 0.290 0. 600 I-DG-5 ο ο CO ο LD* ο CO CM ο : C&lt;l : ο »-Η Example 1-19 I-RG-3 资 0.290 0. 600 I-DG-4 ο ο CO 15. 0 ο CO CM 呀ο ο CO ο ο ο Example 1-18 I-RG-2 Fee 0.290 0.600 I-DG -2 ο ο CO ο in ο CO cv&gt; CD ο CM ο ο ο Example 1-17 I-RG'l 驽0.290 ο ο CO ο I-DG-1 ο ο CO 15.0 ο CO oa 呀ο Tf ο C&lt;l ο ο ο Reference Example 1-9 RB-3 1 0.201 0.294 I-DB-8 ο ο CO ο in ο CO -*··· CVJ inch ο ο CM ο ο ο Example 1-16 I - RB-2 0. 209 0.294 I-DB-5 ο c=&gt; CO ο in ο CO inch ο 1 Example 1-15 I-RB-1 〇〇〇〇 σ» οα ο I-DB-1 ο ο CO o LfS ο CO cvi 呀ο ο ο ο ο Photosensitive coloring composition Color x(c) y(c) Coloring composition (type) Coloring composition (parts by weight) Adhesive resin solution Photopolymerizable compound Light-starting sensitizer Cyclohexanone total 128 201235419 &lt;Brightness evaluation&gt; The smear of the glass substrate of the thickness of 1. lmm was coated on a glass substrate having a thickness of 1.1 mm using a spin coater. Then, it was dried at 7 ° C for 20 minutes, and exposed to ultraviolet light using an ultrahigh pressure water xenon lamp until the cumulative amount of light was l5 〇 mJ, and development was carried out with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Next, the chromaticity of the obtained coating film was measured by a microscopic spectrophotometer ("〇SP-SP1〇〇" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.) at 23 (heating for 1 hour in TC). (C) The substrate produced was made up of 23 (after heat treatment of TC) to become the chromaticity of the C light source shown in Table 1-5. Further, the alkali developing solution was used with 1.5% by weight of sodium carbonate and 0.5% of sodium hydrogencarbonate. % by weight, an anionic surfactant ("PELEX NBL" manufactured by Kasei Co., Ltd.), 8.0% by weight, and 90% by weight of water. <Rel Heat Resistance/Light Resistance Evaluation> Using Example 1-15 1-20 and Reference Example ι-g to Bu12 The above-mentioned substrate prepared by the photosensitive coloring composition was evaluated in the same manner as in Examples 1-1 to 1-14 and Reference Examples u to 8. Foreign matter evaluation> Using the above-described substrates produced by using the photosensitive coloring compositions obtained in Examples 1-15 to 20 and Reference Examples 9 to 12, Examples 1-1 to 1-14 and Reference Examples were carried out. The photosensitive evaluation compositions prepared in the same manner as in the examples, the examples and the reference examples, and the results are shown in Tables 1-6. 323841 1 29 201235419 [Table 6] CM 1 C - Leather 1 CJ CA CO CO oo σ &gt; CO X ♦ 1 — 〇CO ο Ού I t-κ CS1 CO cc 〇T Life I-RG-5 CO 卜' ΙΓ5 ΙΛ t&gt; ^ 03 03 〇〇·—Η τ 00 ο 0Λ CO 〇%· 1 m — 03 1 CJ5 CO g ◎ 1 in 〇〇RG-2 CO σι CO m 〇1 in Bu 1 1 CJ3 Ού C&lt;lc— CO 0.7 ◎ 1-^ 05 CO OQ Ού eg om ιΑ 〇ί CO — — CO I-RB-2 03 CO CO t- o CO o ◎ in RB-1 oo oa ◎ 1 CO *ύ φ ti

130 323841 201235419 As an example 丨15 to 1-20, the anthraquinone compound represented by the formula (1) is a photosensitive coloring composition used in the coloring agent and the coloring composition of the examples is as follows. The results were the same, and the results were as follows: no foreign matter was produced, humans were good, and light resistance was observed. On the other hand, as in Reference Examples 1-9 to 1-12, the photosensitive coloring composition of '*Indigo, as a whole, was poor in heat resistance m.

When comparing with the same hue, it is as in the case of Example 1-15, Bu 16 and Reference Example 1-q —. People are not 'in addition, when comparing the same hue and the second 5 of the same yellow pigment, Example, Example 19, Reference Example (7), Example 1-18 and Reference Example, Example 2Q, and Reference Example 12 2 'The result contains photosensitive coloring of the chlorophyll compound represented by the formula (1), ▲, the substance * contains a photosensitive coloring composition of the cisplatin which exhibits brightness. &lt;Production of Color Filter&gt; The 'man' is subjected to black matrix pattern processing on a glass substrate, and the coloring agent used in the (4) coater is used to change the coloring composition of the blue color to the substrate c. I. pIgmentRed 254/x.丨.pIgment

Red m_5·1 part/〇·9 parts other than the same operation as in Example M5, and the resulting sensible red-colored sputum was applied to C 総 (hereinafter also green, blue) to form a film thickness of x=Q. (4), y=〇. A colored film is formed. It: owes, the material is passed through the hood to make the high-pressure mercury lamp of the gorge, and irradiates ultraviolet rays of 300 mJ/cm2. Secondly, by using a 2% by weight aqueous solution of sodium sulphate, the red (four) ray is sprayed with the unexposed portion, and then washed with the hand-exchanged water, and the substrate is heated by 23 cc. 323841 131 201235419 clock, forming a red filter section. The same operation was carried out, and the Example composition (I-RG-1) was applied to the obtained photosensitive green light-emitting sheet segment. In addition, in addition to ^^&amp; 8 y~〇. 600, the coloring agent used to obtain green is replaced by the C.Y coloring composition (I-RB-1).

Pigment VI〇let 23=3. 6 parts 々 4 g, raent Biue 15 : 6/C. I.

The same operation was carried out, except that the film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1-15. The film thickness was x = 0.11, y = 〇 4 The monochromatic blue coloring composition was coated with a color filter. Forming a blue filter segment, and obtaining a color data light using the color 氺 μ μ μ of the embodiment I as a green luminescent film segment having an excellent wide chromaticity range Γ=color composition ', , and the light resistance is also good, the implementation of the state of the Π, is the pigment of the throw, the loss of molecular weight (10)), the average score of the acrylic resin dispersant "and:, the resin type (four) of the amine price determination The method is as follows: (average primary particle diameter of the pigment) The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is obtained by using a transmissive (10) electron micrograph to directly measure the size of the secondary particle from the electron micrograph. L 言 'The short axis of the underlying particles of each side material = and the long axis 隹, will be flat _ is the pigment - the particle of the secondary particles. Secondly, 兮 100 or more pigment particles to approximate the particle size Cube, the volume (weight) of each granule is determined, and the volume average particle diameter is taken as the average amount of the acid base of the pigment. The amount of the amine is determined by measuring the amount of the amine. Can be sealed in a glass container 〇. 2m〇i/i of n-hexylamine (adsorbed material) propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate solution 3〇ml. The container is tightly plugged and placed in an ultrasonic cleaner, which takes 1 hour to adsorb to the surface of the pigment. The supernatant was obtained by precipitating the pigment with a centrifuge. 15 ml of the supernatant was taken, and the residual n-hexylamine in the peroxyl dioxane solution of 〇.〇2m〇i/i was reversed by a potentiometric titration apparatus. Titration. The value of the blank sample is determined as the amine adsorption amount of the pigment. (weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is HLC-8220GPC (TOSOH Co., Ltd.) The device "connects two TSK-GEL SUPER HZM-N as a column and uses a THF solvent to measure the molecular weight of polystyrene. (Average molecular weight of acrylic resin dispersant) Φ Acrylic resin type dispersant The number average molecular weight (Μη) and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) 'based on HLC-8320GPCCTOSOH Co., Ltd.) were used as a device, and SUPER-AW3000 was used as a column, and N N N using 3 mM triethylamine and 10 mM LiBr. - 二曱The number average molecular weight (Mn) and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the measured amount of the polyamide in the solution of the meglumine solution as the elution solution. (Amine value of the acrylic resin type dispersant) The amine price of the acrylic resin type dispersant The total amine value (mgKOH/g) measured is converted into a solid content according to the method of ASTM D 2〇74. 323841 133 201235419 First, a method for producing a colored composition and a photosensitive coloring composition will be described first, and then The binder resin solution, the colorant, the method for producing the acrylic resin-type dispersant solution, the structural formula of the dye derivative, and the method for producing the yellow coloring composition used in the examples and the reference examples will be described. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Binder Resin Solution&gt; (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution II-1) A loop is placed in a reaction vessel in which a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device are provided in a separable 4-neck flask. 1 份, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 9 parts, 12.0 parts of methacrylic acid, oxidized ethyl acrylate acrylate ("April 1*〇11丨\11110" made by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 20.7 parts, 2, 2' a mixture of azobisisobutyronitrile 1.1 parts. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled, and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and the nonvolatile matter was measured, and methoxypropyl acetate was added to the previously synthesized resin solution to make the nonvolatile content 20 % by mass, the acrylic resin solution 11-1 was prepared. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 26,000. (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution 11-2) 207 parts of cyclohexanone was placed in a reaction vessel equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device in a separable 4-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. After nitrogen substitution in the reaction vessel, 20 parts of methacrylic acid was dropped by dropping the tube for 2 hours, and isopropylphenol was oxidized to give 323841 134 201235419. _ &quot; azobisisobutyronitrile Γ3, Λ ^ Γ 2 pin ethyl ester 8.5 parts and 2, 2, -3 hours, to obtain a ruthenium tree mites. After the end of the drop, the reaction solution r money is continued. It: owed, relative to the obtained copolymerization, i, the time 彳 4 dry air - while disturbing the base to the money, at 7 (rc takes 3 hours to drop 2 -

Μ0Ι&gt;Karenz compound. After the completion of the dropwise addition, a mixture of 08 parts of the heart and 26 parts of cyclohexanone was added. Cold for 4 hours, get acrylic resin

Heat and dry the 20 2 18 () ° C solution in the force " ^ heart forwarding component, in the previously synthesized resin acid tree month ^ ^ has made the non-volatile component 2G mass %, prepare acetonitrile cold liquid II-2. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 18 (manufactured by hydroxyaluminulin 1), and the n-pentanol fraction in the reaction vessel was added with a sebaconitrile 225, and 78 parts of anhydrous chlorinated, and half-viewed. 266 parts of DBU (1, 8-.-azabicyclo[5·4 〇]^7-women) were added thereto, and the temperature was raised and refluxed at 136 C for 5 hours. The mixture was cooled to 3 Torr while stirring. The reaction solution of t was poured into a mixed solvent of 5000 parts of methanol and 1 part of water with stirring to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was filtered and washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of decyl alcohol and 4000 parts of water. After drying, it was dried to obtain 135 parts of alginate. In addition, 1 part of chloroaluminium anthraquinone was slowly added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature in the reaction vessel, and stirred at 40 ° C for 3 hours. And inject sulfuric acid solution into 24000 parts of cold water at 3 ° C. The blue precipitate was filtered, washed and dried in 323841 135 201235419 102 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin (11-1) represented by the following formula (ιι_ι) were obtained.

Formula (Π-1) • (Manufacture of blue colorant (II-PB-1)) Add 1 part of the hydroxy aluminum represented by formula (K) to 1 part of methanol in the reaction vessel Anthraquinone 1, with 41.5 parts of dibutyl acidate, heated to 40 ° C and reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol and then dried to obtain 4 parts of the aluminum anthraquinone pigment U represented by the following formula (H-2).

Next, carry out salt milling. 100 parts of the aluminum anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (II-2), 1200 parts of sodium chloride, and 12 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) at 7 ° C. Mix for 6 hours. 323841 136 201235419 The kneaded product was poured into 3000 parts of warm water, stirred while heating at 7 ° C for 1 hour to be in a slurry form, and repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium carbonate and di 6 diol. After drying at 80 ° C for one day and night, a blue coloring agent (98 parts of ΙΙ-ΡΒ-Ό was obtained. The average primary particle diameter was 35.6 nm. (Manufacture of blue colorant (11-PB-2)) in the reaction vessel One part of the alcohol was added, and one part of the hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin 1 represented by the formula (11-1) and 49.5 parts of diphenyl phosphate were added, and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of the aluminum anthraquinone pigment represented by the following formula (11-3).

Formula (Π -3) The obtained aluminum anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (11-3) is subjected to the same salt milling treatment as the blue coloring agent (II-PB-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent ( II-PB-2). 5纳米。 The average primary particle size of 29. 5nm. (Manufacture of blue colorant (II-PB-3)) 323841 137 201235419 To the methanol looo part in the reaction vessel, a loo partial formula (π-1) was added. The hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone oxime and 43.2 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid were heated to 4 〇 C for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was dried, washed with methanol, and then subjected to a solution to obtain 112 parts of the indigo pigment shown by the following formula (1) to 4).

The imidazole pigment represented by the formula (11 -4) is treated with the same salt grinding method as the blue coloring agent (II-PB-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent (II- PB-3). The average primary particle size is 29. 5ηιη. (Production of Blue Coloring Agent (II-PB-4)) According to the synthesis method described in JP-A-2010-79247, an aluminum anthraquinone pigment represented by the following formula (II-5) is obtained. 323841 138 201235419

Formula (Π-5) The aluminum anthraquinone pigment represented by the obtained formula (ΙΙ-5) is subjected to the same salt milling treatment as the blue coloring agent (ΙΙ-ΡΒ-1) to obtain a blue coloring agent. (Π-Β-4). The average primary particle size is 33. Onm. (Production of Blue Coloring Agent (II-PB-5)) In 100 parts of the hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine oxime represented by the formula (II-1), 0 parts of 200 parts, 800 parts of one part, and phenylphosphine are added. The acid was 54.6 parts, and the heating was continued for 8 hours. After filtration and washing with decyl alcohol, it was dried to obtain 110 parts of an aluminum ruthenium pigment represented by the following formula (II-6). Next, salt milling treatment was carried out in the same manner as in the blue coloring agent (II-PB-1) to produce a blue coloring agent (11-PB-5). The resulting coloring agent had a volume average primary particle weight of 37 nm.

The structural formula of the blue colorant is summarized in Table-1. 323841 139 201235419 [Table 7] Table Π-1 Blue colorant blue colorant (ΙΙ-ΡΒ-1) • Blue colorant (ΙΙ-ΡΒ-2) Blue colorant (II-ΡΒ-3) • Blue colorant (ΙΙ-ΡΒ-4) 夜冷0 Blue colorant (ΙΙ-ΡΒ-5) 323841 140 201235419 &lt;Acid base amount of pigment&gt; Aluminium phthalocyanine pigment used in the examples and reference examples The CI number and the acidic base amount of the coloring agent other than the material are shown in Table II-2. [Table 8] Pigment.............. 1 CI No. Acid base amount (卩 colorant (P-1) CIPigmet green 58 521 __ Colorant (P-2) CIPigmet yellow 139 149 — Colorant (P-3) CIPigmet yellow 150 301 _____ Colorant (P-4) CIPigmet blue 15 : 6 39 _ Colorant (P-5) CIPigmet red 176 45 Colorant (P-6) CIPigmet red 242 26 _ Colorant (P-7) CIPigmet red 254 53 One &lt;Manufacturing method of acrylic resin type dispersant&gt; (Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 1) With thermometer, stirrer, and distillation tube The detachable type of the cooler is filled with 70 parts of methyl ethyl ketone, 96.1 parts of n-butyl acrylate, and 1. 8 parts of Spartejne. Ethyl isobutyrate 1.9 parts was heated to 4 Torr under a nitrogen gas flow. 1.1 parts of cuprous copper (1) was charged, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C to start polymerization. After polymerization for 3 hours, the polymerization solution was subjected to polymerization. The sample was obtained by the polymerization of the solids to a polymerization yield of 95% or more, and the methyl methacrylate N, N-dimethylamine vinegar 3.9 parts and the butanone (MEK) 30.0 parts were added. The polymerization was carried out in steps. After 2 hours, it was confirmed that the polymerization yield was 97% or more from the solid content of the polymerization solution, and the mixture was cooled to room temperature and the polymerization was stopped. 100 parts of the obtained resin solution was carried out with 1 part of methyl ethyl ketone. 323841 141 201235419 After dilution, 60 parts of cation exchange resin "DIAI0NPK228LH (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)" was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and "Kyoward 500SN (Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added as a neutralizing agent. Co., Ltd.) was mixed for 30 minutes. The cation exchange resin and the adsorbent were removed by filtration to remove the residue of the polymerization catalyst, and the resin solution was concentrated and replaced with ethylene glycol monomethyl ether. Acetate, and a solution of an acrylic resin-type dispersant i (njn=1〇2(), Mw=12200, amine price: 14 mg K0H/g) having a nonvolatile content of 40% by weight was obtained. ® (Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution) 2) In a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a steaming tube, and a cooler, 70 parts of methyl ethyl ketone, butyl butyl acrylate, 88 〇 wound, talion ugly 2.8 wound, and desert Isobutyric acid 9 parts, warmed to 40C under nitrogen flow. 1 part of cuprous chloride (Ι) was added, and the temperature was raised to Y5 °c to start polymerization. After the polymerization for 3 hours, 'the polymerization solution was sampled, and the solidification of the polymerization was confirmed to be 95% or more, and the thioglycolic acid, N,N-diamine vinegar 12. 〇 and 30.0 parts of butanone were added. Perform further polymerization. After 2 hours, it was confirmed from the solid content of the polymerization solution that the polymerization yield was 97% or more, and the mixture was cooled to / and the polymerization was stopped. After the obtained blush solution was diluted with decyl ethyl ketone 100, 6 parts of a cation exchange resin "Diaion PK228LH (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)" was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and Ky〇ward 5〇〇SN (manufactured by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) as a neutralizing agent was added and stirred for 3 minutes. The cation exchange resin and the adsorbed steel are removed by filtration to remove the collapse of the polymerization catalyst. Further, the resin solution was concentrated and replaced with an ethylene glycol monoterpene carboxylic acid 323841 142 201235419 ester to obtain an acrylic resin type dispersing agent 2 having a nonvolatile content of 4% by weight (Mn=11200, Mw=U200, amine price). A solution of 43 mg K0H/g). (Propyl acrylate resin dispersant solution 3) In a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler, 7 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone and 76.0 parts of n-butyl acrylate were placed. 2 parts of the test, the bromoisobutyrate ethyl ester 1. 9 parts, in nitrogen circulation

The temperature is raised to 40 ° C. 1 part of cuprous chloride (1) was charged, and the temperature was raised to 75 ° C and polymerization was started. After the polymerization for 3 hours, the polymerization solution was sampled, and the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 95% or more by the polymerization solid content, and N'N-diguanamine ethyl methacrylate was added. 24. Oxime and butanone 3 〇. For further polymerization. After 2 hours, it was confirmed by the solid content of the polymerization solution that the polymerization yield was 97% or more and cooled to room temperature and the polymerization was stopped. The obtained solution was diluted with decylethyl _ 1 GG portion, and then cation exchange resin DIAION PK228LHC (manufactured by Ershi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added), 6 parts, and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and added as "K- =0 SN (Concord Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)") of the neutralizing agent was used to carry out 30 pieces of pure disturbance. By removing the cation exchange resin and the adsorbent by work, to take the H of the catalyst and 'concentrating the resin solution with the two resin type dispersant 3 (Μη=1〇21〇, and obtaining a solution having a nonvolatile content of (4) • =11400, amine price: 86 mgK〇H/g) (Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 4) Separate type with a thermometer, a stirrer, and a 4-necked flask filled with mercaptoethyl _ steam tube and cooler 7 parts, n-butyl acrylate 70. 7 323841 143 201235419 parts, 2.8 parts of hawkskin, 19 parts of indifetic acid butyrate, and tempered to 40 C under nitrogen flow. The steel chloride (1) was added and the temperature was raised to 75. 〇 and start to aggregate. After the polymerization for 3 hours, the polymerization solution was sampled, and the polymerization yield was confirmed to be (4) or more from the polymerization solid content, and 29.3 parts of methyl acetoacetate and 2 ounces of methyl ethyl ketone were added, and further. polymerization. After 2 hours, it was confirmed by the solid content of the polymerization solution that the polymerization yield was 97% or more and cooled to room temperature and the polymerization was stopped. After diluting one part of the obtained resin solution with a base ketone 1 GG injury, 6 parts of a cation exchange resin "DIAION PK228LH (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)" was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature. In addition, as a neutralizing agent, "Ky. Gift d 5 〇 (Concord Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)" was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 minutes. The cation exchange resin and the adsorbent are removed by filtration to remove the residue of the polymerization catalyst. Further, the resin solution was concentrated and replaced with ethylene glycol monoterpene acetate S to obtain an acrylic resin type non-governmental agent 5 having a nonvolatile content of 4 (% by weight) (Mn = 10,400, Mw = 12,500, amine The price of l〇5mgKOH/g) is dissolved in φ liquid. (Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 5) A separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler was charged with 7 parts of methyl ethyl ketone and 414 parts of n-butyl acrylate. 2.8 parts and 19 parts of isobutyric acid were added, and the temperature was raised to 4 G ° C under a nitrogen gas flow. Injecting cuprous chloride (1) hl, heating to hunger and starting polymerization p polymerization for 3 hours, 'sampling the polymerization solution, confirming the polymerization yield by more than 95% from the polymerization solids, adding methyl acrylate N, 6 parts of N-diamine ethyl ester and 30 parts of methyl ethyl ketone were further polymerized. 323841 144 201235419 2 hours later '"Solution __ points on the confirmation, cooling, to room temperature and stop the seat + 芍97 / 0 to methyl ethyl _ (10) parts ^; # = the obtained resin solution (10) copies" DIAION PK228LH (Mitsubishi Chemicals f &lt; Adding cationic parent-replacement resin at room temperature and hour, ===_)"_, 500SN (Concord Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (shared ^(四)〇Ky〇ward Limited))) Mix

3 〇 / knife clock. The cation exchange resin and the rhyme are removed by the job to remove the f-contact __. And 'BianLin concentrated silk is replaced by Ethylene glutamate 曱 _ vinegar, and the non-volatile content is 40% by weight of acrylic resin dispersant 6〇^_ 'Mw=1 side, amine price 2iGmgK〇H / g) Solution. (Acrylic Resin 1 Dispersant Solution 6) In a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a blender, a steaming tube, and a cooler, 'with methyl ethyl 7 7 parts and 8 · 2 parts of n-butyl acrylate. 2.8 parts of tamarind and 19 parts of ethyl acetoacetate were heated to 40 ° C under a nitrogen gas flow. The vaporized cuprous (di丨 part was added, the temperature was raised to 75 〇 and polymerization was started. After the polymerization for 3 hours, the polymerization solution was sampled, and the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 95% or more by the polymerization solid content, and mercapto propylene was added. 8 parts of N,N-diguanamine ethyl ester and 8 parts of butanone were further polymerized. After 2 hours, it was confirmed from the solid content of the polymerization solution that the polymerization was cooled to room temperature and the polymerization was stopped. (10) parts of the obtained resin solution were diluted with 100 parts of mercaptoethyl ketone, and then (9) parts of a cation exchange resin "DIAION PK228LH (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation)" was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and 'added As a neutralizer, "Ky〇: rd 323841 145 201235419 500SN (manufactured by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)" was stirred for 30 minutes. The cation exchange resin and the adsorbent were removed by filtration to remove The residue of the polymerization catalyst was obtained, and the resin solution was concentrated and replaced with ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate to obtain a propylene oxide resin type dispersant 7 having a nonvolatile content of 4 (% by weight) (Mn = 10,500, Mw). =12400, amine price 293mgKO Solution of H/g) (Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 7) A detachable 4-neck flask of Lu Xun Money Thermometer, Age Machine, Steamed Rice, and Cooling Solution, loaded with methyl ethyl ketone 7 〇, C 98 parts of butyl benzoate, 98 parts of hawkskin, and 9 parts of lysine butyric acid, and the temperature was raised to 40% under nitrogen gas flow. The hl part of ferrous chloride (1) was charged and the temperature was raised to 75. 0份和乙酮酮。 After the polymerization was started, the polymerization solution was sampled, and the polymerization yield was confirmed to be 95% or more, and the methyl methacrylate M-diamine oxime was added to 2.0 parts and butanone. 3〇. 〇份, Further polymerization. After 2 hours, it was confirmed from the solid content of the polymerization solution that the polymerization yield was ·cooled to room temperature and stopped at #°. The obtained resin solution was 100 parts by methyl After diluting 100 parts of the ketone, 6 parts of cation exchange resin DIAION PK228LH (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at a temperature, and Ky雠d was added as a neutralizing agent. 5 bribe (Xiehe Chemical X Industry Co., Ltd.), for 3 minutes. The cation exchange resin and the adsorbent are removed by filtration to remove the residue of the polymerization catalyst, and the resin solution is denatured and replaced by B.2, and the non-volatile content is 40% by weight. Acrylic resin type dispersant _=9_, Mw=lu〇〇, amine price (four) leg (8) solution 323841 146 201235419 liquid (acrylic resin type dispersant solution 8) with thermometer, mixer, steam tube, In a separable 4-necked flask of a cooler, 'manufactured with methyl ethyl group - 7 g parts', 13 parts of acrylic acid n-butyl styrene, 2.0 parts of talons and bases, and 9 parts of ethyl bromoisobutyrate. , and then warmed to 4G ° C under nitrogen flow. Injecting cuprous chloride (1) hl, warming to the muscles and starting to polymerize. After the polymerization for 3 hours, 'the polymerization solution was sampled, and the solid content of the poly-human was confirmed to be higher than the polymerization yield, and methyl propyl sulfoxide was added; N,N-diamine was used for 86.2 parts and butanone (four) parts. Progressive polymerization. After 2 hours, the gj of the polymerization was mixed to the polymerization, cooled to room temperature and polymerized. The obtained resin was diluted to 10% at room temperature, and the company was 500 SNC Concord Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. (Ky〇ward 3. Minutes of the stock was taken by the sputum. "二二二己份份" is used to disturb the resin to replace the resin and the adsorbent to remove the polymerization catalyst (4) slag, and 'toss the tree sap liquid concentrate into B = alcohol monomethyl ether acetate vinegar' and get no The volatile component is a solution of 40% by weight of an acrylic resin-type dispersant 9 (Mn = 11 _, Mw = 1, and an amine valence / g). (Amine valence of an acrylic resin-type dispersant) Examples and reference (4) The amine valence of the two-part dispersant solution is summarized in Table II-3. 323841 147 201235419 [Table 9] Table II-3 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution Amine Price (mgKOH/g) Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 1 14 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 2 43 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 3 86 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 4 105 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 5 210 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 6 293 Propionate Resin Dispersant Solution 7 7 Acrylic Resin Solution 8 t 309

&lt;Structural formula of pigment derivative&gt; [Table 10] Table II-4

323841 148 201235419 &lt;Manufacturing method of yellow coloring composition&gt; (Production of yellow coloring composition) A mixture composed of the following composition is uniformly mixed and mixed.

Zirconia beads were used for dispersion for 8 hours at pjc〇 MILL, and then filtered through a 50 m filter to prepare a yellow colored composition 1. 'Co Pigment Yellow 138 12. 12. Resin-based dispersant (rEFKA43®, manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.)) 1. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution II-l 35. 0 parts of organic solvent (PGMAC) 52 0 parts (Production of κ coloring composition 2 to 4) f θ coloring composition 2 is a yellow colored composition ,, in which yellow (10) 1 is replaced by coloring agent (P-2) (CL Pigment) 'Yellow coloring composition 3 is a coloring agent (P-3) which replaces the yellow coloring composition 1 p., the towel's vapor coloring agent 1 (C. I·

Pigment yellow 15〇), sound multi-pack, ., ^) steam color composition 4 series yellow coloring group

The color toner 1 in rr τ ρ. is replaced by a yellow colorant 2 L Pigment yeU u , which is produced by the same operation as the yellow coloring composition 1 ♦ [Example 11-1] ° (Production of the ochre composition 1) The mixture of the following components was uniformly stirred and mixed with 5 η, η, ^ 之后, and then a bead of 丨.bmm was used, and the medium 323841 ', Eiger mill of the knife-type machine was used. (Eige 149 201235419

"Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Japan Co., Ltd. was dispersed for 4 hours, and then filtered through a 5 μm filter to prepare a colored composition 1. Colorant 1; Blue colorant (II-PB-1) 8.0 parts Colorant 2; Colorant (P-1) 2.0 parts Acryl resin solution 11 -1 25. 0 parts Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 8 3 parts of organic solvent (PGMAC) 56. 7 parts [Examples II-2 to 11-14] (Production of coloring compositions 2 to 14) In addition to the coloring agent 着色, coloring agent in the method of producing the coloring composition 1 2. The type of the acrylic resin-type dispersant solution 3 was changed in the same manner as in Table u_5, and the coloring compositions 2 to 14 were produced in the same manner as in the color composition 1. [Examples 11 to 15] (Production of the coloring composition 15) After the mixture of the composition of the lower composition was uniformly mixed and mixed, the cone of beads having a diameter of 0.5 m was used, and the Eiger mill using a medium-type wet disperser (Eiger Japan) After "distribution of "Minimodel M-250 Mil" manufactured by Seiko Co., Ltd.) for 4 hours, it was filtered with a filter of 5/m to prepare a colored composition 15. Colorant 1; Blue colorant (Π-ΡΒ-2) 7. 2 parts of colorant 2; Colorant (pi) 1.8 parts of propylene compared to resin solution II-1 25. 0 parts propylene, resin type dispersant solution 3 8·3 parts of organic solvent (PGMAC) 56. 7 parts 323841 150 201235419 Pigment derivative 1 1. 0 parts [Example 11-16] (Production of coloring composition 16) In addition to the method of producing coloring composition 15 The coloring composition 1, the coloring agent 2, the acrylic resin type dispersing agent solution 3, and the type of the dye derivative were changed in the same manner as in the coloring composition 15 except that the coloring composition was changed as shown in Table II-5. [Example 11-17] (Production of coloring composition 17) After a mixture of the following compositions was uniformly stirred and mixed, a diameter of 〇. 5 mm of zirconium beads was used. Eiger mill (Eiger using a medium type wet disperser) "Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Japan Co., Ltd. was dispersed for 4 hours and then filtered by a 5/zm filter to prepare a colored composition 17 (a). Colorant 1; Blue colorant (II-PB-2) 10.0 parts propylene resin solution 11-1 25. 0 parts acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 8 · 3 parts organic solvent (PGMAC) 56 · 7 parts second' After the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, dispersion was carried out for 4 hours using a zirconium bead having a diameter of 0.5 g, using Eiger miu ("Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) of a medium wet disperser. Thereafter, the mixture was filtered with a 5/zm filter to prepare a colored composition 17(b). Colorant 2; Colorant (P-1) 10.0 parts 323841 151 201235419 25. Parts 8.3 parts 56. 7 parts, colored composition acryl resin solution 11-1 Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 Organic solvent (PGMAC) In addition, the obtained coloring composition 17 (a) and the substance 17 (b) were uniformly produced in a ratio of 80 parts and 20 parts, respectively, to obtain a colored composition 17. [Reference Example Π-1]

(Production of Colored Composition 18) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, a zirconium bead of 0.5 mm in diameter was used, and Ei &quot; niili (Eiger) of a medium wet disperser was used.

"Minimodel M-250 MKII, +" manufactured by Japan Co., Ltd. was dispersed for 4 hours and then filtered by a 5/m filter to prepare a 荖&amp; 8. 0 parts 2. 0 parts 25. 〇 parts 8.3 parts 56. 7 parts colorant 1; blue coloring agent (II-PB-2) coloring agent 2; coloring agent (P-4) acrylic resin solution II -1 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 3 Organic Solvent (PGM AC) [Reference Example Π-2 to Π-4] (Production of Colored Compositions 19 to 21) In addition to the coating 2 in the method of producing the colored composition 18 The type of the acrylic resin type dispersant solution is the same as that of the coloring composition i 8 , and the U b is the IQZ; 91. I chromogenic composition [Reference Example II-5] 323841 152 201235419 (Production of coloring composition 22) After the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, a bead having a diameter of 0.5 leg was used, and a medium wet type was used. Eiger mi 11 ("Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) of the dispersing machine was dispersed for 4 hours, and then filtered with a 5/zm filter to prepare a colored composition 22. Colorant 1; Colorant (II-PB-2) 10. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution II-1 25. 0 parts of acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 8. 3 parts of organic solvent (PGMAC) 56. 7 parts 323841 153 201235419

9-11&lt; Pigment Derivative 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pigment Derivative 1 Pigment Derivative 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution Amine Price CO 00 CO oo CO 〇〇 CO 00 CD CO CO 00 CD 00 Bu CO in ο 210 293 1_309_ CO 〇〇CO 〇〇CO 00 CO 〇〇CO 〇〇CO 〇〇CO 〇〇CO 〇〇Type Acrylic Resin Dispersant Solution 3 Acrylic Resin Dispersion Solution solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 : Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersing solution 3 Dienoic acid type dispersant solution 7 Acrylic resin Dispersant solution 1 Acrylic resin dispersant solution 2 Acrylic resin dispersant solution 4 Acrylic resin dispersant solution 5 Acrylic resin dispersant solution 6 Acrylic resin dispersant solution 8 Acrylic resin dispersant solution 3 Acrylic resin type Dispersant solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersant solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersing solution 3 Acrylic resin type dispersant Liquid 3 Acrylic Resin Diffusion Solution 3 Acrylic Resin Dispersion Solution 3 Colorant 2 Acid Base < Νί in (N1 ΙΛ in CvJ ΙΛ ΙΛ 〇CO CS3 m CvJ in eg m CM to «Μ CN3 m C0 m CO m CsJ in (N1 ΙΛ CO LO CO CV3 CO m 1 colorant tL cL cL cL CU 〇〇 CU P-3 JL cL cL OU cL cL d 〇L CU (L P-4 LO 丄CO CU P-7 1 coloring Agent 1 Blue coloring 剤1 II-PB-1 1 (NI ea 1 II-PB-3 II-PB-4 II-PB-5 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB -2 1 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II- PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 II-PB-2 Coloring composition Coloring composition 1 Coloring composition 2 Coloring composition 3 Coloring composition 4 Coloring composition 5 Coloring composition 6 Coloring composition 7 Coloring Composition 8 Colored composition 9 Colored composition 10 Colored composition 11 Colored composition 12 Colored composition 13 Colored composition 14 Colored composition 15 Colored composition 16 Colored composition 17 Colored composition 18 Colored composition 19 Colored composition 20 Colored composition 21 Colored composition 22 Example II-1 Example II-2 ! 1 Example II-3 Example II -4 Example II-5 Example 11 - 6 Example II-7 Example 11-8 Example π-g Example 11-10 Example 11-11 Example 11-12 Example 11-13 Example 11 -14 Examples 11-15 Examples 11-16 Examples 11-17 Reference Examples II-1 Reference Examples 11-2 Reference Examples II-3. Reference Examples II-4 Reference Examples II-5 323841 154 201235419 &lt;Coloring Composition Evaluation of the substance&gt; The evaluation of the obtained color, the viscosity characteristics (initial viscosity, the increase rate of the viscosity) of the compositions 1 to 22, and the change rate over time were carried out by the following methods. The results are shown in Table π_6. (Evaluation of Viscosity Characteristics) The viscosity characteristics of the colored composition can be evaluated by the initial viscosity and the increase rate of the aging. 〃 ^ (Initial viscosity) The viscosity of the coloring composition 1 to 22 was measured on the day of the adjustment at 25, using a Ε-type viscometer ("ELD-type viscometer" manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and the viscosity at a rotation number of 20 rpm was measured. Viscosity). The evaluation results are evaluated as follows. ◎: not up to 7. 5 [mPa · s] 〇.7. 5 or more and less than 9. 5 [mPa · s] X : 9. 5 or more [mpa · s] • (duration viscosity increase rate) by 40° C was used to promote the viscosity of the coloring composition of one week to 22, and was measured using an E-type viscometer under the condition of a 251 rotation number of 2 rpm. The duration viscosity measured in this operation was substituted into the following formula to determine the rate of increase in viscosity over time. [Period viscosity increase rate] = (duration viscosity / initial viscosity) χ 1 〇〇 (%) Regarding the evaluation results, the following evaluation is performed. ◎ : 97. 5% or more and less than 102.5% 〇: 95.0% or more and less than 97.5%, more than 1.5% 5% and less than 323841 155 201235419 105.0% x .1〇5. 0% or more Up to 95. 〇% (Evaluation of Contrast), the light emitted from the liquid crystal display unit by the backlight unit is polarized through the polarizing plate to penetrate the coating film of the colored composition coated on the glass substrate, and reaches the polarizing plate on the other side. . At this time, as long as the polarizing surfaces of the polarizing plate and the polarizing plate are parallel, the light will penetrate the polarizing plate, but when the polarizing surface is orthogonal, the light is blocked by the light plate. However, when the light polarized by the polarizing plate penetrates the coating film of the coloring composition, if the coloring agent particles cause scattering or the like, and a part of the polarizing surface is shifted, the polarizing plate penetrates in parallel. The amount of light is reduced, and a part of the light is transmitted when the polarizing plate is orthogonal. The transmitted light was measured for the brightness on the polarizing plate, and the ratio of the brightness of the polarizing plate to the parallel and the vertical phase of the parent was calculated as the contrast. (Contrast) = (luminance in parallel) / (luminance in JL intersection) Therefore, 'If the scattering is caused by the coloring agent in the coating film, the degree of avoidance is reduced in parallel' and the brightness is increased in the case of orthogonality. Therefore, the contrast becomes lower. (Evaluation of the change rate of the duration contrast (CR)) First, the initial contrast (initial CR) evaluation was performed. The colored compositions 1 to 22 were coated on a glass substrate of i〇〇mm&gt;1 mm and 1. leg thick using a spin coater, and secondly, at 7 (TC drying for 2 minutes, followed by The film was heated at 220 C for 30 minutes, and then allowed to cool to prepare a coated substrate. The initial contrast of the obtained coated substrate was measured (initial CR > at this time, at 22 〇. (: After heat treatment, the coating of the spin coater was adjusted) In the condition, the film thickness measured by the surface shape measuring device "Dektak8 (manufactured by Veeco)" was used as a coating film in accordance with 1 #瓜, 323841 156 201235419. Further, a color brightness meter ("BM-5A" manufactured by Topcon Corporation) was used. As a brightness meter, a polarizing plate ("NPF-G1220DUN" manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) was used as a polarizing plate. It was measured by passing a black mask with a square hole of 1 square centimeter in the measurement portion. CR) The same method was used to measure the temporal contrast (duration CR) of the colored compositions 1 to 22 which were promoted for one week at 40 ° C. The temporal contrast change rate was measured using the following formula [Period CR change rate Μ duration CR / Initial CR)xlOO(°/〇关As a result of the evaluation, the evaluation is as follows: ◎: 97. 5% or more 〇: 95. 0% or more and less than 97. 5% X: not up 95. 0% 323841 157 201235419

_—_ 2 11 Table 1_I 9丨II &lt; Determination 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 ◎ 〇〇〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 XXXXX Duration CR rate CO t- σ &gt; 03 03 m 05 σ> C0 卜 · 97.4 3⁄4 〇〇CD σ&gt; Agricultural CD C£&gt; CD in σ&gt; CO 〇&gt; CO 99.43⁄4 Csl 〇&gt; iri σ&gt; ΙΛ Oi 100.3% 100.5% 03 CO CD secondary CO CS) Ο) 93.53⁄4 90.4% 89.3 3⁄4 决 03 Viscosity judgment 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇〇〇Ο 〇〇〇 ◎ 〇〇〇 ◎ ◎ Ο XXXXX 増 増 103 103. 93⁄4 100.0% 100. 0% 102.63⁄4 102.63⁄4 103.83⁄4 103.83⁄4 104.33⁄4 ! 103.4% : 1 104.53⁄4 101.43⁄4 102.6% 104.53⁄4 104.33⁄4 100.03⁄4 loo. η 103.33⁄4 159.53⁄4 160. 13⁄4 126. 9« 126. 13⁄4 105.33⁄4 Duration viscosity ο 00 00 LO ΙΛ ιή 〇00 σ&gt; Bu_CO 00 od 00 σ&gt;σ&gt; CO 03 〇00 CO σί σ» 00 兮· 兮 兮 σο CO 寸〇〇1—Η LO σ> σΐ 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇Ο ◎ 〇〇〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 XXXX 〇 Initial viscosity b-00 ΙΛ in in CO 卜 卜 c-^ σ> 〇〇σ> 00 00 σ» od CO 00 οο CO σ» 〇' C-inch · c«a σ> 00 mm σι Coloring composition coloring composition 1 coloring composition 2 coloring composition 3 coloring composition 4 coloring composition 5 coloring composition 6 coloring composition 7 coloring composition 8 Colored composition 9 Colored composition 10 Colored composition 11 Colored composition 12 Colored composition 13 Colored composition 14 Colored composition 15 Colored composition 16 Colored composition 17 Colored composition 18 Colored composition 19 Colored composition 20 Colored composition 21 Colouring Composition 22 Example II-1 Example II-2 Example II-3 Example II-4 Example II-5 Example II-6 Example II-7 Example ΙΙ-8 Example ΙΙ- 9 Examples 11-10 Examples 11-11 Examples 11-12 Examples II-13 Examples 11-14 Examples 11-15 Examples 11-16 Examples 11-17 Reference Examples II-1 Reference Examples II- 2 Reference Example II-3 Reference Example II-4 Reference Example ΙΙ-5 323841 158 201235419 As in the examples ΙΙ-l to 11-17, the content of the specific material and the acidic base is 10 〇 to 6 〇 (^ mol / The pigment of g, the coloring composition of the phthalocyanine sheet's viscosity characteristics (initial viscosity, calendar &lt; % color learning and duration to fch Love A: Left &gt; A4 Mo·enhanced σ rate) The result of filtering and duration contrast change rate is good. Further, from the results of Examples ΙΙ-2 and 11-17, it is known that a certain structure of the phthalocyanine pigment The viscosity characteristics (increase ratio of initial adhesion I to 600 )) and the change rate of contrast of the pigmented composition of the pigment in which the acid base amount is co-dispersed with mol/g are less than eight: and lasted for a long time. The case of 77 is good [Example 11-18] (Production of photosensitive coloring composition 1) ^ After the following group of red ages are evenly secreted, the filter is filtered to produce a photosensitive coloring composition... Composition 1 ^ 30. 买份色色色组成1 Win "30. 0 parts of the climbing polymerizable monomer 3.0 ("Ar〇nix Μ4〇2" made by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 14.9 parts 1.6 parts 20.4 Acrylic resin solution ΙΙ~2 photopolymerization initiator ("IGACURE 379 organic solvent (cyclohexyl) 丨· 1 part antioxidant A c manufactured by Ciba japan Co., Ltd. [Example Π-19 to π_37&amp; Reference Example H-6 to Old 323841 159 201235419

(Production of Photosensitive Coloring Compositions 2 to 25) The photosensitive coloring composition is used in addition to the composition and the amount (parts by weight) in the method for producing the photosensitive coloring composition 1 as shown in Table II-7. 1 The same operation was carried out to prepare photosensitive coloring compositions 2 to 25. 323841 160 201235419 [Table 13] ($W«/B*) 葙喵··»5 d d* β* &quot; •s •οε ).οε ·0« wwnmr .0&quot; i 迪迪·? Bricklaying? _ ·0« 0&quot; 0.0« .0&quot; .0« * skirt work (4) masonry d^ i .0&quot; « 噶41*? ώ ····quot; •οε WWTFlir 0« .0&quot; z 泰哒^β^' ^ΊΓ .oe O.Qe •οε .0&quot; roe °ε i •οε (牟*couple/8想) «φφ* 8* elslal dragon*' ai*al®el - : bait ssse - »*al teach* 1 .- :ffl$lal袈*1 ~'fflslsl袈*1 Gong.~ Buried *Thinking*« ~'8|At 8, loading * ffls, al*e,

.SI Code aals«

•SI to bait**1**1

•SI: Raspberry 铒袈*1 0- :elaal*el - N8133*' installed®

•SI za,slal*el •sl z®38***1 rsl ~'®slal*el .s[ ®*1®1®*1 •si Raspberry 钽^^

.SI : Buried *81**1 rsi «*81**1 o.s-

O.sl InFW^V ~'8la wants «c

• SI z ®®a**

SI ;ffilslal**' - (4·&quot;*/8*) Ηη'-·®^ s* vH-'ria 0 «在-佑驾3 «-'every ω «0-5^ (er Φ /8®) *'8* 8* i_av3 (^ww/s*) *««你8* δ^β •03 8,ϋ%ί •&quot;s 3VS0- '03 δϋ蛘

Did rs

Dvsd ddd^ s&quot;3^ .03 .03 3VH2 -01.s εϋ%ί 3vsd .oz 3id .03 3vi .03 3y3d .03 •s 3VH9d •s is .s 3vi •s 3vi .03 3vi •03

3yHS ros °vi .02 rs (φϊ辋/**) 8* 珀&lt;0«*¥ 嵌» ~os ~os ~5f! zos 35» SH! 30s ~os 20^11 3sa s5 ~os ~5* 35=· °.ε ~0s

SHI 20^11 z5» ~os (^^^/88^) *«*φ«·¥8* V in Longpo « «龙被

Mes* mE** d33^ «*«*' ffi®** » in the dragon w 8 «Dragon break «««* m**1*1 ml in the "*' n* dragon was

Hss- ri in the dragon *1 HS2 gB period is °1 in the dragon break (*f-w/B*) *咁进*9 8 8·

d^3H rs °« ««嘀庙·?砌.0« .0«

H3^3H .οε 0.0&quot; °« «*哒庙elay.0« 6赛哒&quot;1*?砌 •0« 〇i 恭〇典^1*1 •οε

Trw¥^TF •οTM '-#Shouting Temple·? * 0.0&quot; -'*呦4*? Build i M state 嘀迪*?叫 .0« , ow

TTWWTF .0« 0°&quot; °« •οε zsl^4·? edifice oe «一赛喵41·?^ •0« Ξ «Shouting 4*3 砌 0.0ε oz赛苟01*? 砌·οε ·&quot ; 1赛哒4*3筑珀祀'8 *^ββ3**·¥'ίί *硪迪«3趄趄«'5! i,e,sis*3*s,*¥'e ««Enough *?1**^'8 6 match shouting di *? * *! * ¥ '8 ο 硪 硪 硪 ^ ^ 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌**^'8 -«对迪^建恕采'8 2sssfaa)**€'s -*,sa&lt;a3*t!«'s -*^4β,*«·¥,β SI«lraa)* «*¥'e Ξ*^ββ)**!*¥ϊ5 03^^4-9^^蝤蝤 U 呦ee)wi,i^'s -^3⁄44^ 砌劫说'8 卜-II &lt ; -- $婼 61_ οζ_ I' s_ ε' ? s_ 93- s_ 6· οε- 17 ~e_ εε. &quot;7 «? ιε f Ben 18*1 518·· 本赛·1 Army 18** 5镩 buckle 5*8*·

5SK

5楗V 本婼·*

5SK Ben 18·* This sh 5埯驷 s suspect·*

Military poverty V $ ** 砵 砵 5哿砵 01丨11$会砵 323841 161 201235419 The abbreviations in Table II-7 are shown below. • Photopolymerizable monomer: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate/pentaacrylate mixture (Aronix® 402 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) • Photopolymerization initiator A: 2-(dimethylamino)-2- [(4-Mercaptophenyl)indolyl]-l-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-butanone ("IRGACURE 379", manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.)

• Photopolymerization initiator B: ethyl ketone, l-[9-ethyl-6-(2-mercaptobenzylidene)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-, l-(〇-acetamidine) Baseline ("IRGACURE OXE02" manufactured by Ciba Japan)) Sensitizer. 4,4'-Diethylaminodiphenyl ketone (11〇 (1〇) 8丫3〇161111〇31"EAB -F") • Antioxidant A: hindered phenolic antioxidant pentaerythritol 肆 [3-(3, 5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate • Antioxidant B: sulfur system Antioxidant 3, 3'-thiodipropionate di(octadecyl) ester • Antioxidant C. Disc antioxidants [2, 4_di-(tri)-butylphenyl]phosphine • Antioxidant D : Hindered amine antioxidant bis(2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-4)piperidinyl sebacate•Antioxidant E: salicylate antioxidant anti- octyl phenyl salicylate &lt;Evaluation of photosensitive color composition> The viscosity of the photosensitive coloring compositions 1 to 25 was measured by the following method: 323841 162 201235419 (Initial viscosity, duration viscosity 评估 addition evaluation. The results are shown in Table π to δ. ), and the change rate of the contrast ratio over time (the initial sticky sound of the photosensitive coloring composition) Method Comment = dry composition consisting of 'was measured ◎: less than 3. 0 [mPa sj ○:. 3.〇J ^ _4.0 [mPa.s]

x . 4. 0 or more [mpa · s] (calendar increase rate of photosensitive coloring composition) The measurement was carried out in the same manner as the evaluation of the coloring composition. The evaluation criteria at this time are as follows. 』』疋凡丁心◎ : 95.0% or more and less than 1〇5 〇% 〇: 90.0% or more and less than 95 〇%, 1〇5 〇% or more and less than χ. Not up to 90.0% or 110.0% Lu (Period contrast change rate of photosensitive coloring composition) The photosensitive coloring compositions 1 to 25 were coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm thick and 1 mm thick using a spin coater, and dried for 2 minutes, using The ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp was subjected to ultraviolet light exposure until the cumulative light amount was 150 mJ/Cin2', and development was carried out at 23 ° C in an alkali developing solution to obtain a coated substrate. Next, it was heated at 220 ° C for 30 minutes, and allowed to cool to produce a coated film substrate. At this time, at 220. (After the heat treatment, the coating conditions of the spin coater were adjusted, and the film thickness measured by the surface shape measuring device "Dektak 8 (manufactured by Veeco)" was adjusted to 2/zm to prepare a coating film. Sodium 1. 5 weight 323841 163 201235419 % by weight, sodium bicarbonate 0.5% by weight, "PELEX NBL" by anion system 8. Weight of 〇, surfactant (Kao company test imaging liquid. With coloring 纟The initial contrast (initial CR) of the substrate formed by the composition of 90% by weight is the same method, and the same method is used to measure the obtained 4 2 = 1: ratio (initial CR). The comparison of the duration of the sexual coloring compositions 1 to 25 (time CR). Evaluation of the composition with the coloring

The rate of change in contrast. The evaluation criteria at this time are as follows: (4) Method, measurement history ◎: 97. 5% or more 〇: 95·0% or more and less than 97. 5% X: not up to 95. 0% 323841 164 201235419 [Table 14] 〇◎ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇◎ 〇〇〇◎ ◎ 〇〇◎ 〇

S s, 96 66 66 - 卜 6 *~ 卜 6 - 96 % 9 96 96 % 卜 96 % 卜 6 times 0 001 *0 卜 6 卜 6 66 66 % 9 96 - 卜 6 S6 £ %6 0000 g 9 °° 卜 8 9°° times z·5 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 ◎ 〇〇〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇00111&lt; -.901 S°01 s 001 - 901 %0 0Π g 901 901 % 1 S01 %9 S01 s so-1 &quot;

SI - 901 %L·

SOI 5 s times 0 *ε - ° %6 -

%L s

SOI 001 001 gl

SI 001

SI ~l

SII OSl -.ell •9 ;- 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇〇〇〇〇〇〇 ◎ 〇〇〇 ◎ ◎ 〇 ◎ ◎ 〇〇 3 荽哒刼 砌 砌 砌 β β β β β β β β β β β β β荽嘀 ^ ^ ^ 1 荽嘁 d d d d 荽哒 荽哒 ^ ^ ^ ^ 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌- 荽 葙 砌 ^ 荽喁刍 - 荽喁刍 ^ 莽 砌 91 莽 莽 莽 5 5 5 5 5 5 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽 莽Ζ Ζ 噶刼 噶刼 ? 砌 菇 菇 砌 砌 砌 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^哒琎*?** 铋 铋 铋 A review enough di 趄 趄 趄 趄 蝤 荽 荽 荽 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 镐 镐 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌 砌趄 趄 趄 蝤 # # # # # 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 65 &quot;-II5系列驷--II leather 镩驷S丨II冢镩 private 92-115婼驷S—II5镩驷--II5 驷---冢婼驷6'11苳 reading 驷oe-ii le— II苳苳驷Z?II$鸯私s s-II^^Jt 荔—II?鸯驷S'II5集驷9'115镩驷ie—II Military Collection驷9丨II冢命砵2,丨π?^ ^ S丨115命蛉6丨H5 will 砵ol_II冢命砵323841 165 201235419 as in Examples 11-18 to Π-37, containing a specific structure of anthraquinone pigment with an acidic basis of 1〇〇 to 6 The photosensitive coloring composition of the color filter of 〇〇/zm〇1/g was excellent as a result of viscosity characteristics (initial viscosity, increase in viscosity over time) and duration of contrast change. Further, from the comparison results of Examples Π-19 and n_34, it is known that a colorant composition of a pigment having a specific structure and a pigment having a specific molecular weight of 100 to 600 /zmol/g is dispersed. The results (initial viscosity 、, duration viscosity increase rate) and the duration change rate were better than those without co-dispersion. &lt;Production of Color Filter&gt; First, a red photosensitive coloring composition and a blue photosensitive coloring composition which are used in the production of a color filter are produced. Further, in the green color, the photosensitive coloring composition 2 was used. (Production of red photosensitive coloring composition (II-RR-1)) After mixing and mixing a mixture of the following composition uniformly, a wrong bead of diameter φ 〇 5 mm was used, and Eiger mi 11 (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) After dispersing for 5 hours, Minimodel M-250 MKII was filtered through a 5.0 Vm filter to prepare a red colored composition (Π-DR-1). Red Pigment (CI Pigment Red 254) 9. 6 parts of red pigment (CI Pigment Red 177) 2·4 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part of acrylic resin solution II-l 35. 0 parts of propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate 52.0 parts 323841 166 201235419 Next, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then pulverized with a 1.0 μm filter to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition (II-RR). -1). Red coloring composition (II-DR-1) 42. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution 11-2 13. 2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2. 8 parts of photopolymerization initiator ( "IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 2 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 39·6 parts (blue photosensitive coloring composition) (Production of the product (II-RB-1)) The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then dispersed with Esk mi 11 ("Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) using a 0.5 mm diameter bead. After 5 hours, it was filtered with a 5 〇/ζιη Φ filter to prepare a blue colored composition (II-DB-6). Blue pigment (C_I. Pigment Bluel5: 6) 7. 2 parts of violet pigment (CI Pigment Violet 23) 4. 8 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part of acrylic resin solution 11-1 35 0 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate. 52. 0 parts Next, after uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, the filter of l.Oym was filtered to prepare a blue photosensitive coloring composition 323841 167 201235419 blue Coloring composition (II-DB-6) 34. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution II-2 15. 2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 3 · 3 parts of photopolymerization initiator ( "IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 2.0 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 45. 1 part of black matrix pattern processing on glass substrate The red photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1) was applied onto the substrate by a spin coater to have a film thickness of x=0.640 and y=0.330 to form a colored film. The film was irradiated with an ultraviolet ray of 300 mJ/cm2 using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through the reticle. Next, by using a 2% by weight aqueous solution prepared from an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate, performing spray development and removing the unexposed portion, washing with ion-exchanged water, the substrate was 230 ° C. Heat for 20 minutes to form a red filter segment. By the same method, the photosensitive coloring composition 2 was used to make the film thickness y=0.600, and the blue photosensitive coloring composition (RB-1) was used to make the film thickness x=0.150, y=0·060 The coating was separately performed to form a green filter segment and a blue filter segment to obtain a color filter. By using the green photosensitive coloring composition 2, a high-contrast color filter can be produced. Next, the description of the embodiment will be made by the following examples. 323841 168 201235419 The measurement method of "average primary particle diameter of pigment" and "weight average molecular weight of resin" in the present embodiment is the same as the measurement method of the embodiment of the embodiment II. &lt;Method for Producing Colorant&gt; (Manufacture of hydroxyaluminulin III-1)

To 1250 parts of n-pentanol in the reaction vessel, 225 parts of sebaconitrile and 78 parts of anhydrous aluminum chloride were added and stirred. 266 parts of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene) was added thereto, and the temperature was raised and refluxed at 136 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction solution which was cooled to 30 ° C while stirring was poured into a mixed solvent of 5000 parts of methanol and 10000 parts of water to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of decyl alcohol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of a gas aluminum anthraquinone. Further, 100 parts of chloroaluminium anthraquinone was slowly added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature in a reaction vessel. The mixture was stirred at 40 ° C for 3 hours, and a sulfuric acid solution was injected into 24,000 parts of cold water at 3 ° C. The blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 102 parts of the chloroformin III-1 represented by the following formula (111-1).

Formula (Dish-1) (Production of hydroxyaluminine III-2) In addition to the conversion of the phthalic nitrile in the manufacture of hydroxyaluminine III-1 to 323841 169 201235419 4-mercaptophthalonitrile 250 parts The hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone in-2 represented by the following formula (ΠΙ-2) was obtained by the same production method.

(Manufacture of blue coloring agent (III-A-1)) 1 part of sterol in the reaction barrage 'Add 1 part of thiophene phthalocyanine II1-1, and 49.5 parts of phosphoric acid Diphenyl ester, heated to 4 (Tc, reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, 'filtered product, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of specific anthraquinone pigment represented by formula (a) Further, the astaxanthin represented by the formula (a) is as described in the embodiment. Next, 'the salt grinding treatment is carried out. The specific anthraquinone color fraction represented by the formula (a), 1200 parts of sodium carbonate and 120 parts of diethylene glycol was placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 7 ° C for 6 hours. The kneaded product was put into 3000 parts of warm water while being heated at 7 Torr. After mixing for 1 hour to become a slurry, 'repeated filtration, washing with water to remove gasified sodium and monoethyl alcohol, and drying at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain 98 parts of blue coloring agent (ΙΠ-Α-1). The diameter is 31. 2 nm. (Manufacture of blue colorant (III-A-2)) 1 part of hydroxyaluminum hydrazine is added to 1 part of methanol in the reaction vessel. 1 and 43·2 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid, heated to 4 Torr. 〇, reaction for 8 hours. 323841 170 201235419 After cooling to the temperature, the product was filtered, washed with methanol, and dried. (b) 112 parts of the specific anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (8), and the astaxanthin represented by the formula (8) is as described in the embodiment. The specific anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (b) is obtained in blue The coloring agent (III-A-1) is the same as the salting agent to obtain a blue coloring agent (III-A-2). The average primary particle diameter is 29. 5 nm. (Blue coloring agent (III-A-3) Manufactured in the reaction vessel, 1000 parts of sterol, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminase 2 and phenylphosphonic acid 28.0 parts, heated to 4 (TC, reaction for 8 hours. Cooled to room temperature After that, the product is filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 1 〇 2 parts of the specific anthraquinone dye represented by the formula (c). Further, the phthalocyanine represented by the formula (c) is as an embodiment. The above-mentioned specific anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (c) is subjected to the same salt milling treatment as the blue coloring agent (111-A-1) to produce a blue coloring agent (III-A- 3) The average primary particle size is 33. lnm. (Manufacture of yellow colorant (III-Y-1)) 100 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 138 (Palitol Yellow K 0961 HD, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1200 parts of sodium chloride and 120 parts of diethylene glycol was placed in a 1 gallon kneader made of stainless steel (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 70 ° C for 6 hours. The kneaded product was put into 3000 parts of warm water and stirred for 7 hours while heating with 7 (TC). In the form of a slurry, it was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain 98 parts of a yellow coloring agent (ΠΙ-Υ-1). The average primary particle diameter is 35. 5 nm 〇323841 171 !:; 201235419 &lt;Manufacturing method of adhesive resin solution&gt; [Resin solution (B1-1)] (Stage 1: Polymerization of resin main chain) In separable 4-port The flask is provided with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube and a stirring device in a stirring device, and 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMAC) is added, and nitrogen gas is injected into the container while heating the substrate at the same temperature. 5份份, 曱 曱 曱 35 35 35 35 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 0份的混合物。 The desired catalyst azobisisobutyronitrile 1.0 part of the mixture to carry out the reaction. (Stage 2 ··Reaction with epoxy group) Next, the substitution of air in the flask is carried out, and 17 parts of acrylic acid is introduced, and the catalyst (three dimethylamino group) required for the reaction of the precursor in this stage is used. And hydroquinone. 3 parts of a resin solution obtained by reacting for 1 hour at rc (rc for 5 hours) to a weight average molecular weight of about 12,000 (measured by GPC). The acrylic acid to be condensed is a component of glyceryl methacrylate. At the end of the epoxy group, there is an ester bond, so no carboxyl group is produced in the resin structure. (Stage 3: reaction with a hydroxyl group) Further, 30.4 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride is added and a catalyst required for the reaction of the precursor in this stage is added. 0.5 parts of triethylamine, 12 (TC reaction for 4 hours. One of the two sulfhydryl groups produced by the cleavage of the carboxylic anhydride moiety of the tetrahydrophthalic anhydride added is a hydroxyl group which is ester-bonded to the resin structure, The other one is produced at the carboxyl end. (Stage 4: adjustment of non-volatile components) 323841 172 201235419 Add propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate so that the nonvolatile matter becomes 4 (10), and obtain a resin solution (B1-1). The weight ratio of the constituent units of B1-1) is: The tetrahydrofuran anhydride of the constituent unit (Μ) is 21.7 wt%, and the styrene constituting the unit (b2) is 11.6% by weight, and the dicyclopentenyl decyl acrylate of the unit (b3) is 29.3 wt%. The total amount of the methacrylic acid glyceride and the basic acid having an ester-bonded epoxy group at the epoxy propyl end thereof is 37.4% by weight. [Resin solution (B1-2 to 3 and B2-1)] In the same manner as the solution (B1-1), the resin solutions (B1_2) to (B1-3) and (B2-1) are obtained, that is, the constituent units (bl) to (10) and other constituents in the production method of the resin solution. The precursors corresponding to the units are replaced according to Table III-1. The number of catalysts required for each stage is mixed in proportion to the total number of parts of the precursors mixed in each stage. [Resin solution (B1-4 to 5)] The fat solution (BH) to (B1_5) is obtained in the same manner as the stage i, stage 2, and p section 4 of the resin solution (B), that is, the resin solution (B1) In the manufacturing method, the constituent units (10) to (4) and other constituent units correspond to the scales, and the mixed constituent units (10) to (10) and the constituent sheets. (10) in the middle of the (methacrylic acid) corresponding to the precursor 'in the manufacturing stage i, and secondly, adding (10) (mercapto-glycolic acid glycerol S 曰) as a ruthenium drive' to carry out the production phase 2, Then proceed to stage 4. The number of parts of each Pd (4) medium is mixed according to the ratio of the total number of precursors mixed in each stage. [Resin solution (B2-2)] 323841 173 201235419 The same method as in Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 4 of B1-1) was carried out to adjust the resin solution (B 2 - 2 ). That is, the constituent unit (b1) (b4) in the manufacturing method of the resin solution (B丨_i) and the precursors corresponding to the other constituent units are replaced according to Table III-1, and the constituent unit (b2) is mixed. The precursor of the GMA (mercapto glyceryl acrylate) and other constituent units in the unit (b4) is subjected to the stage 1 of the production, and then AA (acrylic acid) is added as a precursor to carry out the production. Phase 2, then phase 4. The number of catalysts required for each stage of φ is mixed according to the ratio of the total s of the precursors mixed in each stage. The composition and weight ratio of the obtained resin solution (B1-1 to 5) and the resin solution (B2-1 to 2) are shown in Table 111 - 丨. The parentheses indicate the constituent unit weight ratio (% by weight) in the resin solid content. v

[Table 15] Table 111-1 Resin constituent unit (bl) Composing unit (b2) Composing unit (M) Composing unit (b3) Solution name of other constituent unit Precursor precursor Precursor precursor Precursor precursor molecular weight B1-1 ΤΗΡΑ (21.7 Weight 90 St (11.6 Weight K) GHA-AA (37.4 Weight)) DCPHA (29.3 Weight? 0 - 12000 B1-2 THPA (22 Weight ") St (15 Weight) GMA-AA (40 Weight 90 - MMA (23 weights 〇 13000 B1-3 ΤΗΡΑ (4 weights JO BzMA (41 weights) GMA-AA (55 weights X) — - 13500 B1-4 ΜΑΑ (13 weights &gt; 0 BzMA (53 weight X ) MAA-GMA (21 weight W DCPMAU3 weight 96) - 12500 B1-5 ΗΑΑ (45% by weight) BzMA (46% by weight) UAA-GUA (9 heavy Dong%) - A 11500 - &quot;&quot; B2 -1 ΤΗΡΑ (24. 6 Weight X) - GMA-AA (42.3 Weight X) - BMA (33.1 Weight X) 13000 B2-2 One St (14.8 Weight X) GMA-M (47.8 Weight W - HEMA (10 Weight? 0 BMA ( 27.4 Heavy Dong 90 12000 323841 174 201235419 The precursors and constituent units of the constituent units in Table II1-1 are as follows. MAA: methacrylic acid THPA: tetraphthalic anhydride (4-cyclohexene-1) ,2-dicarboxylic anhydride)

BzMA: benzyl methacrylate St: styrene M110: p-isopropylphenol oxidized ethyl modified acrylate 0 DCPMA: dicyclopentenyl acrylate GMA: glyceryl methacrylate GMA-AA: acrylic acid The unit GMA undergoes an addition reaction and the bond MMA-GMA: GMA is added to the constituent unit methacrylic acid and the bond is BMA: n-butyl methacrylate HEMA: 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate [resin solution (B2-3)] # In a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, and a stirring device, 70.0 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was placed and heated to 80 ° C. After the nitrogen substitution in the reaction vessel, the benzyl methacrylate was dropped by a drop of the tube for 2 hours, and the benzyl methacrylate was removed by a portion of 27.2 parts, the methacrylic acid was 14.4 parts, and the dicyclopentenyl decyl acrylate was 14.4 parts, 2, 2'. a mixture of 0.4 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile and polymerization. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution having a solid content of 50% by weight. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled, dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and the non-volatile content was measured, and a propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 323841 175 201235419 resin solution was added to make the resin solution previously synthesized. The volatile component was 40% by weight and prepared (B2-3). The weight average molecular weight was 22,000. [Resin solution (B2-4)] 207 parts of cyclohexanone was placed in a reaction container equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device in a separable 4-necked flask, and the temperature was raised to 8 (TC, After nitrogen substitution in the reaction vessel, 20 parts of methacrylic acid and 2 parts of acrylonitrile-modified acrylate (Aronix M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) were added to the isopropylphenol by the dropping of the tube for 2 hours. 45 parts of decyl ester, 8.5 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 1.33 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer resin. Next, the nitrogen gas was stopped and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour while injecting dry air, and after cooling to room temperature, it was 7 Torr. (: 6.5 parts of the total amount of the copolymer solution obtained after 3 hours of dropping. a mixture of 2-mercapto acryloxyethyl isocyanate (Karenz M0I manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.), 份·08 parts of dibutyltin laurate, and 26 parts of cyclohexanone. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 1 hour. A solution of an acrylic resin was obtained. After cooling at room temperature, sample about 2 parts of the resin solution to dry at 20 °C for 20 minutes and measure the non-volatile content. Add cyclohexanone to the previously synthesized resin solution to make the non-volatile content 40% by weight. Solution (B2-4), weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 18,000. [Resin solution (B2-5)] The reaction of a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device was provided in a separable 4-necked flask. In the vessel, cyclohexanone 196 323841 176 201235419 parts were charged, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. After nitrogen substitution in the reaction vessel, the tube was time-dried for 2 hours, and the n-butyl methacrylate was added dropwise for 2 hours. 2,9 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 12 parts of methacrylic acid, and epoxidized ethyl acrylate of isopropyl phenol ("Ar〇nix Ml 10" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 20. 7 a mixture of 1, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile 1. 1 part. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled. I8 (TC heating and drying the ginseng for 20 minutes and measuring not to wave In the composition, a non-volatile component was added to the resin solution which was previously synthesized, and the nonvolatile content was adjusted to 4% by weight to prepare a resin solution (B2-5). The weight average molecular weight (mw) was 26,000. [Example II1] -1] (Green coloring composition (III-DG-1)) After mixing and mixing a mixture of the following composition uniformly, a wrong bead of 0.5 mm in diameter was used, and Eiger mi 11 ("Minimodel M-made by Eiger Japan") was used. After dispersing for 5 hours, 250 MKII") was filtered through a 5.0/zm filter to prepare a green colored composition (ΙΠ-DG-1). At this time, the C light source at the time of coating the substrate is selected so as to conform to the chromaticity of x=〇·29 〇, y=〇. 600 'selecting the blue colorant (III-Al) and the yellow colorant (πΐ-Υ- 1) The ratio. Blue colorant (III-A-1) 3. 4 parts of yellow colorant (III-Y-1) 7. 6 parts of resin type dispersant ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) 5. 5 parts of acrylic acid Resin solution (B1-1) 14. 25 parts 323841 177 201235419 PGMAC 53.25 parts of cyclohexanone 16.0 parts [Example ΙΠ-2] (Green coloring composition (III-DG-2)) In addition to blue coloring agent (III -A-1) The same operation as the green coloring composition (πΐ-DG-1) was carried out except that the blue coloring was performed (j-A-2) to obtain a green coloring composition (III-DG-2). .馨 [Example III-3] (Green coloring composition (III-DG-3)) In addition to changing the blue coloring agent (ΠΙ-Α-1) to the blue coloring agent (III-A-3), The same operation as the green coloring composition (丨丨卜如-丨) was carried out to obtain a green coloring composition (III-DG-3). [Examples III-4 to III-8, Reference Examples III-1 to πυ] (Green coloring composition (III-DG-4 to 13)) except that the resin solution (Β1-1) was changed to Table-2 The resin shown in Fig. 2 was subjected to the same operation as the green coloring composition GII-DG-1 to obtain a green coloring composition (III-DG-4 to 13). &lt;Production and Evaluation of Coating Film&gt; The evaluation of the contrast (C R) and heat resistance of the green coating film produced by using the obtained green coloring composition (ΠΙ-DG-1 to 13) was carried out in the following manner. Table III-2 shows the results of the evaluation. (Evaluation of Contrast (CR) of Coating Film) The light emitted from the backlight unit for a liquid crystal display is polarized by a polarizing plate to penetrate the coating film of the colored composition coated on the glass substrate to reach 323841 178 201235419 Polarizer. At this time, if the polarizing surfaces of the polarizing plate and the polarizing plate are parallel, the light will penetrate the polarizing plate, but when the polarizing surface is orthogonal, the light is blocked by the polarizing plate. However, when the light polarized by the polarizing plate penetrates the coating film of the coloring composition, if the coloring agent particles cause scattering or the like, and a part of the polarizing surface is shifted, the polarizing plate penetrates in parallel. The amount of light is reduced, and a part of the light is transmitted when the polarizing plate is orthogonal. The transmitted light was measured as the luminance on the polarizing plate, and the ratio of the luminance when the polarizing plates were in parallel to the luminance at the time of recording orthogonal was calculated as the contrast. (Contrast) = (brightness in parallel) / (brightness in orthogonal) Therefore, if scattering occurs by the coloring agent in the coating film, the brightness in parallel is lowered, and the brightness in the orthogonal direction is increased, so The contrast is low. Further, a color luminance meter ("BM-5A" manufactured by Topcon Corporation) was used as a luminance meter, and a polarizing plate ("NPF_G122" DUN" manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation) was used as a polarizing plate. At the time of measurement, it was measured by passing a black mask having a square square hole in the measurement portion. ® The green coloring composition (UI-DG-1 to 13) was coated on a lOOmm x 100 mm, 1.1 thick glass substrate using a spin coater, and then dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes and then at 22 ( The TC was heated for 30 minutes, and then allowed to cool to prepare a coated substrate. The contrast (CR) of the obtained coated substrate was measured, and the prepared coated substrate was subjected to heat treatment after 22 (TC heat treatment).色. Chromaticity of 600. Contrast is judged according to the following criteria: 〇: 4000 or more △ : 3500 or more and less than 4000 323841 179 201235419 χ : Less than 3500 (heat resistance evaluation of coating film) Green coloring composition (III -DG-1 to 13) coating on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm thick and 1.1 mm thick using a spin coater, followed by drying at 70 ° C for 20 minutes, and then heating at 22 (TC for 30 minutes, and then allowing to cool, The coated substrate was prepared, and the prepared coated substrate was subjected to a heat treatment at 220 ° C to form a chromaticity of y = 600 600 with a C light source. A microscopic spectrophotometer (manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.) was used. "OSP-SP100") The chromaticity of the obtained coating film at 0 light source ([1*(1), 8*(1), 1)*(1)])). The chromaticity of the C light source ([L* (2), a* (2), b* (2)))) which was heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour as a heat resistance test was determined by the following formula. Color difference AEab*, evaluate the following four stages: △ Eab * =, ((L * (2) - L * (1 )) 2+ (a * (2) - a * (l)) 2+ (b * (2) -b*(l))z) ◎ : AEab* is not up to 3. 0 # 〇: AEab* is not up to 5. 0 △ : AEab* is above 5.0 and not up to 10. 〇x : AEab氺At 10. 0 or more 323841 180 201235419

[Table 16] Table ΠΙ-2

As shown in the example of Table 2-1, the coloring composition for a color filter containing a specific structure of an anthraquinone dye and a binder resin having a specific structure is a 咼 contrast ratio, and the heat is excellent. . &lt;Manufacturing Method of Green Photosensitive Colored Composition&gt; [Example ΙΙΙ-9] (Green Photosensitive Colored Composition (III-RG-1)) A mixture of the following compositions was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then 1.0 The filter was filtered to obtain a green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-1). 181 323841 ?i; 201235419 55. 9 9.2 parts 3. 8 parts 1. 9 parts 0. 3 parts 19. 8 parts 10. 绿色part green coloring composition (III-DG-l) acrylic resin solution (B1 -1) Photopolymerizable monomer (Aronix M402, a photopolymerization initiator manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. ("irgACURE 907", manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.)

Sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) PGMAC cyclohexanone [Example III-10] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-2)) In addition to the green coloring composition (111- The green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-2) was obtained in the same manner as in Example πι-g except that the DG-1) was changed to the green colored coloring material (III-DG-2). [Example III-11] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-3)) In addition to changing the green coloring composition (III-DG-1) to the green coloring composition (III-DG-3), The same operation as in Example -9 was carried out to obtain a green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-3). [Examples III-12 to 111-17, Reference Example III-6 to Ιΐΐ-ΐι] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-4 to 15)) In addition to the green coloring composition (ΠΙ-DG-l) And / or the acrylic resin solution (B 1 ) is changed to the green coloring composition and/or the acrylic resin solution as shown in Table ΠΙ-3, and the same operation as in Example 323-9 is performed 323841 182 201235419 'Bamboo·to green photosensitive coloring composition (III_RG_4 to 15). &lt;Production and Evaluation of Coating Film&gt; The contrast, heat resistance, pattern shape, and resolution of the green coating film produced by using the obtained green photosensitive coloring composition (ιπ-RG-1 to 15) are as follows. The method is carried out. Table m_3 shows the evaluation results. (Evaluation of the contrast of the coating film) The green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-1 to 15) was coated on a glass substrate of iOOmm x 1000 mm and 1.1 Å thick using a rotary coating machine, and then dried at 70 ° C. After 20 minutes, ultraviolet light exposure was performed using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp until the light of 1 was 150 mJ/cm 2 , and development was carried out with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Subsequently, the film was heated at 22 ° C for 3 minutes, and after cooling, the contrast (CR) of the obtained coated film substrate was measured in the same manner as in the evaluation of the colored composition. The prepared coated film substrate was used for the chromaticity of y = 〇〇. 6 以 after the heat treatment of TC. Further, using sodium carbonate j 5 wt%, sodium hydrogencarbonate 〇 5 weight %, an anionic surfactant ("PELEX NBL" manufactured by Kao Kung Co., Ltd.) 8.0% by weight and 90% by weight of water are used as the test liquid. In addition, the contrast is determined according to the following criteria: 〇: 4000 or more △ : 3500 or more and less than 4000 X : less than 3500 (Evaluation of heat resistance of coating film) The green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG-1 to 15) is used by the manufacturer to turn on the coater at lOOmm x lOOmm, 1. On a 1 mm-thick glass substrate, 'coating 323841 183 201235419. Next, drying at 70 ° C for 20 minutes, ultraviolet exposure using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp until the cumulative amount of light was 150 mJ/cm 2 , and imaging with an alkali imaging solution at 23 ° C Then, the coated substrate was obtained by heating at 22 °C for 30 minutes, and the coated substrate was obtained. After the heat treatment of TC, the color of the C light source was y = 0.600. The obtained coating film was measured by a microspectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.) The chromaticity of the C light source ([L*(l), a*(l), b*(l)])). After that, it was heated at 231 TC for 1% hours as a heat resistance test, and the chromaticity of the C light source was measured ( [L* (2), a * (2), b* (2)]), the color difference ^Eab* is obtained by the following formula, and is evaluated in the following four stages. AEab*=/· ((L*(2) )-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a*(l))2+(b*(2)-b*(l))2) ◎ : AEab* does not reach 3. 〇〇 : AEab* is not up to 5. 〇 △ : AEab* is above 5·〇 and not up to ΐ〇. 〇* X : AEab* is in ίο. 〇 above (development evaluation) will use a spin coater on l〇〇 _xl〇〇mm, l.lram thick glass substrate ^The substrate having the green photosensitive coloring composition (III-RG~1 to 15) coated with the film thickness after drying is dried at 2〇 After a minute, a 23-ton aqueous solution of sodium carbonate was used for carbon imaging, and in 4 stages, 5% by weight of sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, 0.50 0 = Γ Γ' surfactant (PELEX, manufactured by Kao Corporation) was used. NBL"). It is an alkali developing solution which is composed of 90% by weight of water. 323841 184 201235419 In addition, the evaluation of the imaging performance is determined according to the following criteria: ◎: It can be completely removed within 30 seconds.

〇 Δ X Although it is more than 30 seconds, it can be completely removed within 33 seconds. Although it is more than 33 seconds, it can be completely removed within 36 seconds. If it is more than 36 seconds, it cannot be completely removed (graphic shape, resolution evaluation)

The green photosensitive coloring composition (III-R (M to 15) was applied to a glass substrate of 100 Å 100 Å, 1.1 mm thick, and then heated at 70 ° C for 20 minutes in a dust-free supply tank. After removing, a coating film of about m is obtained. Secondly, after cooling the substrate at room temperature, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp is used to pass through a wide stripe (distance 200 m) and a width of 25/zm (distance 5? fresh) stripe pattern. UV exposure. After that, the substrate was spray-imaged with a 23 〇Cig sodium aqueous solution, washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and heated in a dust-free oven at 23 (TC for 330 minutes. Spray imaging) 5重量%的碳酸碳酸〇 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5重量%, an anionic surfactant ("PELEX NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation), 8.0% by weight, and 90% by weight of water are used as the test liquid. The film thickness of the coating film is Dektak 3030 (manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.). ) the amount side (graphic shape evaluation) will be in the above method The 100/zm mask portion of the formed filter segment is cut into glass by 1 square centimeter, and the vapor deposition device is manufactured by 曰立制作.

(E-1030) After pt/pd vapor deposition, the SEM 323841 185 201235419 (S-4300) manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. was used to observe the cross-sectional pattern of the section of the light-receiving sheet at an acceleration voltage of 15 kV and an observation magnification of 〇〇〇〇. The shape was evaluated in four stages by the angle (0 degree) between the glass substrate and the edge portion of the section of the filter section. ◎ 〇△ 0 &lt; 20 degrees, positive taper 20 degrees S 0 $45 degrees, positive taper 45 degrees &lt; 0 $80 degrees, positive taper

▽ / ου次,大狄叼正辉;^The main crying out of the outer edge (analytical evaluation) The optical filter factory was used to observe the filter factory formed by the above method called =: minute: graphic' and evaluated. Evaluation of the evaluation system:: Analytical right bad', then adjacent to the moxibustion defect: love:. In addition, the resolution evaluation is based on the following two criteria: ◎. Good analytical and linearity. Although the linearity is slightly inferior, the analytical property is good. Some of the analytical properties are poor. ◎ 〇△ X : poor analytical 323841 186 201235419 [Table 17] Table III-3

Green photosensitive coloring composition Green photosensitive composition Evaluation result Green coloring composition Resin solution CR Heat resistance development imaging shape shape resolution result judgment Example II1-9 III-RG-1 III-DG-1 B1- 1 4332 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example III-1I1 III-RG-2 III-DG-2 B1-1 4327 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example III-U III-RG-3 III-DG-3 B1-1 4342 〇 ◎ ◎ ◎ 〇 Example III-1: ! III-RG-4 III-DG-4 B1-2 4078 〇〇 ◎ Δ Δ Example 111-1:1 III-RG-5 III-DG-5 B1- 3 4279 〇〇Δ ◎ 〇Example II1-14 III-RG-6 III-DG-6 B1-4 4310 〇◎ 〇〇◎ Example III-1!; III-RG-7 III-DG-7 B1- 5 4007 〇 ◎ ◎ Δ △ Example ΙΙΙ-lli III-RG-8 III-DG-8 BM 4037 〇 ◎ 〇 ◎ Example ΙΙΙ-Γ III-RG-9 III-DG-1 B2-3 4322 〇 ◎ 〇 ◎ ◎ Reference Example II1-6 III-RG-10 III-DG-9 B2-1 3111 X △ ◎ 〇 Δ Reference Example III-7 III-RG-11 III-DG-10 B2-2 3285 X 〇X 〇 Δ Reference Example III-8 III-RG-12 IIII11 B2-3 3530 Δ ◎ X Δ ◎ Reference Example III-9 III-RG-13 III-DG-12 B2-4 3015 X △ ◎ Δ 〇Reference Example III-1C III-RG-I4 III-DG-13 B2-5 3462 X 〇Δ Δ Δ Reference Example II1-11 III-RG-15 III-DG-13 B2-4 3445 X 〇〇△ 〇 As shown in Table III-3, the coloring composition for the color filter containing the specific structure of the anthraquinone pigment and the binder resin having a specific structure was evaluated at a high level in all evaluations (Examples III-9 to Example 111-17). In particular, it has been confirmed that the composition of the constituent unit (M) containing a large amount of the resin (B1) is improved in the combination with the anthocyanin pigment having a specific structure. 187 323841 201235419 &lt;Production of color calendering sheet&gt;#Firstly, a red photosensitive color composition and a blue photosensitive coloring composition which were used in color 遽m were used. (Production of red-sensitive coloring composition (1)) After mixing and mixing the following composition, the 鍅 匪 匪 匪 匪 匪 以 以 以 以 以 以 以 以 E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E E II") after 5 hours of dispersion, at 5.0//m

The filter was used to produce a red coloring composition (III-DR-1). Red pigment (C.1. Pigment Red 254) 9. 6 parts of red pigment (CI Pigment Red 177) 2. 4 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part of resin solution (B2-5) 17 5 parts of the first fermentation of acetic acid 69 酉 acetate 69. 5 parts, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly mixed and mixed, and then filtered with a filter of 1.0 / zm to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition. (III-RR-1). Red coloring group (III-DR-1) 42·0 parts of resin solution (B2-4) 6. 6 parts of photopolymerizable monomer (Aronix M400 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2. 8 parts of photopolymerization start Agent ("IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 2. 0 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F." manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts 323841 188 201235419 46.2 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate (blue Production of photosensitive coloring composition (III-RB-1) After uniformly mixing and mixing a mixture of the following composition, a mis-bead having a diameter of 0.5 mm was used, and Eiger mi 11 ("Minimodel M-250" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. After dispersing for 5 hours, MKII was filtered through a 5·Ο/zm filter to prepare a blue colored composition (III-DB-1). Blue Pigment (CI Pigment Bluel5: 6) 7. 2 parts of violet pigment (CI Pigment Violet23) 4_8 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" by Ciba Japan) 1.0 part of resin solution (B2-5) 17· 5 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 69. 5 parts Next 'A mixture of the following composition was uniformly mixed and mixed' 1. The Ο/zm filter was filtered to prepare a blue photosensitive coloring composition 1 (III-RB- 1). Blue coloring composition ΚΠΙ-DB-l) 34. 0 parts of resin solution (B2-4) 7.6 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix 财 00" by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 3. 3 parts of photopolymerization start Agent ("IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 2 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 52. 7 parts Production of light sheet) 323841 189 201235419 Black matrix pattern processing was performed on a glass substrate, and a red photosensitive coloring composition was applied to a c-light source (hereinafter also using green and blue) by a spin coater on the substrate. χ = 0.66 〇, y = 〇. 33 〇 to form a colored film. The ultra-high pressure mercury lamp was used to illuminate the ultraviolet light of 15 〇mJ/cni2 through the reticle. Next, spray imaging was carried out by using an alkali developing solution prepared by using a 2% by weight aqueous solution of carbonic acid, and the unexposed portion was removed, and then washed with water by an ion parent, and the substrate was 22 〇°. c Heat 2 〇 minutes • clock to form a red filter section. By using the green photosensitive coloring composition (ΙΙΙ-RG-1) in the same manner, χ=0·290, y=0. 6〇〇, a green filter segment is formed, and blue coloring is used. The composition (丨丨丨-i.e.) was made x=0.150, y=〇.060, and a blue filter segment was formed to obtain a color filter. By using a green photosensitive coloring composition (H-rG-D, the color filter can be CR-high, and it can be used without any problem in other physical properties. Secondly, the following embodiment will be described. Aspect IV. The method for measuring the "average primary particle diameter of the pigment" and the "weight average molecular weight of the resin" in the present embodiment is the same as the measurement method of the embodiment of the embodiment. [Adhesive resin solution (Manufacturing Method) (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution) The cyclohexanone fraction was charged into a reaction vessel in which a separable 4-necked flask was equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction, a drip sound, and a stirring device. 80份 ', after the atmosphere was replaced in the reaction vessel, by dropping 323841 190 201235419, the tube was charged 2, 2 parts of n-butyl methacrylate, 2, hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 12. 9 parts, methacrylic acid 12 Oxime, p-isopropylphenol oxidized ethyl modified acrylate (rAr〇nix Mll〇 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 20. 7 parts, 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile 丨. Mixture. End of dripping The reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled, and the resin solution was synthesized by previously drying the resin solution by 18 (Γ: hot drying for 20 minutes and measuring non-volatile components). Adding 5% to methoxypropyl acetate to make the non-volatile content 20% by mass, and preparing the bupropion resin solution IV-1. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is 26,000. (Modulation of acrylic resin solution IV-2) The separable 4-necked flask was equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a reaction vessel of a mixing device, and charged 207 parts of cyclohexanone to raise the temperature to 8 (TC, after nitrogen substitution in the reaction vessel). '2 parts of methacrylic acid was dropped by dropping the tube for 2 hours, 20 parts of epoxidized ethyl acrylate (Aronix M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 45 parts of methyl methacrylate, and methacrylic acid were added. 2 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl ester and 5 parts of 2, 2'-azobisisobutyronitrile 1.33 parts of the mixture. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer resin solution. Stop the nitrogen and inject dry air After 1 hour of sample application and cooling to room temperature, 6.5 parts of 2-methylpropenyloxyethyl acetonate was added dropwise at 70 °C for 3 hours with respect to the total amount of the copolymer solution obtained. The Karenz brain of Showa Denko Co., Ltd., 〇·08 parts of dibutyltin laurate, and 26 parts of the ring _ mixture. After the end of the drop, 'when the reaction H is continued, the solution of the phthalic acid resin is obtained. After cooling to the home paint, Approximately 2 parts of a resin solution 323841 191 201235419 liquid was sampled, and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to measure a nonvolatile matter, and cyclohexanone was added to the previously synthesized resin solution to make the nonvolatile content 20% by mass, and acrylic acid was prepared. Resin solution IV-2. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 18,000. &lt;Manufacturing method of coloring agent&gt; (Manufactured by Kiyomizu IV-1) In a 1250 parts of n-pentanol in a reaction vessel, 225 parts of azelaonitrile and 78 parts of anhydrous aluminum oxide were added, and Stir. 266 parts of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene) was added thereto, and the mixture was heated, and refluxed at 136 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction solution which was cooled to 30 ° C while stirring was poured into a mixed solvent of 5000 parts of decyl alcohol and 10000 parts of water while stirring to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of decyl alcohol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of chloroaluminium phthalocyanin. Further, 100 parts of chloroaluminium anthraquinone was slowly added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature in the reaction vessel. Stir at 40 ° C for 3 hours, and • Inject sulfuric acid solution into 24,000 parts of cold water at 3 ° C. The blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 102 parts of the myelin in the formula (IV-1).

(Production of Blue Colorant (IV-B-1)) 323841 192 201235419 To 100 parts of methanol in a reaction vessel, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine IV-1 and 49.5 parts of diphenyl phosphate were added and heated. To 4 (TC, the reaction was carried out for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with methanol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of the specific anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (a). The alumein represented by a) is as described in the embodiment.

Next, a salt milling process is performed. 100 parts of the specific anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (a), 12 parts of sodium carbonate, and 12 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) to 7 (rc kneading) 6 hours. The kneaded product was put into 3000 parts of warm water, and stirred at 7 (rc while heating for 1 hour to form a slurry, and after repeated filtration and water washing to remove gas and diethylene glycol, α 8Qt: Drying - day and night, 98 parts of blue coloring agent (IV-B-1) were obtained. The average primary particle diameter was 31. 2 nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent (IV-Y-1)) CI Pigment Yeii〇w 138 ( 100 parts of the product name of Paliotol Yellow K 0961 HD, manufactured by BASF Co., Ltd., 12 parts of sodium chloride, 120 parts of diethylene glycol, and a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) was kneaded at 70 C for 6 hours. The kneaded product was put into 30Q0 parts of warm water and stirred while heating at 70 C for 1 hour to form a slurry. The mixture was mixed with water, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried. Obtained a yellow coloring agent (IV-Y-0 98 parts. Average one time t teaching 35. 5 nm completion &lt; manufacture of pigment dispersion &gt; (Green pigment dispersion (IV-DG-1)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, the wrong beads of 323841 193 201235419 0.5 mm were used, and Eiger mill ("Minimodel M-made by Eiger Japan") was used. 250 MKII") After dispersing for 5 hours, it was filtered with a 5.00 m filter to prepare a green pigment dispersion (IV-DG-1). At this time, when the substrate was coated, the C light source was combined. The ratio of the blue colorant (IV-B-1) to the yellow colorant (IV-Y-1) is selected as the chromaticity of x=0.290 and y=0.600. Blue colorant (IV- B-1) 3. 4 parts of yellow colorant (IV-Y-1) 7.6 parts of resin type dispersant ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) 5. 5 parts of acrylic resin solution IV-1 14.3 parts PGMAC 69 . 2 parts &lt;Production of polyfunctional monomer having an acid group&gt; (Polyfunctional monomer containing a carboxyl group (C1-1)) In a 4-liter flask of a volume of 1 L, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate was charged. 578 parts, 20 parts of mercaptoacetic acid, 0.5 parts of N,N-didecylbenzylamine, 0.6 parts of 4-methoxyphenol, and reacted at a temperature of 50 to 60 ° C for 6 hours to obtain Containing carboxyl The polyfunctional monomer of the polyfunctional monomer (C1-1). Acid value of 20, and by gel permeation chromatography in terms of area containing carboxyl functional monomer in an amount of as much as 25%. Further, the carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer has a double bond equivalent of 128. (Polycarboxyl-containing polyfunctional monomer (C1-2)) In a 1-liter 4-neck flask, 515 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, 50 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, and N,N-dimethyl group were charged. 5 parts of benzylamine was reacted at a temperature of 323841 194 201235419 80 to 100 ° C for 10 hours to obtain a polyfunctional monomer (C1-2) containing a polyfunctional monomer having a carboxyl group. The acid value was 38, and by the gel permeation chromatography, the content of the carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer was 40% in terms of area. Further, the carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer has a double bond equivalent of 135. (Polycarboxyl-containing polyfunctional monomer (C1-3)) "TO-1382" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.; a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and two A mixture of a penta-acid derivative of neopenta-I. &lt;acid value/double bond equivalent of photopolymerizable monomer&gt; (polyfunctional monomer having acid group) polyfunctional monomer having carboxyl group (C1-1): acid value 20, double bond equivalent weight 128 carboxyl group Polyfunctional monomer (C1-2): acid value 38, double bond equivalent 135 carboxyl group-containing polyfunctional monomer (C1-3): acid value 29, double bond equivalent 125 (other polyfunctional monomer) polyfunctional single (C2-1): double bond equivalent 119 # dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate ("Aronix M-402" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) Polyfunctional monomer (C2-2): trihydroxymercaptopropane triacrylate (M ESTER ATMFT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., double bond equivalent: 99) [Example IV-1] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RG-1)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition The mixture was filtered through a Οζ/m filter to obtain a green photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RG-1). Green pigment dispersion (IV-DG-1) 55.0 parts Acrylic resin solution IV-1 9. 2 parts 323841 195 201235419 Polyfunctional monomer containing carboxyl group (C1-1) 4 · 1 part photopolymerization initiator (Ciba Japan "IRGACURE 379" manufactured by the company) 1.9 parts of PGMAC 29.8 parts [Examples IV-2 to IV-7 and Reference Examples IV-1 to IV-2] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RG-2 to 9)) After the mixture of the pigment dispersion, the acrylic resin solution, the photopolymerizable monomer, the photopolymerization initiator, and the organic solvent is uniformly stirred and mixed in the composition and the amount (parts by weight) as shown in Table IV-1, The l//m filter was passed through to obtain a green photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RG-2 to 9).

323841 196 201235419 [Table 18] Table IV-1

Green photosensitive coloring composition Green pigment dispersion Acrylic resin solution Photopolymerizable single body (C) Photopolymerization initiator Organic solvent IV-DG-1 Polyfunctional monomer having acid group (C1) Other polyfunctional Sexual monomer (C2) Example IV-1 IV-RG-1 IV-DG-1 Acrylic resin solution IV-1 C1-1 — G-1 29.8 55.0 9.2 4.1 - 1.9 Example IV-2 IV-RG-2 IV-DG-1 Acrylic Resin Solution IV-1 C1-2 — G-1 29.8 55.0 9.2 4.1 — 1.9 Example IV-3 IV-RG-3 IV-DG-1 Acrylic Resin Solution 1V-1 C1-3 G -1 29.8 55.0 9.2 4.1 — 1.9 Example IV-4 IV-RG-4 IV-DG-1 Acrylic resin solution IV-1 C1-1 C2-1 G-1 29.8 55.0 9.2 0.7 3.4 1.9 Example IV-5 IV -RG-5 IV-DG-1 Acrylic Resin Solution IV-2 C1-1 - G-1 29.8 55.0 9.2 4.1 — 1.9 Example IV-6 IV-RG-6 IV-DG-1 Acrylic Resin Solution IV-1 C1 -1 — G-2 29.8 55.0 9.2 4. 1 — 1.9 Example IV-7 IV-RG-7 IV-DG-1 Acrylic resin solution IV-1 C1-1 C2-1 G-1 29.8 55.0 9.2 0.2 3.9 1.9 Reference Example IV-1 IV-RG-8 IV-DG-1 Acrylic Resin Solution IV-1 — C2-1 G-1 29.8 55.0 9.2 — 4.1 1.9 Reference Example IV-2 IV-RG-9 IV-DG-1 Acrylic Resin Solution IV-1 - C2-2 G-1 55.0 9.2 - 4.1 1.9 29.8 The abbreviations in Table IV-1 are shown below. • Photopolymerization initiator (G-1): Ethylene benzene photopolymerization initiator 2-(diamidoamine)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)indolyl]-l-[4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl]-1-butanone 197 323841 201235419 ("irgaCURE 379" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) • Photopolymerization initiator (G-2): oxime ester photopolymerization initiator ethyl ketone , 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylphenylindenyl)-9H-flavoryl]-, 1_(0-ethylindenylhydrazine) ("IRGACURE OXE02", manufactured by Ciba Japan)) • Organic Solvent: PGMAC &lt;Coating and Fabrication of Coating Film&gt; Using the obtained green photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RG-1 to 9),

It is used for the development and image contour formation, the residual of the colored composition on the substrate (developing residue) on the substrate, and the pattern defect and/or peeling performance of the element. The following evaluation methods are carried out. The results are shown in Table IV-2. '[Development evaluation] A substrate coated with a green photosensitive coloring composition on a glass substrate having a thickness of 100 mm×100 mm and a thickness of 1,1 mm, using a spin coater having a film thickness of 2/zm after drying. After drying at 70 ° C for 2 minutes, use 23. [The aqueous solution of copper carbonate was subjected to spray development, and the imaging properties were evaluated in four stages. Further, as a test image, 1.5% by weight of sodium carbonate, 5% by weight of sodium hydrogencarbonate, and an anionic surfactant ("PELEX view" manufactured by Kao Corporation) 8 (% by weight) and 1% by weight of water were used. liquid. ◎: Can be completely removed within 30 seconds 〇: Although it can be completely removed within 33 seconds after more than 30 seconds △: Although it is more than 33 seconds but can be completely removed within 36 seconds X: If it is more than 36 seconds, it cannot be completely removed. [Graphic shape, resolution evaluation] 323841 198 201235419

The obtained green photosensitive coloring composition was coated on a glass substrate of 100 mm×100 mm and 1.1 mm thick, and then heated at 70° C. for 20 minutes in a dust-free oven to remove the solvent to obtain about 2# m. Coating film. Next, the substrate was cooled at room temperature, and an ultraviolet ray was irradiated through a reticle of a stripe pattern of 1 m width (distance 200 # m) and 25/z m width (distance 50/zm) using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, 23 was used for the substrate. (: sodium carbonate aqueous solution was sprayed and developed, washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and heated in a dust-free oven at 23 (TC for 330 minutes. Spraying the image, which can be used for various photosensitivity The coating film of the material was formed in the shortest time without patterning, and a sodium carbonate of 1.5% by weight, sodium hydrogencarbonate, 5% by weight, and an anionic surfactant ("PELEX NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation) was used. 8) The weight % of 〇 and 90% by weight of water are used as an alkali developing solution.

The film thickness of the coating film was measured using Dektak 3030 (Japan Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.). J (Shape shape evaluation) The 〇〇 m m 滤 滤 滤 滤 滤 滤 滤 滤 滤 ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形 图形_ degree) for a table = ◎ · 0 &lt; 20 degrees, positive cone 〇 · 20 degrees S 0 each 35 degrees, positive cone 323841 199 201235419 △ · 45 degrees &lt; 0 $6 twist, positive cone χ · θ &gt; 60 degrees, sharply tapered to protruding outer edge (resolution evaluation) Using a light microscope, the pattern of the 25/zm reticle portion of the trowel section formed by the above method was observed and evaluated. The evaluation of the evaluation is as follows. If the analyticity is poor, the adjacent striped pattern may be implicated or defective. The evaluation of the evaluation is as follows.

result.邙: Not easy to estimate ◎: Good analytical and linearity 〇: Although the linearity is slightly poor, the resolution is good △: Partial analyticity is poor X: Poor analyticity [Table 19]

Table IV-2 Green photosensitive coloring composition development evaluation Example IV-1 IV-RG-1 ◎ Example IV-2 IV-RG-2 ◎ Example IV-3 IV-RG-3 ◎ Example IV -4 IV-RG-4 〇 Example IV-5 IV-RG-5 ◎ Example IV-6 IV-RG-6 ◎ Example IV-7 IV-RG-7 Δ Reference Example IV-1 IV-RG- 8 X Reference Example IV-2 IV-RG-9 X

323841 201235419 According to Examples IV-1 to Iv_7, a photosensitive coloring composition for a color light-passing sheet containing a polyunsaturated monomer having a specific structure, which has a specific structure, is in terms of developing property, pattern shape, and resolution. The result is very excellent. &lt;Production of color filter&gt;#Firstly, the red photosensitive color composition and the blue photosensitive coloring composition which are used in the production of the color filter are produced. Production of color-sensitive coloring composition (IV-RR-1)) After uniformly mixing and mixing a mixture of the following composition, Eiger mi 11 (Eiger mi 11 manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was used. After dispersing for 5 hours, the red pigment dispersion (IV-DR-1) was produced by filtering with 5.过&quot;m. Red pigment (CI· Pigment Red 254) 9. 6 parts of red pigment (CI Pigment Red 177) 2. 4 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part of acrylic acid resin solution iv-l 35. 0 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 52.0 parts Next, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered by a filter to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition GV'RfM. Red pigment dispersion (IV-DIM) 42. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution IV-2 13·2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer 323841 201 201235419 ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2. 8 parts of photopolymerization initiator ("Ig-Af") (2) sensitizing agent ("Eg-f", manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0. 4 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 39. 6 parts (blue light sensitive) (Production of the coloring composition (IV-RB-1)) After the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, the wrong bead of 5 Å was used, and Eiger mi 11 ("Minimodel" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was used. After dispersing for 5 hours, M-250 MKII" was filtered through a 5.0/zm filter to prepare a blue pigment dispersion (IV-DB-1). Blue Pigment (CI Pigment Bluel5: 6) 7·2 parts of violet pigment (CI Pigment Violet23) 4·8 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution IV-1 35. 0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 52.0 parts Next 'The mixture of the following composition was uniformly mixed and mixed, and then filtered with a filter of 1 · 0 V m to prepare a blue photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RB- 1). Blue pigment dispersion (IV-DB-1) 34. 0 parts of acrylic resin solution IV-2 15. 2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 3. 3 parts of photopolymerization initiator 323841 202 201235419 ("IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 2. 0 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 45. 1 part (color filter Production of light sheet) Black matrix pattern processing was performed on a glass substrate, and a red photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RR-1) was applied to a C light source by a spin coater on the substrate (hereinafter also used in green) In the blue color, the film 0 of x=0.640 and y=0.330 is thick to form a color film. The film was passed through a photomask using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp to irradiate ultraviolet rays of 150 mJ/cm2. Next, spray development was carried out by using an alkali developing solution prepared by a 0.2% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate, and the unexposed portion was removed, and then washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was heated at 220 ° C. Minutes, a red filter segment is formed. By the same method, the green photosensitive coloring composition (IV-RG-1) was used to form x=0.290, y=0.600, and a green filter segment was formed; using a blue photosensitive coloring composition (IV) - RB-1) A blue filter segment was formed using x = 0.150 and y = 0.060 ', and a color krypton sheet was obtained. The color filter obtained is excellent in developability and image contour formation, and there is no coloring composition residue (developing residue) or pattern defect of the halogen portion in the non-paraffin portion on the substrate after development. / or stripped. Next, the embodiment V will be described by way of the following examples. The measurement methods of "average primary particle diameter of the pigment" and "weight average molecular weight of the resin" in the present embodiment are the same as those of the embodiment of the embodiment. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Binder Resin Solution&gt; 323841 203 201235419 (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution vi) In a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, 196 parts of cyclohexanone were added, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. After nitrogen substitution in the reaction vessel, 37. 2 parts of n-butyl methacrylate and 2 hydroxyethyl methacrylate 12 were dropped by dropping the tube for 2 hours. · 9 parts, thioglycol 12.0 parts, p-isopropylphenol oxidized ethyl modified acrylate ("Aronix Ml 10" made by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2 〇. 7 parts, 2, 2' - even it A mixture of 1.1 parts of diisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was continued for another 3 hours to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. After cooling to room temperature, about 2 parts of the resin solution was sampled and dried by heating at 18 ° C for 20 minutes and the nonvolatile content was added to the previously synthesized resin solution to add methoxypropyl acetate to make the nonvolatile component 20 Mass %' modulation of acrylic resin solution V-1. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 26,000. (Preparation of Acrylic Resin Solution v_2) In a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas-conducting tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, 207 parts of cyclohexanone was charged and heated to 80 ° C. After nitrogen substitution in the reaction vessel, '20 parts of methacrylic acid was dropped by dropping the tube for 2 hours, and isopropyl isopropyl acrylate acrylate (Aronix M10) manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) was added. The mixture of 45 parts of methyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl thioglycolate 8.5 parts and 2, 2, - azobisisobutyronitrile 1.33 parts. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer resin solution. Next, after stopping the nitrogen gas and injecting the dry air, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, and then after cooling to room temperature, the amount of the copolymer solution was 6.5 parts per liter of the copolymer solution obtained in 3 hours. A mixture of decyl propylene methoxyethyl isocyanate, manufactured by Karenz Co., Ltd., and 0.08 parts of lauric acid dibutyl saponin, Showa Electric, cyclohexanone. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction of 丨 (9) parts of the acrylic resin was continued. After cooling to room temperature, when taking the drawing, 2 parts of π pepe was obtained and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and the non-volatile component was measured, and 9-methanol solution was added to the resin solution to add non-volatile. Eight/first is combined with % to prepare an acrylic resin solution V-2. Weight average eight mass

18000. = knife amount -) is &lt;manufacturing method of coloring agent&gt; (manufactured by Kiyomizu V-1) In the reaction vessel, 1250 parts of n-pentanol is added, and niobic acid is added, and anhydrous gasification is added. 78 parts, and 266 parts of "1 diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-ene) were added to the mixture, and the temperature was raised and refluxed at 136 ° C for 5 hours. The mixture was cooled to the reaction solution while stirring, and then poured into 5000 parts of methanol and 1 Torr of water: = mixed solvent to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of methanol and 4,000 parts of water, and then dried to obtain 135 parts of oxalic acid. Further, 100 parts of a gas aluminum anthraquinone was slowly added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature in a reaction vessel. Stirring at 4 (TC for 3 hours, and injecting a sulfuric acid solution into 24,000 parts of cold water of 3 ° C. The blue precipitate was subjected to transition, water washing, and drying to obtain 1 2 parts of the following formula (V-1). Hydroxy aluminum anthracycline V-1. 323841 205 201235419

(Manufacture of blue colorant (V-B-l))

To 1000 parts of methanol in the reaction vessel, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminine 1 and 49.5 parts of diphenyl acid ester were added, and the mixture was heated to 40 ° C for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with decyl alcohol, and dried to obtain 114 parts of the specific anthraquinone pigment represented by the formula (a). Further, the chlorophyll compound represented by the formula (a) is as described in the embodiment. Next, carry out salt milling. 100 parts of the specific anthraquinone color represented by the formula (a), 12 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) which was not recorded, to be 7 Torr. (: kneading for 6 hours. The kneaded product was put into 3000 parts of warm water, and the mixture was stirred for 7 hours while heating with TC, and the mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol. The average primary particle size is 31. 2 nm. The average color particle size is 31. 2 nm.

(Manufacture of green coloring agent (VG-1)) CI Pigment Green 58 ("FASTGEN GREEN A110" manufactured by DIC Corporation) 1 part by volume, 1200 parts of sodium vaporification; 5 7 ^ and 120 parts of monoethyl alcohol were placed in stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.) This kneaded product was put into 3000 parts of Wenhuan* 7〇C for 6 hours. &amp; A ' while heating at a temperature of 70 ° C, a 206 323841 »:! 201235419 while stirring for 1 hour into a slurry, repeated filtration, washing with water to remove sodium and ethylene glycol, drying at 80 ° C for a day and night , 97 parts of a green coloring agent (VGl) were obtained. 2纳米。 The average primary particle size of 28. 2nm. (Production of yellow coloring agent (V-Y-1)) 100 parts of C.I. Pigment Yellow 138 (trade name Paliotol Yellow K 0961 HD, manufactured by BASF Corporation), sodium hydride 12 parts and two

120 parts of ethylene glycol was placed in a 1-gallon kneader made of stainless steel (mixed in a well for 6 hours at 70 ° C. The kneaded material was put into 3 parts of the gas). Stir for 1 hour while heating at 70 ° C. The slurry is in the form of a slurry, and the weight is '80c dry filtered, washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and 35. 5 nm is used to &lt; manufacture of pigment dispersion&gt; (green pigment dispersion) (V-DG-1)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, 0.5 mra of zirconium beads was used, and Eiger mill (Eiger: iger 槌Α ^) ^ "Minimodel Μ-250 MKII" was dispersed for 5 hours. Then, it was filtered with a 5 〇^ filter to prepare a green pigment dispersion (V-DG-G. When the substrate was coated on the same day, the C light source was combined to x=0.290, y=〇. 6 Capture, degree 'selected blue colorant (VB~1) and yellow colorant (ν-γ-丨) color blue colorant (VB-1). ^ rate. 3. 3 parts of yellow colorant (VY-1) . ^ 7 parts of resin type dispersant ("BYK_LpN6919" by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) cc 5 parts 323841 207 201235419 28. 5 parts 39. 0 parts 16. 0 parts Acrylic resin solution vl propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate cyclohexanone (green pigment dispersion (V-DG-2)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, the wrong beads of the diameter of 0.5 ship were used to Eiger * mi 11 ("Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) was dispersed for 5 hours, and then filtered with a 5.0/zm scented filter to prepare a green pigment dispersion (V-DG-2). When the substrate was coated, the ratio of the blue colorant (VB-1) to the yellow colorant (ν-Υ-1) was selected as the chromaticity of x=〇.290 and y=0.600. Green colorant (VG-1) 9. 35 parts of yellow colorant (VY-1) 1.65 parts of resin type dispersant ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) 5. 5 parts of acrylic resin solution V-1 28. 5 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 39.0 parts of cyclohexanone 16.0 parts [Example V-1] (Green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-1)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, Filtered with a filter of 1.0 to obtain a green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-1). Green pigment dispersion (V-DG-1) 55. 0 parts of acrylic tree Solution V-2 8. 4 parts of the photopolymerizable monomer 323 841 208 201 235 419 (Toagosei Co., Ltd. "Aronix M402") 3.8 parts

Photopolymerization initiator A ("IRGACURE 379" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1. 9 parts of sensitizer ("EAB-F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.3 parts of antioxidant A 0.16 parts of pentaerythritol 肆 [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate

Propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 20.44 parts of cyclohexanone 10.0 parts [Examples V-2 to V_8 and Reference Examples V_1 to V-2] (green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-2 to 10)) A composition, a blending amount (parts by weight) as shown in Table V-1, a pigment dispersion, an acrylic resin solution, an antioxidant, a photopolymerization initiator, a sensitizer, a photopolymerizable monomer, and a mixture with an organic solvent After uniformly stirring and mixing, the mixture was filtered through a filter of 1 #m to obtain each photosensitive coloring composition. 323841 209 201235419 [Table 20] Antioxidant (in solid form) 1.03⁄4 LT3 〇2. 03⁄4 g 0. 53⁄4 ο ο 1.0« Total 100.0 oo* C5 O oooooooo O oo O oo 100.0 ο ο ο ο ο ο Solvent ring Ketone 10. 00 10. 00 i 10. 00 10. 00 10. 00 coo 10.00 i 10.00 10.00 10.00 PGMAC 〇οα CD CM c=&gt; CSI 20. 12 CO o Ψ-* CM inch ο CM 〇 20.44 19.80 20.44 increase Sensitizing agent CO ο CO o CO 〇CO o CO o CO C9 CO o CO o CO ο CO ο Photopolymerization starting 剤 initiator A , o σ&gt; Starting agent A : 1.90 Starting agent A 1.90 Starting agent A 1. 90 starter A 1.90 starter BO starter AO 03 starter AO σ&gt; starter oxime; 1.90 starter A 0 01 photopolymerizable monomer 〇〇CO 00 CO oo CO oo CO oo CO 00 CO oo CO oo CO 00 CO oo CO Antioxidant C'J 1 1 1 1 Antioxidant D 00 oo 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Antioxidant X A CD Antioxidant B 0. 16 | -1 Antioxidant 剤 c oo oo Antioxidant A oo oo Antioxidant A 0.32 Antioxidant A 0. 16 Antioxidant E 00 oo Antioxidant E 0. 16 1 1 Antioxidant A CO o 8.40 8.40 8.40 o 00 oo 7.60 8.408.80 8.40 9.20 8.40 Pigment dispersion V-DG-1 V-DG-1 V-DG-1 V-DG-1 V-DG-1 V-DG-1 V-DG-1 ! V-DG-1 V- DG-1 V-DG-2 Photosensitive coloring composition V-RG-1 V-RG-2 V-RG-3 V-RG-4 V-RG-5 V-RG-6 V-RG-7 V- RG-8 1 V-RG-9 1 V-RG-10 Example Vl 1 _1 Example V-2 Example V-3 Example V-4 Example V-5 Example V-6 Example V-7 Example V-8 Reference Example V-1 Reference Example V-2 210 323841 201235419 The abbreviations in Table vi are shown below. • Photopolymerizable monomer: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate/pentaacrylate mixture ("Aronix M402" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) • Photopolymerization initiator A: 2-(diamidoamine)-2-[ (4-nonylphenyl)indenyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone ("IRGACURE 379", manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) _ • Photopolymerization initiator B : Ethylketone, l-[9-ethyl-6-(2-mercaptobenzylidene)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1-(0-ethylindenyl) (Ciba Japan) "IRGACURE OXE02") • Sensitizer: 4, 4'-diethylaminodiphenyl ketone ("EAB-F", manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) • Antioxidant A: Hindered antioxidant, neopentyl alcohol肆[3-(3,5-Di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate•Antioxidant B: sulfur-based antioxidant Lu 3, 3'-thiodipropionate di(octadecyl) • • • Antioxidant C: Filled with antioxidants [2, 4-di-(tri)butylphenyl]phosphine • Antioxidant D: Hindered amine antioxidant bis (2, 2, 6, 6-four Mercapto-4-piperidinyl) sebacate•Antioxidant E: Salicylic acid vinegar antioxidant salicylic acid p-octyl benzene vinegar•organic solvent PGMAC; Monoterpene ether acetate 323841 211 201235419 Cyclohexanone (anone); cyclohexanone The obtained green photosensitive coloring composition was evaluated for brightness, sensitivity, heat resistance, light resistance and voltage holding ratio by the following method. . The results are shown in Table V-2. [Brightness Evaluation] The green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-1 to 1 Å) was applied onto a glass substrate of 100 mm×100 mm and 1.1 mm thick using a spin coater, and then, φ was dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes. Ultraviolet exposure was carried out using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp until the cumulative amount of light was 150 mJ/cm2, and development was carried out at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Then, the film was heated at 220 ° C for 30 minutes, and after cooling, the brightness Y (C) of the obtained coating film substrate was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.). After the prepared coated substrate was heat-treated at 220 ° C, the C light source was a chromaticity of χ = 〇 · 290 and y = 0.60. Further, 'the use of sodium carbonate 1.5% by weight, sodium bicarbonate 0.5% by weight, an anionic surfactant ("PELEX NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation), 8.0 weight%, and 90% by weight of water are used. Alkaline imaging solution. [Sensitivity Evaluation] The obtained green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-1 to 10) was applied to a glass substrate of 10 cm x 10 cm by spin coating, and then dried at 70 ° C in a dust-free oven. Heating for 15 minutes to remove the solvent 'to obtain a coating film of about 2 μm. Next, after cooling the substrate at room temperature, ultraviolet light exposure was performed through a mask of a strip pattern of 100 V m width (distance 2 μ μ m) and 25 μ m width (distance 50/z m) using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, the substrate was subjected to spray development using an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 23 ° C, washed with ion-exchanged water, air-dried, and heated at 230 ° C for 30 minutes in a dust-free oven at 323841 212 201235419. The pattern thickness of the 100 mask portion of the filter segment formed by the above method was measured, and the minimum exposure amount for the film thickness after coating was 90% or more. The smaller the minimum exposure amount, the higher the sensitivity and the better the photosensitive coloring composition. The evaluation of the evaluation is as follows. 〇: less than 50 mJ/cm2 △: 50 mJ/cm2 or more and less than i〇〇mj/cm2 X : 100 mJ/cm2 or more [Evaluation of heat resistance of coating film] Green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-1 to 10) Applying on a glass substrate of 100 mm x 100 mm, 1.1 mm thick using a spin coater, and second, at 70. (: Drying for 20 minutes, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp for ultraviolet exposure until the cumulative amount of light is 150 mJ/cm2' is developed with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C. Next, 'Temperating at 22 °C for 30 minutes, after cooling, obtaining a coating Film substrate: The coated substrate was produced at 22 (after heat treatment of TC, the C light source was a chromaticity of x = 〇. 290, y = 〇 600. Using a microscopic spectrophotometer (OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.) "OSP-SP100") The chromaticity of the obtained coating film to the C light source ([L*(l), a*(l), b*(l)])). Thereafter, it was 230. (: heating for 1 hour) As a heat resistance test, the chromaticity of the C light source ([L* (2), a*(2), b*(2)))) was measured, and the color difference AEab* was obtained by the following formula, in the following three stages. Evaluate. AEab*=/&quot;((L*(2)-L*(l))2+(a*(2)-a*(l))2+(b*(2) -b*( l)) 2) 〇: AEab氺 does not reach 5. 0 323841 213 201235419 △ : AEab* is above 5.0 and not up to 10. 0 x : AEab is above 10. 〇 [Evaluation of light resistance of film] A coated film substrate was produced in the same manner as in the evaluation of heat resistance, and was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.). (: The chromaticity of the light source ([1^*(1), 3*(1), 1}*(1)])). Next, an ultraviolet blocking filter is attached to the substrate (H0YA company) φ "C0L0RED OPTICAL GLASS L38") 'Measure the chromaticity of the c-light source after illuminating the UV light with a gas lamp of 470 W/m2 for 1 hour ([L* (2), a* (2), b* (2)] 'The color difference ^Eab* is obtained by the above formula and evaluated on the same basis as when heat resistance is evaluated. [Voltage maintenance rate evaluation] The green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-1 to 10) is used. Rotary coating machine 'coated on a glass substrate of lOOmmxlOO, 1. lmm thick to a film thickness of 2.0 / zm, with a cumulative amount of light 5 〇 mJ / cm2 UV exposure spectroscopy 'at 23 ° C 5份, The liquid crystal was immersed in the liquid crystal 1.5 parts, and then the liquid crystal was immersed in the liquid crystal 1. 5 parts (Mol-2041 manufactured by Merck Co., Ltd.) was aged at i2 °C for 1 hour, centrifuged at 4000 rpm for 5 minutes, and then a supernatant was applied to prepare a liquid crystal sample liquid for coating film extraction. 'will have The glass substrate of the I TO transparent electrode having an effective electrode size of 10 匪 x 10 mm is arranged so that the transparent electrode faces face each other, the cell gap becomes 9 #m, and a sealant is used to make a small size. Crystal (ce 11). In the small crystal cell, the liquid crystal sample liquid is injected between the wafer gaps at 6 举. 〇 The voltage was applied for 60 seconds at a voltage of 5 V, and the cell voltage after 16.67 m seconds after the voltage was released was set to [V1], which was measured by VHR-1S manufactured by Τ0Υ0 Corporation. The measurement was repeated 5 times, and the measured cell voltage was averaged. Further, using the obtained cell voltage, the voltage holding ratio (%) was obtained by the following equation, and evaluated in the following three stages. Voltage maintenance rate (%) = ([Vl] / 5) xl00 • 〇 · · 95% or more △ · · 90% or more and less than 95% x : less than 90% [Table 21] Table V-2 ... Example V-1 ~----- Photosensitive coloring composition V-RG-1 Brightness Y(c) 60.3 Sensitivity 〇 Heat resistance 〇 Light resistance 〇 Voltage maintenance rate 〇 Example V-2 ~~---- - Example V-3 ---- Example V-4 ~----- V-RG-2 ------- 59. 9 〇〇〇〇V-RG-3 — 60.2 〇〇〇 〇V-RG-4 60. 1 〇〇〇〇Example V-5 Example V-6 ---- Example y_7 ----- V-RG-5 ------ 60.4 〇〇〇 〇V-RG-6 60.4 〇〇〇〇V-RG-7 ---- 59. 6 〇Δ 〇〇Example V-8 ----- V-RG-8 59.8 △ △ ^ 〇〇 Reference example Vi —— V-RG-9 59. 0 〇Δ — 〇—__ 〇Reference example V-2 V-RG-1〇-------- 59. 6 〇—ί_ 323841 215 201235419 as shown in Table V- As shown in Fig. 2, the filter region p formed by using the photosensitive coloring composition containing the indigo antioxidant represented by the formula (1) is excellent in dye and degree, and is sensitive, heat resistant, _photosensitive, and voltage. Brightness shows good results (Examples V-1 to V-8)On the other hand, when the anti-gasification effect is not used as in Reference Example v_i, the brightness is low and the heat resistance is also poor. In addition, when using c丨\, the knot

The reference example v_2 of Greers is poorer in junction power than the embodiment. Electroacoustic Maintenance Rate &lt;Production of Color Filter&gt; First, a red coloring composition and a blue photosensitive coloring composition which are used in the production of a color filter or a light sheet are produced. (Production of red photosensitive color composition (V_RR_1)) After uniformly mixing and mixing the mixture of the following composition, a wrong bead of 〇5 mm in diameter was used, and Eiger mi 11 ("Minimodel Ιί-250" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. MKII") After 5 hours of dispersion, filtration was carried out with a 5.0/zm filter to produce a red pigment dispersion (V-DR-1). Red Pigment (CI Pigment Red 254) 9. 6 parts of red pigment (C·I. Pigment Red 177) 2. 4 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" by Ciba Japan) 1.0 part of acrylic resin solution V-1 0. 0 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate vinegar 52.0 parts, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly mixed and mixed, and then filtered with a 1.0/zm filter to prepare a red photosensitive coloring composition 323841 216 201235419 ( V-RR-1). Red pigment dispersion (V-DR-1) 42·0 parts of acrylic resin solution V-2 13. 2 parts of photopolymerizable monomer ("Aronix M400" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 2. 8 parts of photopolymerization initiator ( "IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd. 2·0 parts of sensitizer ("ΈΑΒ-Fj" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 0.4 parts of ethylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 39. 6 parts (blue photosensitive coloring composition) (Production of (V-RB-1)) The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then beads of 0.5 mm in diameter were used to disperse Eiger mi 11 ("Minimodel M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.). After the hour, the mixture was filtered through a 5.00 m filter to prepare a blue pigment dispersion (V-DB-1). Blue Pigment (CI Pigment Bluel5 : 6) 7. 2 parts • Purple Pigment (Co Pigment Violet23) 4. 8 parts of resin type dispersant ("EFKA4300" manufactured by Ciba Japan) 1.0 part acrylic resin solution V-1 35. 0 5 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, and the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then subjected to a filter of 1.00 m to prepare a blue photosensitive coloring composition (V-RB- 1). Blue pigment dispersion (V-DB-1) 34. 0 parts 323841 217 201235419 15. 2 parts 3. 3 parts 2. 0 parts 0. 4 parts 45. 1 part acrylic resin solution V-2 photopolymerizable monomer (Aronix M400, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE 907, manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.):

Sensitizer (EAB-F ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate φ (manufactured by color filter) manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) Black matrix pattern processing on a glass substrate, and a spin coater on the substrate The red photosensitive coloring composition (V_RR-丨) is applied to a c-light source (hereinafter also used in green and blue) to form a film thickness of χ=〇·64〇, y=〇. 33〇, and a color coating is formed. The film is irradiated with an ultraviolet ray of 150 mJ/cm 2 by using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp through the reticle. Secondly, the alkali imaging solution prepared by 〇 2% by weight of an aqueous sodium carbonate solution is sprayed and removed. After the unexposed portion, it was washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was heated at 22 (rc for 20 minutes to form a red filter segment. By the same method, a green photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-6) was used. 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 In a manner, coating is performed separately to form a green filter segment and a blue filter segment ' to obtain a color filter. By using green The color photosensitive coloring composition (V-RG-6) can increase the brightness of the color light-receiving sheet, and has no problem in other physical properties such as sensitivity, heat resistance, financial property, and voltage maintenance rate. The following is a description of the embodiment VI. 323841 218 201235419 The measurement method of "number average molecular weight" and "weight average molecular weight" in the present embodiment is the measurement of the embodiment of the embodiment I. The method is the same. The identification of aluminum anthraquinone is made by using perkinElmer.

Elemental Analysis 2400 is determined by simultaneous quantitative analysis of carbon (germanium, hydroquinone, and nitrogen (N) elements.

The volume average primary particle size (MV) of the aluminum anthraquinone and the yellow colorant is obtained by a penetrating electronic display φ micromirror (TEM) "H-7650" manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd. and the following formula. Got it. First, the toner particles are photographed by TEM. 100 coloring agent particles are arbitrarily selected from the obtained image, and the average value of the minor axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles is defined as the particle diameter (d) of the colorant particles, and secondly, each coloring agent is assumed to have The sphere (V) of the particle diameter (d) was determined, and the operation was performed on 100 colorant particles, and the following formula (VI-1) was used. Equation (VI-1) MV=I (V · ά)/Σ (V) _ In addition, the Ka-ray diffraction pattern of CuKa ray is a desktop X-ray diffraction device manufactured by Rigaku Corporation, at the corner of Prague 2 0 The range of =3° to 35° is measured at an X-ray sampling interval of 〇.〇2°. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Ingredient Greening&gt; [Production Example VI-1] Method for producing hexamethylene anthraquinone First, a method for producing hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin used for the production of aluminum anthraquinone is shown. In a reaction vessel, 1225 parts of n-pentanol were mixed with 225 parts of bismuthonitrile 323841 219 201235419 and 78 parts of anhydrous aluminum chloride. To this was added 266 parts of DBU (i,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]H 7-enee), which was warmed up and refluxed at 1363⁄4 for 5 hours. The mixture was cooled to 3 while stirring (the reaction solution of rc was injected into a mixed solvent of 5,000 parts of decyl alcohol and loooo of water in the case of scrambling to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was filtered to give sterol 2 The mixed solvent prepared in 4,000 parts of water and the water was washed and dried to obtain 35 parts of the chloroaluminium anthraquinone represented by the formula (VI-1). The obtained chloroaluminene was subjected to φ element. The analysis is 'relative to the calculated value (C) 66. rib %, (H) 2.8 %, (N) 19.49 ° /., measured value (C) 66. 7%, (H) 3.0%, (N) 19.2%, identify the compound of the system. Secondly, in the reaction vessel, add 100 parts of chloroaluminase to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature. After 4 hours of TC, stirring for 3 hours, The sulfuric acid solution was poured into 24,000 parts of cold water at 3 ° C. The resulting blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 92 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin of the formula (VI-2). Elemental analysis of hydroxyaluminium anthocyanin, relative calculation value (C) 69. 06%, (Η) 3·08%, (N) 20.14 ° /., measured value (C) 69.1%, 003.2%, (N) 20.1%, Do its purpose based compound.

323841 220 201235419

OH

(Made in the manufacture of ugly green) Secondly, it shows the manufacturing method of Ming Ao Qing. [Example VI-1] 0 Alumina (BXVI-PB-1) was produced in a reaction vessel, and 1000 parts of decyl alcohol, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone obtained in Production Example VI-1, and diphenyl were added. 43 parts of phosphonic acid, cooled to 5 ° C, and reacted for 6 hours. The reaction product was filtered, washed with 1800 parts of methanol, washed with 1800 parts of water, and dried at 25 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 116 parts of a blue product (anthraquinone (A). ). To the 1160 parts of PGMAC, 116 parts of the obtained blue product was added, and the mixture was heated at 140 ° C for 4 hours. The product was filtered, washed with 1160 parts of cyclohexane, and dried under reduced pressure at 25 ° C for one day and night to obtain 111 parts of astaxanthin (B) (aluminium anthraquinone (VI-PB-1). )). Elemental analysis was carried out on the obtained 酞_青素(B), with respect to the calculated value (C) 69.84%, (Η) 3·46%, (Ν) 14·81%, the measured value was (C) 69. 8%, (H) 3.5%, (Ν) 14.8%, identified the aluminum chlorophyll represented by the formula (12). Further, the volume average primary particle diameter was 31 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by CuKa ray, as shown in Fig. 1, at a Bragg angle of 2 0 = 7. 1 °, 8.6 °, 14. 4 °, 16 · 8 °, 18. 3°, 19. 5°, 23. 3°, 24. 4° and 26. 8° have peaks. [Example VI-2] 323841 221 201235419 Alumina (IV-PB-2) was produced in a reaction vessel, and 1000 parts of decyl alcohol was added thereto to prepare 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin obtained in Example VI-1. 1 part of diphenylphosphonic acid, cooled to 5 ° C, and reacted for 6 hours. The product was filtered, washed with 1800 parts of decyl alcohol, and then washed with 1800 parts of water, and then dried at 25 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 116 parts of a blue product (anthraquinone (A). ). After pulverizing 116 parts of the obtained blue product, the powder was placed in a heat-resistant container and heated at φ 230 ° C for 1 hour in a thermostatic chamber to obtain 114 parts of ruthenium (B) (aluminium phthalocyanine (VI-). PB-2)). The elemental analysis of the obtained anthraquinone (B) was calculated according to the calculated value (C) 69·84%, (Η) 3·46%, (N) 14.81%, and the measured value was (C) 69. 7 %, (H) 3. 5%, (N) 14.9%, confirming the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (12). Further, the volume average primary particle diameter was 33 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by CuK ray, as shown in Fig. 1, at a Bragg angle of 2 0 = 7.1, 8.7, 14.5, 16.7, 18.4, 19.5, 23.3, 24. 6° and 26.8° have peaks. • [Example VI-3] Alumina (VI-PB-3) was produced in a reaction vessel, and 1000 parts of isopropyl alcohol and 100 parts of the base oxacillin obtained in Production Example VI-1 were added. 4 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid, heated to 60 ° C, and reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with 1800 parts of isopropyl alcohol, washed with 1800 parts of water, and dried at 25 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 112 parts of blue color. (Anthraquinone (A)). To the 1120 parts of diethylene glycol, 112 parts of the obtained blue product was added, and the mixture was heated at 230 ° C for 2 hours. The product was filtered, washed with water, and dried at 25 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure of 323841 222 201235419 to obtain 95.2 parts of anthraquinone (B) (aluminium anthraquinone (VI-PG-3)). The elemental analysis of the obtained anthraquinone (B), relative to the calculated value (〇69.84%, 〇〇3.46%, «) 14.81%, the measured value is (C) 69.6%, 003. 4%, (N ) 14.8%, confirming the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (12). Further, the volume average primary particle diameter was 41 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern was measured by CuKa ray, as shown in Fig. 1, at a Bragg angle of 2 0 = 7.2 °, 8.5 °, 14.4 °, 16.7. 18.1. 19.3. , _ 23.2°, 24.5° and 26.8° have peaks. [Example VI-4] The production of anthrain (VI-PB-4) was carried out in a reaction vessel, and 100 parts of hydroxyaluminulin obtained in the production example vi-i was added in an amount of 1 part by weight of isopropyl alcohol. 4 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid, heated to 60 ° C, and reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with 1800 parts of isopropyl alcohol, washed with 1800 parts of water, and dried at 25 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 112 parts of blue color. (Azurin Lu (A)). After 112 parts of the obtained blue product was pulverized, the powder was placed in a heat-resistant container and placed in a constant temperature dryer at 12 Torr. (: heating for 4 hours, obtaining 11 parts of ugly-green (B) (aluminium anthraquinone (VI-PB-4)). Elemental analysis of the obtained aluminum anthraquinone' relative to the calculated value (069·84) %, (h) 3.46%, (N) 14. 81°/., measured values are (c) 69.8%, (H) 3.6%, (N) 14.8%, confirming the formula ( 12) The aluminum anthocyanin is represented. Further, the volume average primary particle size is 35 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern is determined by CuK α ray, as shown in Fig. 1 'in Bragg angle 20=7.3. , 8.6, 14.5, 16.4, 18.0°, 19·3°, 23.3°, 24.3, and 26.5° with peaks. 323841 223 201235419 [Example VI-5 Anthocyanin (VI-PB-5) was produced in a reaction vessel, and 1000 parts of dimethyl carbamide was added, and 1 part of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin obtained in Production Example VI-1, diphenylphosphonic acid was added. 43·1 part, heated to 70 ° C 'reaction for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the filtered product was washed first with 1800 parts of dimethyl decylamine, then washed with 1800 parts of water and filtered. 'The resulting wet cake was dried at 8 (TC for one day and night to obtain Φ 108 parts of ruthenium (B) (aluminum indigo) (VI-PG-5)). Elemental analysis of the obtained aluminum anthocyanin, relative to the calculated value (C) 69.84%, 003.46%, (N) 14. 81% 'measured value (c 70. 0%, (103.4%, (Ν) 14·8%, confirm the imidonic anthocyanin represented by the formula (12). In addition, the volume average primary particle diameter is 39 nm. In addition, 'determined by CuKa ray The X-ray diffraction pattern is as shown in Fig. 1 at the Bragg angles 20 = 7.1, 8.5, 14.2, 16. 4 °, 18 · Γ, 19. 3 °, 23 · Γ, 24 · 2 ° and 26·6. Has a peak. [Example VI-6] The production of urethane (VI-ΡΒ-β) was carried out in a reaction vessel, and 1 part of decyl alcohol was added, and the hydroxyaluminum hydrazine obtained in the production example VI-1 was produced. 1 part of saponin and 43.1 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid, cooled to 5 〇c, and reacted for 6 hours. The product was filtered, washed with 1800 parts of methanol, and then washed with 1800 parts of water. After drying at 25 ° C for one day and night, 116 parts of astaxanthin (A) (aluminium anthraquinone (VI_pB_6)) were obtained. Elemental analysis was performed on the obtained aluminum anthraquinone, relative to the calculated value (c) 69.84%. , (H) 3 46%, (N) 14.8U, measured values are (c) 69.8%, (Η) 3.5% (Ν) 14 · 6%, which is confirmed based formula (12) of aluminum phthalocyanine represented by astaxanthin. Further, the volume average primary particle diameter of 29nm 323 841 224 201 235 419. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern was measured by CuK α ray, as shown in Fig. 2, at a Bragg angle of 20 = 7. 7 °, 8.4 °, 9.3 °, 12. 8. , 15.1. , 16·0. 16.8. 18.8. , 20. 0. , 21. 6. , 23.1. , 25. 5 °, 26.5 ° and 28. 3 ° with peaks. [Example VI-7] Alumina (VI-PB-7) was produced in a reaction vessel, and 1000 parts of isopropyl alcohol and 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin obtained in the production of Example VI-1 were added thereto. 4 parts of phenylphosphonic acid, heated to 60 ° C, and reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the product was filtered, washed with 1800 parts of isopropyl alcohol, washed with 1800 parts of water, and dried at 25 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 112 parts of astaxanthin. (A) (aluminium anthraquinone (VI-PB-7)). 8%, the measured value is (C) 69.8%, with respect to the calculated value (C) 69. 84%, (H) 3.46%, (N) 14.81%, measured value (C) 69.8%, (H) 3. 6%, (N) 14.9%, confirming the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (12). Further, the volume average primary particle diameter was 33 nm. In addition, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by CuK α • ray, as shown in Fig. 2, at Bragg angles 2Θ=7.8°, 8.6°, 9.4°, 12.8°, 15.1°, 15.9 °, 16. 8 °, 18. 9 °, 20.2 °, 21. 6 °, 23. 0 °, 25. 5 °, 26.5 ° and 28. Γ has a peak. [Example VI - 8] Alumina (VI-PB-8) was produced in a reaction vessel, and 1000 parts of dimethyl carbamide and 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin obtained in Production Example VI-1 were added. 4 parts of diphenylphosphonic acid, heated to 70 ° C, and reacted for 8 hours. After cooling to room temperature, it was filtered to give 323841 225 201235419, firstly 1800 parts of dimethyl decylamine, and then washed with 1800 parts of water, and then dried at 25 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 108 parts. Anthraquinone (A) (aluminium anthraquinone (VI-PB-8)). Elemental analysis of the obtained aluminum anthraquinone, relative to the calculated value (069.84%, (Η) 3.46%, (N) 14.81%, measured value (C) 70.0%, (Η 3·6%, (N) 14.9%, confirming the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (12). Further, the volume average primary particle diameter is 38 nm. Further, X-ray diffraction is measured by CuKa ray. The figure, as shown in Fig. 2, is 2布=7·7°, 8.4, 9.3, 12.6, 15.0, 15.8, 16·7°, 18.6°, 20. 21.8., 23.2., 25.4, 26.5, and 28.2° have peaks. [Reference Example VI-1] Production of sulphonin (VI-PB-9) Hydroxyl group produced by the same method as in Production Example VI-1 % 酞 3 酞 酞 酞 酞 酞 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 20·14%, measured value • (C) 69.2%, (Η) 3·2%, (Ν) 20.3%, and the hydroxyaluminic chlorophyll expressed by the formula (VI-2) was confirmed. The secondary particle size is 29 nm. The obtained aluminum phthalocyanin (VI-PB-9) is determined by CuKa ray X-ray diffraction pattern In Fig. 3, at the Bragg angles 20 = 7. 0, 14.1, 16.4, 20.8, and 25.6. There are peaks. &lt;Production of coloring composition&gt; First, 'the adhesive resin used for the coloring composition is shown. Manufacturing method (Preparation of adhesive resin solution) Separable type 4 ruiviAL Ζά'ό , ^ C ' with PGMAC 233 parts in a flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen inlet tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring 323841 226 201235419 flask After the nitrogen substitution by the burn-up, by dropping the tube to 2 parts of the lower methyl acrylate, the isopropylbenzene is oxidized and extended to the ethyl group = the hourly drop (Ar东亚nixM1_ part, methacrylic acid manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) ^, part, a mixture of 16 parts of methyl methacrylate, 2 - hydroxy hydrazine methacrylate 19 and 2 '2 - azobisisobutyronitrile 133. Drop the knot h ' continue to 8 (TC heating and stirring 3 In the hour, the adhesive resin solution was obtained. After the temperature was warmed, a sample of about 2 g of the adhesive resin solution was sampled, and the sample solution was prepared by adding 18% of the rcMAC to the non-volatile component and adding the PGMAC j吏 non-volatile component. The GPC was determined to be a heavy molecule = (Mw) of 16000. Second, A method for producing a coloring composition (blue coloring composition). (Production of blue coloring composition) [Example VI-9] Production of blue coloring composition (VI-DB-1) The following composition is used. After the mixture was uniformly stirred and mixed, the wrong beads of 0.5 mm in diameter were used as a medium-type wet disperser for 4 hours using Eiger mi 11 (Minimodel M_250 MKII manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) to produce a pigment fraction of 50% and a solid content. 20% blue coloring composition (VI-DB-1). Aluminum phthalocyanin (VI-PB-1) 10·0 parts Resin dispersant (byk-LPN6919) by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd. 8. 3 parts of adhesive resin solution 25. 0 parts 323841 227 201235419 PGMAC 56.7 parts The film of the obtained blue colored composition (VI-DB-1) was applied as a C light source to a y(c)=0.294 film by using a spin coater on a lOOmmxlOO, a 1.1 mm thick glass substrate. Thickness was obtained to obtain a coated substrate which can be imparted with the chromaticity shown in Table VI-1. [Examples VI-10 to 22, Reference Example VI-2] The production of the blue coloring composition (VI-DB-2 to VI-DB-15) was changed except that the composition was changed to the composition shown in Table VI-1. A blue coloring composition (VI-DB-2 to VI-DB-15) was produced in the same manner as in Example VI-9.

323841 228 201235419 2 2 Table ___ Ι-ΙΛ &lt; Example VI-16 VI-DB-8 CsJ 〇0. 294 VI-PB-5 ο ο eo οό ο ο ο ΙΛ CM 卜 CO IT) 100. 0 Implementation Example VI-15 VI_DB-7_; 0. 213 0. 294 VI-PB-4 | ο ο CO oo ο ο Ο ιη &lt;Ν&gt; C-- co LTJ O o Example VI-14 VI Lu 6_&gt; 213 0. 294 VI-PB-3 ο ο eo oo ο ο Ο ΙΛ C&lt;l C- co 100. 0 Example VI-13 VI-DB-5: 0. 212 0. 294 VI-PB-2 ο ο CO oo ο ο Ο ιη CsJ t- c〇in ooo Example VI-12 VI-DB-4, 0. 211 0. 294 VI-PB-1 ο ο o ο ο ο LO oo 100. 0 Example VI- 11 VI-DB-3 0. 211 0. 294 VI-PB-1 ο ο o ο ο ιη Ο Ln eg 〇o CO oo Example VI-10 VI-DB-2 0. 211 0. 294 VI-PB- 1 ο ο o ο ο ο ιη CM oo ς〇ooo Example VI-9 VI-DB-1 渊0. 212 0. 294 VI-PB-1 ο ο CO oo ο ο ο m t- CD 1Λ 100. 0 Blue coloring composition color x(c) y(c) Aluminum titanium anion (type) Aluminum titanium anion (part) Resin type dispersing agent (BYK6919) (part) Resin type dispersing agent (ΡΒ821) (part) Resin type Dispersed bismuth (SP41000K parts) (Parts) PGMAC (parts) Total (parts) (ΙΤ)Ϊ-ΙΛ &lt; Reference Example VI-2 VI-DB-15 0. 205 0.294 VI-PB-9 ο ζ=&gt; CO oo ο ο ο Lrt eg Γ- co in 1 100.0 Example V -22 VI-DB-14 0. 215 0. 294 VI-PB-8 ο ο CO oo ο ο o IT) CO 卜 co m 100. 0 Example VI-21 VI -DB-13 0. 216 0.294 VI-PB-7 ο ο eo oo ο ο o in &lt;NJ t—CO m 100. 0 Example VI-20 VI-DB-12 Butterfly 0. 215 0. 294 VI- PB-6 ο ο o ο ο oomc» o T#* 100. 0 Example VI-19 1 VI-DB-11 0. 214 0. 294 VI-PB-6 ο ο o ο ο mo in CO oo CO 100 0 Example VI-18 1 VI-DB-10 0. 215 0. 294 VI-PB-6 ο ο o ο LO ο o Ln CO oo CO 100. 0 Example VI-17 1 VI-DB-9 I 0.215 0. 294 VI-PB-6 ο ο 1·^ eo oo Ο o ΙΛ c*a 卜co LA 100. 0 blue coloring composition color x(c) y(c) aluminum arsenite (type) aluminum Titanium blue pigment (part) Resin type dispersant (BYK6919) (part) Resin type dispersant (ΡΒ821) (part) Resin type dispersion 剤 (SP41000) (part) Adhesive resin solution (parts) PGMAC (parts) Total (parts) 323841 229 201235419 The generation in Table VI-1 The number is as follows. BYK-Z1919; BYK-LpN69l9, manufactured by BYK-Chemie, PB821; "pB_821", SP41000, manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.; rSp41〇〇〇, manufactured by Lubrizol, Inc., followed by a coloring composition containing a yellow colorant (green coloring composition) Manufacturing method. First, a method for producing a yellow colorant # for use in the production of a green coloring composition, and a method for producing a colored composition (yellow coloring composition) made of a yellow coloring agent. (Production of yellow coloring agent) [Production Example VI-2] Production of yellow coloring agent (VI-PY-1) Yellow coloring agent, CI Pigment Yell〇w 15〇 ("E4GN" of Lanxess Corporation), 50 parts, chlorine 250 parts of sodium and 25 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a non-recorded steel 1 addition kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.), and kneaded for 6 hours with l〇〇t. Next, the kneaded product was placed in 5 liters of warm water, stirred while heating at 70 C for 1 hour to form a slurry, and the mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried to dryness. A yellow colorant (νΐ-ργ-1) was obtained. The volume of the resulting coloring agent was on average of 28 nm. [Production Example VI-3] Production of Yellow Colorant (VI-PY-2) 50 parts of yellow coloring agent, CI Pigment Yeii〇w 138 ("Paliotol Yellow L 0962 HD" by BASF Corporation), 250 parts of sodium chloride 323841 230 201235419 and 25 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 100 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded product was placed in 5 liters of warm water, stirred while heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour to form a slurry, and the mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then 80 ° C. Drying overnight for a yellow colorant (VI-PY-2). The resulting &lt; colorant had a volume average primary particle diameter of 35 nm. [Production Example VI-4] Manufacture of φ yellow colorant (VI-PY-3) The yellow colorant was obtained by C. I· Pigment Yellow 139 ("Paliotol Yellow L 2140 HD" of BASF Corporation), 50 parts of sodium carbonate. 250 parts and 25 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 100 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded product was put into 5 liters of warm water. The mixture was heated at 70 ° C for 1 hour to form a slurry. After repeated filtration and water washing to remove the chlorinated steel and diethylene glycol, the mixture was dried at 80 ° C for a day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (VI-PY-3). ). The volume average primary particle diameter of the obtained Φ colorant was 26 nm. [Production Example VI-5] Production of Yellow Colorant (VI-PY-4) The yellow colorant is 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 185 ("Paliotol Yellow L 1155" by BASF Corporation), 250 parts of sodium chloride, and two 25 parts of a diol was placed in a stainless steel 1 plus kneading machine (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 100 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded product was put into warm water of liters, and stirred while heating at 70 ° C. After 1 hour, it became a liquid, and after repeated filtration and washing with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, 323841 231 201235419 was dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (νι_ργ_4). The resulting colorant had a volume average primary particle diameter of 33 nm. 5毫米的锘珠,用, Using a mixture of the following composition, the mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, using a bead of 0.5 mm in diameter, using The "Minimodel Μ-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger milKEiger φ Japan Co., Ltd., which is a medium-sized wet disperser, was prepared to disperse for 4 hours, and then a yellow pigment composition (VI-DY-1) was prepared in a pigment content of 50%. Coloring agent (VI-PY-1) 10. 0 parts of the binder resin solution 50. 0 parts PGMAC 40. 0 parts [Production Example VI-7] Yellow coloring composition (VI-DY-2) was produced in addition to the above coloring composition The yellow coloring agent was produced in the same manner as in Production Example VI-6 except that the yellow coloring agent (VIPY-1) in the production of the material (V DY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (νΐ-ργ-2). (VI-DY-2). [Production Example VI-8] The yellow coloring composition (VI-DY-3) was produced by changing the yellow coloring agent (Vl-PY-i) in the production of the coloring composition (VI-DY-1) to yellow. In the same manner as in Production Example VI-6 except for the colorant (νΐ-ργ-3), a yellow colored composition (VI-DY_3) was produced &lt;&gt;&gt; [Production Example VI-9] 323841 232 201235419 Yellow coloring composition In the production of (VI-DY-4), the yellow coloring agent (VIPY-1) in the production of the coloring composition (VI-DY-1) was changed to a yellow coloring agent (VI-PY-4). Production Example VI-6 was subjected to the same operation to produce a yellow colored composition (VI-DY-4). Next, a method of producing a colored composition (green colored composition) containing a yellow colorant is shown. (Production of Green Coloring Composition) φ [Example VI-23] Green coloring composition (VI-DG-1) was produced by using the blue coloring composition (VI-DB-1) manufactured above and yellow Coloring composition (VI-DY-1), adjusting the ratio of VI-DB-1 and VI-DY-1, and stirring and mixing, so that the chromaticity of the coated substrate is x (c) = 0.20, y (c) = 0.60, a green pigment composition (VI-DG-1) was produced. [Examples VI-24 to VI-29, Reference Example VI-3] Manufacture of green coloring composition (VI-DG-2 to 8) • Composition of the blue coloring composition shown in Table VI-2 and yellow coloring The green coloring composition (VI-DG-2 to 8) was produced in the same manner as in Example VI-23 except that the chromaticity of the coated substrate was changed to the same as the chromaticity described in the table. [Examples VI-30 to VI-36, Reference Example VI-4] The green coloring composition (VI-DG-9 to 16) was produced by using the blue coloring composition shown in Table VI-2 and yellow coloring. The composition was stirred and mixed so that the chromaticity of the coated substrate became x (c) = 0.120, y (c) = 0.170, and a green colored composition (VI-DG-9 323841 233) was produced. 201235419 $ 6

3 2 Table __I 7 ΙΛ嵴 Reference Example VI-3 1 VI-DG-8 Goods 0. 290 ◦ ◦ CD Ο VI-DB-15 1 VI-DY-1 Example VI-29 VI-DG-7 0. 290 0. 600 VI-DB-13 VI-DY-1 Example VI-28 VI-DG-6 Violet 0. 290 0. 600 VI-DB-9 VI-DY-2 Example VI-27 VI-DG- 5 Weng 0. 290 0. 600 VI-DB-9 VI-DY-1 Example VI-26 VI-DG-4 赀◦ 〇◦ ο CO ο VI-DB-8 VI-DY-1 Example VI-25 VI-DG-3 fee 0. 290 0. 600 VI-DB-7 VI-DY-1 Example VI-24 VI-DG-2 赍0. 290 0. 600 VI-DB-1 VI-DY-2 Implementation Example VI-23 VI-DG-1 fee 0. 290 0. 600 VI-DB-1 VI-DY-1 Green coloring composition color x(c) y(c) Blue coloring composition yellow coloring composition (憋) 3-ΙΛ啭 Reference Example VI-4 VI-DG-16 Goods 0. 210 0. 710 VI-DB-15 VI-DY-3 Example VI-36 VI-DG-15 驽0. 210 0. 710 VI -DB-13 VI-DY-3 Example VI-35 VI-DG-14 驽0. 210 0.710 VI-DB-9 VI-DY-4 Example VI-34 VI-DG-13 赍0. 210 0. 710 VI-DB-9 VI-DY-3 Example VI-33 VI-DG-12 Fee 0. 210 0. 710 VI-DB-8 VI-DY-3 Example VI-32 VI-DG-11 210 0. 710 VI-DB-7 VI-DY-3 Example VI-31 VI-DG-10 驽0. 210 0.710 VI- DB-1 VI-DY-4 Example VI-30 VI-DG-9 驽0. 210 0. 710 VI-DB-1 VI-DY-3 Green coloring composition color x(c) y(c) blue Coloring composition yellow coloring composition 323841 234 201235419 &lt;heat resistance/light resistance evaluation&gt; The coloring composition obtained in the above examples and the reference examples was applied to a glass substrate of lOOfflinx100 mm, 1.1 mm thick using a spin coater. A coated substrate which can be given the chromaticity of the C light source shown in Table VI-Table VI-2 is prepared. Next, the coated substrate was dried at 7 (TC for 20 minutes, then heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and allowed to cool to produce a coated film substrate. Using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.) [L wood (1), a wood (1), φ b* (l)] The chromaticity of the obtained coating film was measured. (Heat resistance evaluation) After the coating substrate was further heat-treated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, The chromaticity [L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)], the color difference Δ E * ab is obtained by the following formula (VI-2). Equation (VI-2) △ E* Ab=[[L*(2)-L*(l)]2+[a*(2)-a*(l)]2+[b*(2)- b wood(1)]2]1/2 • (Evaluation of Light Resistance) A UV-blocking filter ("COLORED OPTICAL GLASS L38" manufactured by ΥΑ0ΥΑ) was attached to a coated substrate, and the chromaticity after exposure to ultraviolet rays for 100 hours using a 470 W/m2 xenon lamp was measured [L*( 2), a*(2), b*(2)], and the color difference AE*ab is obtained by the above formula (VI-2). &lt;Evaluation of foreign matter&gt; Evaluation of foreign matter generation, coating on a transparent substrate The composition was colored to a dry coating film of about 2.0/iin, and subjected to heat treatment in an oven for 23 hours (TC 1 hour), and the foreign matter in the coating film of the obtained coated substrate was measured. Evaluation 323841 235 201235419 The surface observation was performed using a metal microscope γΒΧ6〇") manufactured by OLYMPUS SYSTEM. The magnification was set to 500 times'. The number of foreign objects observed through any five fields of view was measured. In the case of ◎, the number of foreign matter is small and is good, and Δ is a large number of foreign matter, but there is no problem in use. The degree 'X is a state in which a coating stain (spot) is not actually used due to foreign matter.

◎: The number of foreign objects is less than 5 〇. The number of foreign objects is 5 or more and less than 2 △ △: The number of foreign objects is 21 or more and less than 1 x x: The number of foreign objects is 1 or more colors and green The coloring composition, the blue results of the examples and the reference touches are shown in Tables νι, 3, and Table VI_4.

323841 236 201235419 [Table 24_CO-ΙΛ ^ CO 1 〇〇&gt; OQ 〇1 00 ο οο 〇&gt; m 1 &gt; t-1 CO Ο 1 οο ο Od ◎ &gt; 1 &gt;&gt; CO 1 CQ A 1 CO ο ΙΛ 〇&gt; CO ί &gt; m 1 CQ 〇1 C- ο CO ◎ &gt; 〇q 1 &gt; inch 1 OQ 〇1 CO CO CNI &lt;&gt;· 1 &gt;» cc 1 OQ o 1 ο o CM 〇&gt;· 〇1 &gt;* CO 1 CO o 1 00 ο σ» 〇&gt; Oi , 1 CQ 〇β t— ◎ &gt;* &lt;ΰ 砌«) l¥ (憋)co- IA Ψ CM 1 &gt;&gt; ΙΛ ca ο 〇CO X »—4 C&lt;1 CM 1 CQ a »&quot;Η 03 ◎ C&lt;1 1 CO CQ Cx CO inch · ◎ 〇CVJ 1 ►—4 c&lt;i CQ 〇CO ·· &lt;] 05 •-μ 1 &gt;· 1 CQ 〇CO 〇q CO 〇CO 1 &gt;► o 1 CQ 〇CM CM 卜 inch · 〇&gt; Bu 1 &gt;a&gt; 1 CQ d 1 o CO C- ◎ &gt;» V 审&lt;ϋ 砌Swallowing 1 ¥ 323841 237 201235419 As in Examples VI-9 to VI-22, the color difference of the blue coloring composition of the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (12) in the evaluation of the heat and light resistance is compared with the use of the hydroxyl group. The blue coloring composition of aluminum anthraquinone (Reference Example VI-2) was small, and the result was good. In addition, the blue coloring composition of the indocyanin (B) (Examples VI-9 to Π-16) is used for the color difference of heat resistance and light resistance, and is a blue coloring composition using anthrain (A). (Examples VI-17 to VI-22) were smaller and the results were good. Further, the results of the foreign matter evaluation of the resin-type dispersants as in Examples VI-9 to VI-η, 13 to 19, 21 and 22 were compared with Examples VI-12 and Example VI in which the resin-type dispersant was not added. The blue coloring composition of -20 is good.

323841 238 201235419

7ΙΛ &lt; Reference Example VI-3 1 VI-DG-8 CO od c - 〇 Example VI-29 VI-DG-7 ΙΛ OO 〇 Example VI-28 VI-DG-6 oo ΙΛ 呀 · 〇 Example VI -27 VI-DG-5 CV3 OJ m ◎ Example V 226 VI-DG-4 c-CD CO o 〇 Example VI-25 VI-DG-3 03 o Csl ◎ Example VI-24 VI-DG- 2 呀o 00 o 〇Example VI-23 VI-DG-1 momo ◎ Green coloring composition Heat resistance Light resistance foreign matter evaluation Reference example VI-4 VI-DG-16 oo od LO CO X Example VI-36 VI- DG-15 CO CO 00 〇Example VI-35 VI-DG-14 卜 Csi t—〇Example VI-34 VI-DG-13 r—eg OO 兮· o Example VI-33 VI-DG-12 oo 〇Example VI-32 VI-DG-11 tn c- ◎ Example VI-31 VI-DG-10 oo o σ&gt; o 〇Example VI-30 | VI-DG-9 03 σ» o 〇 Green coloring composition Heat resistance and light resistance foreign matter evaluation 323841 239 201235419 Green coloring composition of aluminum anthraquinone and κ coloring agent represented by formula (12) as in Examples VI-23 to VI-36, heat resistance and wealth The color difference of the sexual evaluation was small, and the result of the foreign body evaluation was also good. On the other hand, as in Reference Examples VI-3 to VI-4, the green coloring composition using hydroxyaluminium anthocyanin and a yellow coloring agent is inferior in heat resistance and light resistance, and in addition, 'using a yellow coloring agent, c〗 Pigment Yell〇 As a result of the green coloring composition of w 139 (Reference Example VI_4), foreign matter was generated. • Next, the method of producing a coloring composition (photosensitive color composition) containing a photopolymerizable monomer is shown. (Production of a photosensitive color composition) [Example VI-37] Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition (VI-RB-i) A mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered by a filter. Photosensitive coloring composition (VI_RB_1; ^ blue coloring composition (VI-DB-1) 60·0 parts of a binder resin solution: 1 part of a photopolymerizable monomer (rNKesterATMPT, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)) Photopolymerization initiator ("IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Ciba Japan Co., Ltd.) 1.2 parts of sensitizer ("eab-f" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.4 parts of cyclohexanone 20. 4 parts [Example VI-38, Reference Example VI-5] Production of photosensitive coloring composition (VI-RB-2, 3) 323841 240 201235419 The same procedure as in Example VI-37 was carried out except that the composition was changed to that shown in Table VI-5. Photosensitive coloring composition (VI-RB-2, 3) [Examples VI-39 to 44, Reference Examples VI-6, VI-7] Photosensitive coloring compositions (VI-RG-1 to VI-RG- 8) Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition (VI-RG-1 to VI) was carried out in the same manner as in Example VI-37 except that the composition was changed to that shown in Table VI-5. -RG-8).

323841 241 201235419 [Table 26]

9-ΙΛ&lt;323841 Reference Example VI-5 VI-RB-3 0. 205 0. 294 VI-DB-15 〇〇CO ο m 〇CO 0^ 〇〇100. 0 Example VI-38 VI-RB-2墀0.215 1 0. 294 VI-DB-9 ο CD CO ο in ·&quot;« 〇CO C^J 〇100. 0 Example VI-37 VI-RB-1 A...........1ι112| 0. 294 VI-DB-1 oo to ο in 1&quot;·· 〇CO &lt;N inch 〇〇CM 100. 0 Photosensitive coloring composition chromaticity x(c) y(c) Blue coloring composition (type) I blue Coloring composition (parts) 1 Adhesive resin solution (parts) Photopolymerizable monomer (parts) Photopolymerization initiator (parts) Sensitized 剤 (parts) Cyclohexanone (parts) Total (parts) (憋) lo- Ia&lt;Reference example V〖-7 VI-RG-8 I Record 0. 210 0. 710 VI-DG-16 〇〇〇ΙΛ ο CO C0 〇 inch 〇 CVJ 〇◦ 〇1 &gt;· -RG-7 I 赍.210 .710 CO 1 〇〇〇〇ID* ο CO CM 〇 inch〇〇〇&gt;- 〇〇—CO inch 1 CO 1 〇〇〇〇ο 1 驽CO 卜CJ 〇〇m ο CO CO inch 〇〇 〇〇&gt;· 〇〇—CO 兮1 &gt;► 1 1 fee 1. 210 1. 710 σ&gt; I ο ο 1 〇〇ο ΙΛ ο CO c«o 〇◦ 〇◦ &&gt;&gt; CO 1 &gt;- 呀 1 C5 QC .290 〇〇CO οο ο ο 〇〇Ο 〇〇Ο m ο CvJ 〇〇♦ 〇〇1 &gt;· M-RG-3 0. 290 0. 600 ]-DG-5 〇〇c〇ο irj ο CO C&lt;J 〇〇OJ 〇〇〇〇1 &gt;» ί 〇ca 1 Recording. 290 1. 600 CM 1 ο ο 1 〇〇CO ο ΙΟ ο CO CN1 inch 〇〇CVI 〇〇〇&gt;&gt;· Oi CO 1 &gt; 1 〇〇ύ I 赍Ϊ. 290 ) .600 1 ο 1 〇〇CO ο ΙΟ ο CO eg 〇〇CM 〇◦ 〇&gt;» &gt; /-Ν Media/-Ν * Umbrella/--S /-Ν V.»/ 荽S-/ Umbrella —/ 甶s—/ 菽 菽/-N 破破 S-»· /—N $ m /—Ν 〇&lt;η 螨tO 1? 242 201235419 &lt;Brightness evaluation&gt; Example VI-37 Photosensitive coloration obtained by VI-44 and Reference Examples VI-5 to VI-7 The product was coated on a glass substrate of 1 〇〇mmx 1 〇〇mm, 1.1 thick, using a spin coater, and secondly, dried at 70 ° C for 20 minutes, using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp to accumulate a light amount of 15 〇. mJ was subjected to ultraviolet light exposure to develop with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Subsequently, the film was heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and after cooling, the chromaticity of the obtained coating film was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer (7) LYMPUS ("OSP-SP100" manufactured by Optics Co., Ltd.) and a luminance Y (C). After heat treatment at 230 Torr, the chromaticity of the produced coated substrate on the ε light source was as shown in Table VI-5. Further, 'as a base imaging solution, using 5% by weight of sodium carbonate, 0.5% by weight of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 8.0% by weight of an anionic surfactant ("PELEX NBL" manufactured by Kao Corporation), and 9% by weight of water. . <heat resistance / time evaluation>

The above-mentioned substrates which were difficult to fabricate using the photosensitive coloring compositions obtained in Examples VI-37 to VM4 and Reference Examples VI_5 to VI_7 were subjected to the same evaluations as in Examples 9 to 27. and Reference Examples vw to VI_3. &lt;Foreign object evaluation&gt; The above substrate was prepared using the photosensitive coloring composition obtained by the examples ... - to VI_44 and the reference examples VI-5 to VI-7. Vw the same assessment. The results of the photosensitive coloring compositions produced in the examples and the reference examples are shown in Table VI-6.衣1尔 323841 I:, 243 201235419 7 2 Table I__

9-ΙΛ&lt;Reference Example VI-5 VI-RB-3 62. 1 ο in m 〇Example VI-38 VI-RB-2 ΙΛ OJ CO CQ CO (NJ ΙΛ ◎ Example VI-37 VI-RB-1 CO CO OO o CO ◎ Photosensitive coloring composition Brightness Heat resistance Light resistance Foreign matter evaluation (憋) 9-ΙΛ&lt; Reference Example VI-7 VI-RC-8 CO CO CO oo 03 03 CO X Example VI-44 VI- RG-7 00 Ln CN3 L〇CO CO ΙΛ 〇 Example VI-43 VI-RG-6 00 CO — in 〇 Example VI-42 VI-RG-5 OJ CO Cvj CD in 〇 Reference Example VI-6 VI- RG-4 00 CO in ΙΓ3 oo 〇Example VI-41 VI-RG-3 CO ΙΛ CO CM inch in ◎ Example VI-40 VI-RG-2 CO mm Oi o CO 〇Example VI-39 VI-RG -1 CD inch m ί ο in o ◎ Photosensitive coloring composition Brightness Heat resistance Light resistance Foreign matter evaluation 323841 244 201235419 As in Examples VI-37 to VI-44, the sensitization of aluminum anthraquinone represented by formula (12) was used. The coloring composition was the same as the coloring compositions shown in Examples VI-9 to VI-36. The results were as follows: no foreign matter generation and good heat resistance and light resistance. On the other hand, as in Reference Example VI- 5 to VI-7 contains the sensitivity of the imide The color composition as a whole has poor heat resistance and light resistance. Further, when compared with the same hue, as shown in Examples VI-37, VI-38 φ and Reference Example VI-5, When comparing the same hue and the same yellow colorant combination, as shown in Examples VI-39, VI-41 and Reference VI-6, Examples VI-42, VI-44 and Reference Example VI-7 The result of the brightness of the aluminum bismuth blue button-shaped button shown in the formula (12) is higher than that of the hydroxyaluminic chloroanthin-containing coloring composition. &lt;Production of color filter&gt; The black matrix pattern was processed on the substrate, and a spin coater was used on the substrate except that the photosensitive coloring composition (the aluminum • anthocyanin used in VI-RBO was replaced by C. I· Pigment Red 254/CI Pigment Red 177). The same procedure as in Example VI_37 was carried out except that 1 part/0.9 part was used, and the produced red color composition was applied to a C light source (hereinafter also used in green and blue) χ=〇·670 , y = 〇. 330 film thickness, a color film is formed. Next, the film was passed through a photomask using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp to irradiate ultraviolet rays of 300 mJ/cm. Next, the alkali imaging solution prepared by using a 2% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate was subjected to spray development, and the unexposed portion was removed, and then washed with ion-exchanged water, and the substrate was 23 ° C. Heat for 20 minutes to form a red filter section. 323841 245 201235419 The same operation as above was carried out, and the photosensitive coloring composition (VI-RG-1) was applied to χ=0·298 and y=0.600 to obtain a green filter segment. Further, in addition to the replacement of the scutellarin used in the photosensitive coloring composition (VI-RB-1) with CI Pigment Blue 15 : 6 / CI Pigment Violet 23 = 3. 6 parts / 2. 4 parts, In the same manner as in Example VI-37, the photosensitive coloring composition was applied to form a film thickness of x=0.149 and y=0. 048, and a blue calender sheet segment was formed, and φ was color filter. Light film. By using the colored composition containing the aluminum anthratriquinone represented by the formula (12), a color filter which is excellent in brightness in a wide range of chromaticity and which is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance can be produced. Participant. Next, the embodiment VII will be described by way of the following examples. The "quantitative average molecular weight", "weight average molecular weight", "volume average primary particle size", "X-ray diffraction pattern", and "identification of aluminum anthraquinone" in this example, and the embodiment VI The measurement method and the identification method of the examples are the same. &lt;Manufacturing method of ruthenium sulphate&gt; [Production Example VI1-1] Method for producing kiyomidin. First, a method for producing kiwilin which is used for the production of Isocyanin is shown. In a reaction vessel, 225 parts of sebaconitrile and 78 parts of anhydrous aluminum chloride were mixed and stirred in 1,250 parts of n-pentanol. To this was added 266 parts of DBU (1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene), and the temperature was raised and refluxed at 136 ° C for 323,841 246 201235419 for 5 hours. The reaction solution which was cooled to 30 ° C while stirring was poured into a mixed solvent of 5,000 parts of methanol and 10,000 parts of water in the case of "mixing" to obtain a blue slurry. The slurry was filtered, washed with a mixed solvent of 2000 parts of methanol and 4000 parts of water, and dried to obtain 135 parts of chloroaluminium phthalocyanine represented by the following formula (VI1-1). Elemental analysis of the obtained chloroaluminium phthalocyanin was carried out, relative to the calculated value (〇66.85%, (1〇2.80°/〇, (付) 19.49%' measured value (〇66.7°/., (1〇3.0%) (19.2%, identify it

The compound of the system.

CI

Next, 100 parts of aluminoxy anthraquinone was added to 1200 parts of concentrated sulfuric acid at room temperature in a reaction vessel. After stirring at 40 ° C for 3 hours, the sulfuric acid solution was poured into 24,000 parts of cold water at 3 °C. The produced blue precipitate was filtered, washed with water, and dried to obtain 92 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine represented by the following formula (VII-2). The calculated value (C) 69. 06%, (Η) 3·08%, (N) 20.14%, measured value

(C) 69.1%, (103.2%, (N) 20.1%, identify the compound of the system. OH

Formula (VI-2) 323841 247 201235419 Next 'is a method for producing Isocyanin. [Example VII-1] Preparation of scutellarin (VII-PB-1) In the reaction vessel, 2000 parts of dimethyl decylamine and hydroxyaluminum hydrazine obtained in the production example vi 1-1 were added. 1 part of chlorophyll and 53 g of diphenyl phosphate. After reacting at 85 C for 3 hours, the solution was poured into 12 parts of water. The reaction product was filtered, washed with 24,000 parts of water, and then dried under reduced pressure. 〇 • Dry for a day and night to obtain 123 parts of the blue product (anthraquinone (C)). After 123 parts of the obtained blue product was pulverized, the powder was placed in a heat-resistant container, and heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour in a constant temperature room to obtain 12 parts of anthocyanin (d) (aluminase (VII-) PB-1)). The obtained anthocyanin (d) was subjected to elemental analysis, and the calculated value (C) was 67.01%, (η) 3·32%, and (N) 14.21 °/. The measured values were (C) 66.9%, (Η) 3·3%, (n) 14.1%, and the alkalin expressed by the formula (13) was identified. Further, the volume average primary particle diameter was 31 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by CuKa ray, as shown in Fig. 4, at the Bragg angle 2 0 = 7.2. 8.4. 11.7. , 17. 0. 2, 20. 6. , 22. 8 ° and 25.0 ° with peaks. [Example VII-2] Production of anthocyanin (VII-PB-2) in a reaction vessel 'Addition of N,N-didecylguanamine 2000 parts, hydroxyaluminum oxime obtained in Production Example VI1-1 100 parts of phthalocyanine and 53.9 parts of diphenyl phosphate. Take 85. (: After reacting for 3 hours, the solution was poured into 12,000 parts of water. The reaction product was filtered, washed with 24 parts of water, and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C for one day and night to obtain I23 parts of blue. Color product (dactantin (c)) 323841 248 201235419 The obtained blue product ία part was added to 1230 parts of PGMAC and heated at i45 ° C for 2 hours. The product was filtered and washed with PGMAC 1230 parts. After drying for 60 days under reduced weather, 118 parts of astaxanthin (D) (aluminium anthraquinone (VII-PB-2)) were obtained. Elemental analysis was performed on the obtained chlorophyll (D), relative to calculation. Value (0 67.01%, (H) 3.32%, (N) 14.21%, measured value (C) 67. 0% ' (Η) 3. 3%, (N) 14.3%, identification It is represented by the formula (13), which has a volume average primary particle diameter of 36 nm. Further, φ is used to measure the X-ray diffraction pattern by CuKa ray, as shown in Fig. 4, at Bragg angle 2 (9). =7. 1., 8.5, 11.7, 16.8, 20. 5, 22. 8 and 25· have a peak. [Example VII-3] Aluminazin (VII) -PB-3) is manufactured in a reaction vessel, and sterol 1 is added. 200 parts, 100 parts of basalin, and 53.9 parts of diphenyl phosphate obtained in the production of Example VII-1, and cooled to 5 ° C 'reaction for 6 hours. The product was filtered and washed with 18 parts of decyl alcohol. Net, and then washed with 1800 parts of water, r2. Under the stars, 4 6UX: dry for a day and night, to obtain 120 parts of blue product (discard (c)). The resulting blue product After 120 parts of the pulverization, the powder was placed in a heat-resistant container, and heated at 180 ° C for 3 hours in a strange greenhouse to obtain 118 parts of ruthenium (D) (aluminium anthraquinone (VII-PB-3)). Elemental analysis of the obtained indocyanin (D), relative to the calculated value (067.01%, 003.32%, (P014.21%, measured value (c) 66.9%, 003.2%, (Ν) 14·1 %, the phthalocyanine represented by the formula (13) is identified. Further, the volume average primary particle diameter is 34 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by the Kuka ray, as shown in Fig. 4, in Prague. Angle 249 323841

VJ 201235419 2 0=7. Γ, 8.4. , 11.7. , 16.9. 20.4. 2, 22. And 24 have peaks. [Examples V11 - 4] I produced lycopene (VII-PB-4) in a reaction bar, and added 1200 parts of methanol, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone obtained by the production example νιιι, and dicumyl phosphate 53. 9 parts, cooled to 5 C, and reacted for 6 hours. The product was filtered, washed with 18 parts of methanol, φ and then washed with 1800 parts of water, and then reduced to 60 under reduced pressure. (: After drying for a day and night, 120 parts of a blue product (anthraquinone (c)) was obtained, and 120 parts of the obtained blue product was added to 12 parts of xylene, and heated at 135 ° C for 2 hours. The product was washed with 1200 parts of diphenylbenzene, and then dried under reduced pressure for 6 〇. 〇 dried for a day and night to obtain 115 parts of anthocyanin (D) (aluminium anthraquinone (VII-PB-4)). Elemental analysis of the obtained indocyanin (D), relative to the calculated values (〇67.01%, 〇〇3.32%, (14.21%, measured values ((:) 67.2%, (Η)3.4%, (N) 14.2%, confirming the indigo anion expressed by the formula (13). In addition, the volume average primary particle diameter is 38 nm. In addition, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by CuKa ray, as shown in Fig. 4. As shown, at the Bragg angles 2 0 = 7.2, 8.7, 11.8, 16.9, 20.5, 22.8, and 25.3. There are peaks. [Example VI1-5] Aluminum indigo VII-PB-5 was prepared in a reaction vessel, and 2000 parts of sillimanite gas, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine obtained by the production example νπ-1, and 5 parts of diphenyl phosphate were heated. To 110 ° C, after 5 hours of reaction, '12,000 parts in water This solution was injected. 323841 250 201235419 The reaction product was filtered, washed with 24,000 parts of water, and dried at 60 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 125 parts of a blue product (cyanin). After pulverizing 125 parts of the obtained blue product, the powder was placed in a heat-resistant container and heated at 200 ° C for 2 hours in a constant temperature room to obtain 123 parts of ugly-green (D) (aluminium phthalocyanine (VII- PB-5)). Elemental analysis of the obtained indocyanin (D), relative to the calculated value (067. 01%, (h) 3.32%, CN) 14.21%, measured value (C) 66. 9%, (Η)3·3%, (Ν)14·3%, identify the aluminoxanthin represented by the formula (13) φ. In addition, the volume average primary particle size is 32 nm. The X-ray diffraction pattern is determined by the CuKa ray, as shown in Fig. 4, in the Bragg angle 2 &lt; 9 = 7. 2 °, 8.5, 11.6, 17. 00., 20. 6 . 23.0° and 25. Γ has a peak. [Example VII-6] Alumina (vΠ-ΡΒ-6) was produced in a reaction vessel, and 2000 parts of hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl hydrazine was added. The hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone obtained in Example VI1-1 is 1 part, phosphoric acid Benzene ester 53.9 parts. After reacting at 85 ° C for 3 hours, the solution was poured into 12 〇 parts of water. The filtered reaction product was washed with 24,000 parts of water and then decompressed to 6 Torr. 〇 Dry for a day and night to get 123 parts of aluminum anthraquinone (C) (aluminium anthraquinone (VII-PB-6)). The obtained opioid (the elemental analysis of 〇 is relative to the calculated value (〇67.01%, 〇〇3.32%, (magic 14.21%, measured value (0 67.1%, (H) 3.3%, ( N) 14.2%, the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (13) is identified. Further, the volume average primary particle diameter is 29 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by CuKa ray, as shown in Fig. 5. Shown at Bragg angle 2 (9: 5.0, 7.2, 8.8, 9.8, 11.6, 14.7, 16.5, and 323841 251 201235419 24. 9° with peaks. [Example VII-7] Aluminum bismuth The phthalocyanine (VII-PB-7) was prepared in a reaction vessel, and 1200 parts of decyl alcohol, 100 parts of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin obtained in Production Example VI1-1, and 5 parts of diphenyl phosphate were cooled to 5 After reacting for 6 hours at ° C, the product was filtered, washed with 1800 parts of methanol, washed with 1800 parts of water, and dried at 60 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 120 parts of astaxanthin ( C) (aluminium phthalocyanin (Vn-PB-7)). Elemental analysis of the obtained anthraquinone (C), relative to the calculated value (C) 67. 01%, (Η) 3. 32%, ( N%14. 21%, measured value (C) 67. 0%, (H) 3.2%, (N) 14. 0%, which identifies the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (13). Further, the volume average primary particle diameter is 33 nm. Further, the X-ray diffraction pattern is measured by CuK α ray. 5 shows that the Bragg angles are 20 = 5. 2 °, 7.2 °, 8.6 °, 9.9 °, 11.7 °, 14. 8 °, 16. 5 ° and 25. Γ has a peak. [Example VII-8] • Alumina (VII-PB-8) is manufactured in a reaction vessel, and 2000 parts of dimethyl hydrazine, 100 parts of chlorinated anthraquinone obtained in the production of VII-1, and diphenyl vinegar filled with acid are added. 9 parts, after heating to 110 ° C, and reacting for 5 hours, the solution was poured into 12,000 parts of water. The reaction product was filtered, washed with 24,000 parts of water, and dried at 60 ° C for a day and night under reduced pressure to obtain 125 parts of ruthenium (C) (Shozoin (VII-PB-8)). Elemental analysis of the obtained indocyanin (C), relative to the calculated value (〇67.01%, 〇〇3.32°/ (. 14.21%, measured values are 〇66.9%, (H)3.3%, (N)14.0%, identify the aluminum 323841 252 201235419 Ouyusu represented by the formula (13) In addition, the volume average primary particle diameter is 4 〇 nm. In addition, by CuKa shot X-ray diffraction pattern measured foot, based on FIG. 5 as Joe, in the Bragg angle 2Θ = 4.9,7. Γ, 8 6. , 9 6. , u , 14 Γ, 16 3. And 25. 0° has a peak. [Reference Example VII-1] Manufacture of the phthalocyanine (VII-PB-9) The hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine produced by the same method as in Production Example VI was used as the aluminum phthalocyanin (aluminium phthalocyanin (VIΙ) -ΡΒ-9)). For the obtained aluminum ugly pigment, the 7L analysis was carried out 'relative to the calculated value (c) 69. 〇6%, (Η) 3. 〇8〇/〇, (Ν)2〇. 13% 'measured value (6) 69 2%, (Η) 3.2%, (8) 2G. 3%, is the hydroxyaluminium anthraquinone represented by the formula (VII-2). Further, the volume average primary particle diameter was 29 nm. The CuKo: ray measurement of the xenon ray diffraction pattern obtained by borrowing the obtained aluminum anthraquinone (VII-PB-9) is shown in Fig. 6, at Bragg angle 26 &gt; = 7·0. , 14.1. , 16.4. 2, 20. 8. And 25. 6. Has a peak. &lt;Production of coloring composition&gt; _ First 'is a method for producing a binder resin used for a coloring composition. (Preparation of a binder resin solution) 233 parts of PGMAC was placed in a separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen inlet tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, and the temperature was raised to 80 ° C. After that, 20 parts of methacrylic acid was dropped by dropping the tube for 2 hours, ethoxylated epoxidized ethyl acrylate (Aronix Mll® manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 3 parts of benzyl methacrylate, and 19 parts of benzyl methacrylate were added. A mixture of 16 parts of methyl acrylate, 15 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 33 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the drop, 323841 253 201235419 was heated at 8 °C for 3 hours to obtain a solution. After cooling to a dish, about 2 g of the adhesive resin solution was sampled, and 18 (TC heat-dried 20 j and the cast hair was measured, and PGMAC was added to make the replacement component 2 〇.

里 / 〇 'Modulate the sample solution. The Gpc measurement results showed a weight average score (Mw) of 16,000. The I person indicates a method of producing a coloring composition (blue coloring composition). (Manufacture of blue coloring composition)

[Example VII-9] Production of blue coloring composition (Vn-DB-Ι) After uniformly mixing and mixing a mixture of the following composition, a wrong bead having a diameter of 5 mm was used, and Eiger miii (Eiger jai)an company was used. The "Minimodel M~250 MKII" was dispersed as a medium-type wet disperser for 4 hours to produce a blue coloring composition (VII-DB-1) having a pigment content of 5% by weight and a solid content of 2% by weight. ' 10. 0 parts 8. 3 parts 25. 0 parts 56. 7 parts Alumina (VII-PB-1) Resin type dispersant ("BYK-LPN6919" manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.) Adhesive resin solution

PGMAC For a long time, the blue color composition (VII-DB-1) was applied to a glass substrate of 100 mm×100 mm and 1.1 mm thick using a spin coater to coat the C light source as y (c). In the form of a film thickness of 294, a coated substrate to which the chromaticity shown in Table 1-1 was obtained was obtained. [Examples VI1-10 to VI1-22, Reference Example VI1-2] 323841 254 201235419 Production of blue coloring composition (VII-DB-2 to VII-DB-15) except that the composition was changed as shown in Table VII-1 The blue coloring composition (VII-DB-2 to VII-DB-15) was produced in the same manner as in Example VII-9 except for the above.

323841 255 201235419 [Table 28] 9ΤΙΙΑ$辑 ΐ

«丨S-IIA m .0 m ·〇 7ε-ΠΛ *0ί •Gz 0 ·00Ι m .c m ·[

Tgd-IIA 0 ·Ξ -3

•S ο ·00ι # ΤΙΙΛ&lt;--ΙΙΛ5&quot;驷 -丨 1-?镩驷 --ΙΙΛ苳镩驷 01 — ΙΙΛ ί 杏 鸯驷 6—ΙΙΑ 镩 镩 te

9_S_IU

S 丨2-二A has 3α_ΙΙΛ ε—8α_ΙΙΛ 一丨S丨ΙΙΛ m , £ m ·〇m .ci ·〇m ·( m (u)x sz ·{ ε—£-ΙΙΛ •Ξ •S3 •001 m ·[ ~—£λια 0 ·0【 .9·° •001 inch 6^'cm ·[ inch s&quot; S3

(O)A Ι—£-: ΙΙΑ 7£-ΙΙΑ Τ£-ΙΙΑ

Ιέ丨IIA 0 .0)[ •s .001 °·οϊ 0 -01 (念念)46咖尨土(念K6169MS一#粗令别锼莓(Umbrella KISS)萑祖Φ职-3⁄4 (念 xooolss) tea璀Φ剌槊 rate•S3 •09 .001 •09 •001 •s •00Ϊ (&quot;)0ν=°°- (甶)44φ (憋)ΤΙΙΛ&lt; Reference Example VII-2 VII-DB-15 Fine 0. 213 0. 294 VII-PB-9 ο ς=&gt; CO oo ο ο ο in t- CD LO 1 ioo.o Example VII-22 VII-DB-14 0. 206 0. 294 VII-PB-8 ο ο CO 00 ο ο ο ΙΛ CS3 卜CO 1Λ 100. 0 Example VII-21 VII-DB-13 0. 205 0. 294 VII-PB-7 ο ο CO oo ο ο ο m CO c- CO m 1 100.0 Example VII-20 VII-DB-12 0. 207 cn CM VII VII-PB-6 ο ο o ο ο ο ο ΙΟ oo 呀 1 100.0 Example VII-19 VII-DB-11 0. 205 0. 294 VII -PB-6 ο ο o ο ο ΙΟ ο LO Cvl oo CO 100. 0 Example VII-18 VII-DB-10 0. 206 0.294 VII-PB-6 ο C3 o ο m ο ο ΙΛ CM oo CO 100. 0 Example VII-17 VII-DB-9 0. 206 0. 294 VII-PB-6 ο ο CO oo ο ο ο ιη CM c- CO m 丨100.0 Blue coloring composition color x(c) y(c Aluminum anthraquinone (type) aluminum anthraquinone (part) resin type Dispersant (BYK6919) (parts) Resin type dispersant (ΡΒ821) (parts) Resin type dispersion 剤 (SP41000) (parts) Binder resin solution (parts) PGMAC (parts) Total (parts) 323841 256 201235419 Table VII-1 The code number is as follows: BYK6919; "BYK-LPN6919" PB821 manufactured by BYK-Chemie Co., Ltd.; PB-821" SP41000 manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.; "SP41000" manufactured by Lubrizol Co., Ltd. A method for producing a coloring composition (green coloring composition) of a coating agent. First, a method of producing φ for producing a yellow coloring agent for a green coloring composition and a method for producing a colored composition (yellow coloring composition) made of a yellow coloring agent are shown. (Production of Yellow Coloring Agent) [Production Example VI1-2] Production of Yellow Coloring Agent (VII-PY-1) 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 150 ("E4GN" of LANXESS Co., Ltd.) as a yellow coloring agent, sodium hydride 250 parts and 25 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.) which was not recorded, and _ kneaded at 100 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded product was placed in 5 liters of warm water, stirred while heating at 70 ° C for 1 hour to form a slurry, and the mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried overnight. 'A yellow colorant (VII-PY-1) was obtained. The volume-average primary particle diameter of the obtained coloring agent was 28 nm. [Production Example VII-3] Production of yellow coloring agent (VII-PY-2) 50 parts of CI Pigment Yellow 138 ("Paliotol Yellow L 0962 HD" of MSF Corporation) as a yellow coloring agent, sodium chloride 250 323841 257 201235419 parts and 25 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 10 (TC for 6 hours. Secondly, the kneaded material was put into 5 liters of warm water, while 70° was used. C was stirred for 1 hour to obtain a slurry, and the mixture was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, and then dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (VII-PY-2). The volume average primary particle diameter of the coloring agent was 35 nm. [Manufacturing Example VII-4] φ Yellow coloring agent (Vn-PY-3) was manufactured as a yellow coloring agent for CI Pigment Yellow 185 ("Paliotol Yellow L 1155" by BASF Corporation) 50 parts, 250 parts of sodium vaporized, and 25 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Seisakusho Co., Ltd.), and kneaded at 100 ° C for 6 hours. Next, the kneaded material was put into 5 In the warm water of the liter, the side is disturbed by heating at 7 °C. After 1 hour, it was slurried, and after repeated filtration and washing with water to remove chlorinated steel and diethylene glycol, it was dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (VII-PY-3). _ The resulting coloring agent The volume average primary particle diameter was 33 nm. [Manufacturing Example VII-5] Production of yellow coloring agent (VII-PY-4) CI Pigment Yellow 139 ("Paliotol Yellow L 2140 HD" of BASF Corporation) 50 as a yellow coloring agent 250 parts of vaporized sodium and 25 parts of diethylene glycol were placed in a stainless steel 1 gallon kneader (manufactured by Inoue Co., Ltd.) to knead for 10 hours at 10 (TC). Next, the kneaded material was put into 5 liters of warm water. While stirring at 70 ° C for 1 hour, it was slurried, and was repeatedly filtered and washed with water to remove sodium vaporized and diethylene glycol 323841 258 201235419, and then dried at 80 ° C for one day and night to obtain a yellow coloring agent (νιι_ργ_4). The volume average primary particle diameter of the coloring agent to be applied is 26 nm. (Production of yellow coloring composition) [Production Example VII-6] Production of yellow coloring composition (Vn-DY-Ι) A mixture of the following components After mixing evenly, use straight 0.5 mm of the wrong bead was dispersed by using Eiger raill ("Minimodel Μ-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger φ JaPan Co., Ltd.) of a medium-sized wet disperser for 4 hours, and a yellow pigmentation of 50% of the pigment content and 20% of the solid content was produced. Composition (VII-DY-1). 10. 0 parts 50. 0 parts 40. 0 parts yellow coloring agent (νιι-ργ-1)

Adhesive resin solution PGMAC

[Production Example VII-7] Production of yellow colored composition (Vn-DY-2) The yellow coloring agent (VII-PY-1) in the production of the above colored composition (vh-dy-D) was changed to yellow. The yellow coloring composition (VII-DY-2) was produced in the same manner as in Production Example VII-6 except for the coloring agent (VII-PY_2). [Production Example VII-8] Yellow coloring composition (VII-DY-3) The production was carried out in the same manner as in Production Example VI1-6 except that the yellow coloring agent (νιι-ργ-1) in the production of the coloring composition (VII-DY-1) was changed to the yellow coloring agent (VII_PY__3). , Yellow coloring composition 323841 259 201235419 (VII-DY-3) was produced.

[Production Example VII-9J Production of Yellow Colored Composition (VII-DY-4) In addition to yellow coloring (VII_PY-1) in the production of the above colored composition (νπ_Μ1), it was changed to a yellow coloring agent (VII-PY- In addition to 4), the same operation as in the preparation of Examples VII to 6 was carried out to produce a yellow colored composition (VII-DY-4).

The eight-person's complex means a method for producing a colored composition (green colored composition) containing a yellow coloring agent. (Production of Green Coloring Composition) [Example VII-23] Production of Green Coloring Composition (VII-DG-1) - Using the blue coloring composition (VII-DB-1) produced above and yellow coloring composition (VII~DY-1), by adjusting the ratio of VII-DB-1 to VII-DY-1 and stirring and mixing, so that the chromaticity of the coated substrate becomes c light, and x(c)=G A green pigment plant (VII-DG-1) was produced by the method of .29G and y(cH).6G{). [Examples VII-24 to VII-29, Reference Example vil-3] The green coloring composition (VII-DG-2 to 8) was produced by using the blue coloring composition and the yellow coloring matter shown in Table VII-2. Further, green color was produced by changing the chromaticity of the coated substrate to the same as that of the material m-23; (HI-DG-2 to 8). Color, and live f Example ΠΙ-30 to ν ίί_36, reference example yn-fishing 323841 260 201235419

The green coloring composition (VII-DG-9 to 16) was produced by using the blue coloring composition shown in Table VI1-2 and the yellow coloring composition, and the color of the coated substrate was changed to C light source by stirring and mixing. For x(c)=0.210, y(c)=0.710, a green colored composition (VII-DG-9 to 16) was produced. 323841 261 201235419

CNI-ΙΙΛ &lt; Reference Example VII-3 VII-DG-8 Fee 0. 290 0. 600 VII-DB-15 ! VII-DY-1 Example VII-29 VII-DG-7 Like 0. 290 0. 600 VII-DB-13 ! VII-DY-1 Example VII-28 VI-DG-6 HE 0. 290 0. 600 VII-DB-9 VII-DY-2 Example νΠ-27 VII-DG-5 赀0 290 0. 600 VII-DB-9 VII-DY-1 Example VII-26 VII-DG-4 赀0. 290 0. 600 VII-DB-8 VII-DY-1 Example VII-25 VII-DG -3 赍0. 290 0. 600 VII-DB-7 VII-DY-1 Example VII-24 1 VII-DG-2 赍0.290 0. 600 VII-DB-1 VII-DY-2 Example VII-23 VIi-DG-1 0. 290 0. 600 VII-DB-1 VII-DY-1 Green coloring composition color x(c) y(c) Blue coloring composition yellow coloring composition Reference Example VII-4 VII- DG-16 赀0. 210 0. 710 1 VII-DB-15 VII-DY-3 Example VII-36 VII-DG-15 Recording 0.710 VII-DB-13 VII-DY-3 Example VII-35 VII-DG-14 驽0.210 0. 710 VII-DB-9 ! VII-DY-4 Example VII-34 VII-DG-13 驽0. 210 0. 710 VII-DB-9 VII-DY-3 Example VII-33 VII-DG-12 驽0. 210 0. 710 VII-DB-8 VII-DY-3 Example VII-32 VII-DG-11 鸾«=&gt; CvJ c=&gt; 0.710 1 VII-DB -7 VII-DY-3 implementation Example VII-31 VII-DG-10 Fee 0. 210 0. 710 VII-DB-1 VII-DY-4 Example VII-30 VII-DG-9 Goods 1 0.210 0. 710 VII-DB-1 VII-DY -3 green coloring composition color chromaticity x (c) y (c) blue coloring composition yellow coloring composition 323841 262 201235419 &lt;heat resistance/light resistance evaluation> The coloring composition obtained by the above examples and reference examples was rotated. The coater was used to form a coated substrate so that the C light source can impart the chromaticity shown in Table VII-1 and Table VII-2 on a 100-leg xioo匪, 1.1-thick-thick glass substrate. Next, the coated substrate was dried at 7 ° C for 20 minutes, and then heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and allowed to cool to produce a coated film substrate. The chromaticity of the obtained coating film was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("OSP-SPIOO" manufactured by OLYMPUS Optics Co., Ltd.) [L*(1), repair a*(l), b*(l)]. (Finance evaluation) The coated substrate was further heat-treated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and the chromaticity [L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)] was measured, and the following formula (VII) was obtained. -1), the color difference AE*ab is determined. Formula (VII-1) △ E*ab=[[L*(2)-L*(l)]2+[a*(2)-a*(l)]2+[b*(2)- b * (1)]2]1/2 # (Light resistance evaluation) A UV-blocking filter ("COLORED OPTICAL·GLASS L38" manufactured by Seiko Co., Ltd.) was attached to the coated substrate, and the measurement was performed using a xenon lamp of 470 W/m2. The chromaticity [L*(2), a*(2), b*(2)] after ultraviolet light for 1 hour, by the above formula (VII - υ, the color difference is determined &lt; foreign matter evaluation &gt; In the evaluation, the coloring composition was applied onto a transparent substrate, and the dried coating film was about 2. The heat treatment was performed in an oven for 1 hour, and the number of foreign matter in the coating of the obtained coated substrate was measured. Evaluation 323841 263 0 201235419 The surface observation was performed using a metal microscope "BX60" manufactured by OLYMPUS SYSTEM. The magnification was set to 500 times, and the number of foreign objects observed in any five fields of view was measured. In the evaluation results below, it is good that the number of foreign matter with 〇 is small, and the number of foreign matter of △ is large, but there is no problem in use, and X is caused by foreign matter, and therefore colored spots (spots) are generated. In a state where it cannot be used in practice. ◎: The number of foreign matter is less than 5 〇: the number of foreign matter is 5 or more and less than 20 △: the number of foreign objects is 21 or more and less than 100 X: the number of foreign objects is 100 or more and the reference examples are made. The blue and green colored compositions are shown in Table VII-3 and Table VII-4.

323841 264 201235419

ε-ΙΙΛ &lt;30; Example VII-16 VII-DB-8 00 &lt;=&gt; Example VII-15 VII-DB-7 σ&gt; ο m ◎ Example VII-14 VII-DB-6 C - ο 00 ◎ Example VII-13 VII-DB-5 CO ο 05 〇 Example Vn-12 VII-DB-4, * inch Cv3 &lt;Example VII-11 VII-DB-3 ο 〇 Example VII -10 VII-DB-2 03 Ο Ο 03 〇Example VII-9 VII-DB-1 00 ο CO ◎ Blue coloring composition heat resistance Light resistance foreign matter evaluation (憋) CO-ΙΙΛ &lt; Reference Example VII-2 VII-DB-15 00 ο CO CO X Example VII-22 VII-DB-14 C&lt;1 Csl CO 寸 · ◎ Example VII_21 VII-DB-13 ο CO Lf5 〇Example VII-20 VII-DB-12 C-CM 03 &lt;1 Example VII-19 VII-DB-11 inch (M* n 〇Example VII-18 VII-DB-10 CO t- 〇Example VII-17 VII-DB-9 cn in ◎ Blue coloring composition evaluation of thermal light resistance foreign matter 323841 265 201235419 As in Examples VI1-9 to VI1-22, a blue coloring composition of aluminum anthraquinone represented by formula (13), heat resistance and light resistance are used. The color difference evaluated is a blue coloring composition using hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin (Reference Example VII-2) The result is good. In addition, the blue coloring composition of the indocyanin (D) (Examples VI1-9 to VI1-16) is used for the color difference of the heat and light resistance, and the use of the anthraquinone (C) The blue coloring k-forms (Examples VII-17 to VII-22) were smaller and the results were good. Further, as in the case of adding the resin type dispersing agents of Examples VI1-9 to 11, 13 to 19 and 21 to 22, The results of the foreign matter evaluation were better than those of the blue coloring compositions of Example VII-12 and Example VII-20 in which no resin type dispersing agent was added.

323841 266 201235419

丨ΙΙΛ 丨ΙΙΛ &lt;31; Reference Example VII-3 VII-DG-8 CS3 〇〇t - 〇 Example VII-29 VII-DG-7 CM CO 〇 Example VII-28 VII-DG-6 CO CO inch · Example VII-27 VII-DG-5 CO Ο ◎ Example VII-26 VII-DG-4 卜 o CO ο 〇 Example VII-25 VII-DG-3 00 ο — ◎ Example VII-24 VII-DG -2 in ο σ&gt; ο ◎ Example VII-23 VII-DG-1 inch ο CD Ο ◎ Green coloring composition heat resistance Light resistance foreign matter evaluation (tf) TIIA^ Reference example VII-4 VII-DG-16 oo oo m CO X Example VII-36 VII-DG-15 σ&gt; CNJ LO 〇 Example VI1-35 VII-DG-14 m CO 〇 Example VII-34 VII-DG-13 CO CO Example VII- 33 VII-DG-12 c- ΙΛ 〇 Example VII-32 VII-DG-11 CO ◎ Example VII-31 VII-DG-10 卜 o 00 £=&gt; 〇 Example VII-30 VII-DG-9 1-M Ο ◎ Green coloring composition heat resistance glare foreign matter evaluation 323841 267 201235419 as Example VII-23 s νττ 青素 and yellow coloring agent, color 1! '36, using the formula (10) minus, The composition of the non-bark color is 'the heat resistance and the light-resistant sweat are small. The result of the evaluation purposes is also good. The main sound surface ', as in Reference Examples VII to 3 to VII_4, uses a hydroxyaluminum 差 # # 着色 着色 着色 ( ^ ( 四 四 四 四 四 四 C C C C C C C 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185

323841 A coloring composition (refer to the example νπ, the result is that foreign matter is generated. The coloring composition of the first polymerizable monomer is light-sensitive (sensation (manufacture of photosensitive coloring composition) [Example VII-37] Photosensitivity Coloring composition (vΐΙ, υ υ ^ 下 赖 赖 赖 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 20. 4 parts of the blue coloring composition, a binder resin solution, a photopolymerizable monomer ("NK ester ATMPT" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.: photopolymerization initiator ("IRGACURE 907" manufactured by Clba Japan Co., Ltd.) sensitizer ( "EAB_F" manufactured by Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) Cyclohexanone [Example VII-38, Reference Example VII_5] Production of photosensitive coloring composition (VII, rb-2, 3) 268 201235419 In addition to changing the composition to Table VII- A photosensitive coloring composition (VII-RB-2, 3) was produced in the same manner as in Example VI1-37 except for the composition shown in Fig. 5. [Examples VII-39 to 44, Reference Examples VII-6, 7] The preparation of the sexual coloring composition (VII-RG-1 to VII-RG-8) was changed except that the composition was changed to the one shown in Table VII-5. Outside composition, based as in Example VII-37 the same, making photosensitive color composition (VII-RG-1 to VII-RG-8) °

323841 269 201235419

9λιλ&lt;323841 Reference Example VII-5 VII-RB-3 0. 213 0. 294 VII-DB-15 〇〇CD 〇in 〇CO c&lt;» 〇〇〇〇〇Example VII-38 VII-RB-2 0 206 0. 294 VII-DB-9 〇ο eo ο in ο CO 03 〇CO 100.0 Example VII-37 VII-RB-1 | 0. 204 0. 294 VII-DB-1 ο ο CO ο ΙΛ ο CO Αα〇〇〇100. 0 Photosensitive coloring composition chromaticity x(c) y(c) Blue coloring composition (type) Blue coloring composition (parts) Binder resin solution (parts) Photopolymerizable monomer (parts) Photopolymerization initiator (parts) Sensitizer (parts) Cyclohexanone (parts) Total (parts) (憋) 9-ΙΙΛ 嵴 Reference Example VII-7 1 VII-RG-8 赍0. 210 0. 710 VII-DG-16 ο ο ο LA ο CO CsJ inch 〇Csl 〇&lt;=5 〇Example VII-44 VII-RG-7 货 0. 210 0. 710 VII-DG-13 ο ο Ο m ο CD csi Inch 〇〇CO i 100.0 Example VII-43, VII-RG-6 Violet 0. 210 0. 710 VII-DG-10 ο ο Ό ΙΓ&gt; Ο CO cr cr&gt; 〇〇◦ 〇 Example VII-42, VII -RG-5 驽0. 210 0. 710 VII-DG-9 ο ο ο ιη ο CO CO wm 〇◦ csi 〇〇Reference Example VII-6 , VII-RG-4 fee 0. 290 0. 600 VII-DG-8 ο ο CO ο ΙΛ ο CO 〇〇〇〇 〇〇〇〇 Example VII-41 : VII-RG-3 Like 0. 290 0.600 I VII-DG -5 ο ο CO Ο LO ο eo CM 〇Csl 〇〇Example VII-40 VII-RG-2 0. 290 0.600 I VII-DG-2 ο ο ς〇Ο ΙΛ ο CO (M 〇〇CN3 〇〇C3 Example VII-39 I VII-RG-1 0. 290 0. 600 VII-DG-1 ο ο CO Ο ΙΟ ο CO CV3 〇〇〇〇〇 Photosensitive coloring composition color x(c) y(c) Blue coloring composition (type) Blue coloring composition (parts) Binder resin solution (parts) Photopolymerizable monomer (parts) Photopolymerization initiator (parts) Sensitized 剤 (parts) I cyclohexanone (parts) ) Total (parts) 270 201235419 &lt;Party Assessment&gt;

The photosensitive coloring compositions obtained in Examples VII-37 to VII-44 and Reference Examples VII-5 to Vli, 7 were coated on a 100 mm, 1.1 mm thick glass substrate using a spin coater. After drying for 20 minutes, ultraviolet light exposure was carried out using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp at a cumulative light amount of 15 〇 mJ, and development was carried out with an alkali developing solution at 23 ° C to obtain a coated substrate. Subsequently, the film was heated at 230 ° C for 1 hour, and after cooling, the obtained chromaticity of the ruthenium was measured using a microscopic spectrophotometer ("SP_SP100" manufactured by Olympus Optics Co., Ltd.) and a luminance Y (c). After the prepared coated substrate was heat-treated at 23 ° C, the chromaticity of the C light source was as shown in Table VII-5. 5重量。 Using sodium carbonate 1. 5 weight. /. 5% by weight of sodium hydrogencarbonate, 5% by weight of an anionic surfactant ("PELEX NBL" manufactured by 王b King Co., Ltd.), and 8% by weight of water and 90% by weight of water are used as test liquids. &lt;Evaluation of heat resistance/light resistance&gt; The above-mentioned substrates produced by using the sensitization coloring compositions obtained in Examples VIN37 to VI44 and Reference Examples VII_5 to VII-7 were used to carry out the examples VI1-9 to VI. 1 to 36, the same evaluations as in Reference Examples VI1-2 to VI1-4. &lt;Foreign matter evaluation&gt; The above-mentioned substrates produced by using the sensitized coloring compositions obtained in Examples VII to 3? to νπ_44 and Reference Examples νπ_5 to VII-7 were used, and Examples VII, 9 to νπ, 36 were carried out. And participate in the evaluation of νπ_2 to. The results are photosensitive coloring compositions produced in the examples and reference examples. 323841 271 201235419 is shown in Table VII-6 [Table 33]

9-ΙΙΛ&lt; m 1 &gt; CO 1 03 0ΰ 1 &gt;· CO CO CD ο m ΙΛ X 00 CO 1 驷Μ [ ca Ού I t»H &gt; LO in CO ο C\3 Bu ◎ C- CO 1 IH 1-^ &gt; 1 CQ CA 1 &gt;* inch inch · CO cn ο LO ◎ &lt;ϋ 筑 ttsj 戚l¥ St Christine (憋) 9-ΙΙΛ 崦c-1 &gt; % 〇〇1 〇〇ύ 1 1-^ 1-^ &gt;► CO 0*3 οα σ&gt; 03 o X 1 C— &gt;· 1 I 00 Bu C&lt;l CO C&lt;J c^a ΙΛ 〇&gt;· CO However 1 CO 1 1 1—4 05 Cs3 C^3 inch〇&gt; CM 呀1 ΙΛ Ο ca 1 1-^ ΙΟ C C0 Od o CO 〇1—1 &gt;· &lt;〇1 IH &gt;&gt; 呀1 Ο Ού 1 00 CO Γ ΟΟ Od 〇Ι-Μ CO έ 1 c- m 呀 CO o L〇 ◎ &gt;* 1 CM &gt;» Ο Ού 1 C&lt;l 03 in o σ&gt; o 〇&gt; cn CO , &gt;- 1 &gt; ό Ο Δ 1 00 CO in 〇〇o CO o ◎ &gt; m 323841 272 201235419 As in Example VI, 37 to VII-44, photosensitive coloring using the aluminum anthraquinone represented by the formula (13) As it was the same as Example VI1-9 based VI1-36 to the composition without the colorant, based no results blemishes, good performance of heat resistance, light resistance. On the other hand, as for the photosensitive colored coloring matter containing hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanin as described in Reference Examples VII-5 to VII-7, the heat resistance and light resistance were poor as a whole. In addition, when comparing the same hue, as shown in Examples VI1-37 and VI1-38, refer to Reference Example VII-5, and in addition, when comparing the same hue and the same yellow colorant combination, it is as in Example VI1- 39, VI1-41 and Reference Example 6, Examples VII-42, VII-44, and Reference Example VII-7, the result is that the colored composition containing the aluminum anthratriquinone represented by the formula (13) has a hydroxyl group. The color composition of the aluminum ugly pigment exhibits high brightness. &lt;Manufacturing of Color Filter&gt; In addition to performing black matrix pattern processing on a glass substrate, a photosensitive coloring composition is used as a photosensitive coloring composition on the substrate to replace aluminum auxin for φ with CI Pigment Red 254/c. I. Pigment Red 177=5. 1 part / 〇·9 parts, the same operation as in the example vu_37, to apply the produced red coloring composition to the c light source (hereinafter also The pattern of the film thickness of x=〇67〇 and y=〇33〇 is used in green and blue to form an I color film. Next, the film was passed through a photomask using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp to irradiate ultraviolet rays of 3 〇〇mj/cm2. Next, the alkali developing solution prepared by using a 2% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate was sprayed with the unexposed portion, washed with ion-exchanged water, and heated at a temperature of 20 ° C for 20 minutes. Red filter section. 323841 273 201235419 In the same manner as described above, the photosensitive coloring composition (VII-RG-1) was applied to x=0.290 and y=0.600 to obtain a green filter segment. Further, in addition to the replacement of the aluminum anthratriquinone used in the photosensitive coloring composition (VII-RB-1) with CI Pigment Blue 15 : 6 / CI Pigment Violet 23 = 3.6 parts / 2. 4 parts, VII-37 was subjected to the same operation, and the photosensitive coloring composition produced was used to form a blue filter segment so as to have a film thickness of x=0.149 and y=0.048, and I obtained color. Filter. (Industrial Applicability) Using the coloring composition obtained in the above examples, it is possible to produce a color filter which has excellent brightness in a wide range of chromaticity and a green filter which is excellent in heat resistance and light resistance. Light film section. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of anthraquinone (B) produced in Examples VI-1 to 5 with CuK α rays.

• Fig. 2 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of anthraquinone (Α) produced in Examples VI-6 to 8 with CuK α rays. Fig. 3 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine produced in Production Example VI-1 by CuKa ray. Fig. 4 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of anthrain (D) produced in Examples VII-1 to 5 with CuK α rays. Fig. 5 is an X-ray diffraction pattern of anthrain (C) produced in Examples VII-6 to 8 with CuK α rays.

Fig. 6 is an x-ray diffraction pattern of hydroxyaluminium phthalocyanine produced in Production Example VII-1 by CuK 323841 274 201235419 α ray. [Main component symbol description] No 0

323841 275

Claims (1)

201235419 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A coloring composition for a color filter, comprising a coloring agent, a binder resin, and an organic solvent, wherein the coloring agent contains a granule compound represented by the following formula (1); Here, X1 to L in the formula each independently represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, a cycloalkyl group which may have a substituent, a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, may have a substitution Alkoxy group, aryloxy group which may have a substituent, alkylthio group which may have a substituent or arylthio group which may have a substituent; Υι to Y4 each independently represent a tooth atom, a nitro group, may have a substitution The quinone iminomethyl group or an amine sulfonyl group which may have a substituent, Μ represents A1, Ζ represents _0P(=0)RiR2, and 仏 and Rz each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, may have a substituent An alkyl group, an aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or an aryloxy group which may have a substituent; ruthenium and R2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring; mi, m2, m3, πΐ4 , m, ri2, m, and IU are separately represented by ij 323841 1 201235419 〇 to 4 integers, mi + ηι, m2 + ri2, m3 + ri3, the same or different. Each of m4 + n4 is 〇 to 4, and may be a coloring composition for the L-ray sheet described in the first aspect of the patent application, wherein the resin-type dispersant is further contained. The invention relates to the coloring composition for a color light film according to item 1 of the invention, wherein the coloring agent is further contained in a color selected from C I· pigmentyellow 13« 'C. I. pigment yellow 139 ^ C. I. Pigment yell〇w 150 and C. I. Pigment yellow 185 Yellow pigments in groups. 4. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the above aspect of the invention, which further comprises a component selected from the group consisting of a photopolymerizable monomer and a photopolymerization initiator. 5. The coloring composition for a color filter according to Item 1, wherein the coloring agent further comprises a pigment having an acid group content of from 1 Å to 6 Å/zmol/g. 6. The coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 5, wherein the pigment having an acid group content of 100 to 600 emol/g is selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment yellow 150 and CI Pigment yeii 〇w 139 The pigments in the group. 7. The coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 1, wherein the acrylic resin-type dispersing agent having an amine price of 10 to 300 mg KOH/g is further contained. 8. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the first aspect of the invention, wherein the binder resin is obtained by using an ethylenic 323841 2 201235419 unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group. a vinyl-based resin having a bi-bonded double bond, and an ethylene-based resin [B1] containing a constituent unit (b1) and a constituent unit (b2) in the following ratio; (bl): a structural unit having a carboxyl group; The total composition of B1] is the weight of the soap element as a reference 'system 2 to 60% by weight, (b2): a constituent unit having an aromatic ring group represented by formula (5) or formula (6), wherein the weight of the total constituent unit of the vinyl resin [B1] is 2 to 80% by weight, Formula (5) 4 R Formula (8) Here, in the formulae (5) and (6), R4 is a ruthenium atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a benzene ring. The coloring composition for a color filter according to Item 8, wherein the vinyl resin [B1]' is a precursor of the constituent unit (b2) and an ethyl group having an epoxy group. The unsaturated monomer is reacted to obtain a copolymer (il-1), and then the obtained copolymer (i1-1) is reacted with an unsaturated monobasic acid to obtain a copolymer (i1-2). Further, the obtained copolymer (i 1-2) is reacted with a polybasic acid anhydride to obtain a resin; or the precursor of the constituent unit (bl) is reacted with a precursor of the constituent 323841 3 201235419 unit (b2) to obtain a precursor. The copolymer is then a resin obtained by reacting the obtained copolymer (i2-l) with an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the invention of claim 4, wherein the photopolymerizable single system contains a monomer having an acid group. Moon The coloring composition for a color filter according to claim 10, wherein the acid group is a thiol group. 12. The coloring composition for a color filter according to the invention of claim 1, wherein the antioxidant is further contained. . The coloring matter for the coloring matter of the coloring matter of the fourth aspect of the invention is as follows: wherein the antioxidant is selected from the group consisting of an antioxidant, an antioxidant, a lanthanide antioxidant, and a sulfur-based antioxidant. ς If you apply for a patent range 帛! The coloring group for a color filter according to the above item, wherein the indocyanin compound represented by the formula (1) is a group of astaxanthin (Α) to (D), (Α): as shown in the following formula (12), and the ray diffraction pattern of CuKa rays is at the Bragg angle (B pen (4) ' = 7.7, 8.4, 9.3, 12.7, 15 〇, 15.9 &quot;·: 18.8,20·ι'2ι·γ, 23.γ, 25·4, 26·5?287' Anthraquinone compound with a peak; ^(8)' is shown below (12), and CuKo : The ray image is at 2Θ(±0·2)=7·3, 8.6. 4 201235419 上上u, ib.6, 18 2, 19 4, 23 2, 24 4. 26 7. Anthraquinone compound with a peak; anthocyanin (C) ·· as shown in the following formula (10), and the Ka-ray diffraction pattern of CuKa ray, at Bragg angle 2^(±0.2) = 5.〇 , 7.Γ, 8. 6° ' 9. 8° &gt; 11 7° ' 14 7° ΐβ 14.7, M.5, 25.0. Anthraquinone compound with a peak; - month ', (D) · as shown in the following formula (13), and the X-ray diffraction pattern of the CuKa ray is 2 布拉格 (±0.2Μ.2, 8.5., 11. 7° ' 16. 9 ° ' 20 6° ' 99 «° oc 1 〇· , 25· 1 An ugly compound with a peak; Formula (12) Formula (13) 15·- a color filter which is colored on a substrate and has a coloring filter for the color filter of the first item according to any one of the items A filter segment formed by the composition of 323841 201235419. 323841 6